CIHM
Microfiche
Series
(Monographs)
ICIUIH
Collection de
microfiches
(monographies)
Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian da microreproductions historiquas
Technical and Bibliographic Notes / Notes techniques et bibliographiques
The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original
copy available for filming. Features of this copy which
may be bibliographically unique which may alter any of
the images in the reproduction, or which may
significantly change the usual method of filming are
checked below.
a
Coloured covers /
Couverture de couleur
□ Covers damaged /
Couverture endommag^
□ Covers restored and/or laminated /
Couverture restaur^ et/ou pellicul^e
Cover title missing / Le titre de couverture manque
I Coloured maps / Cartes g6ographiques en couleur
I I Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black) /
D
D
n
n
D
Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire)
Coloured plates and/or illustrations /
Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur
Bound with other material /
Reli^ avec d'autres documents
Only edition available /
Seule Edition disponible
Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along
interior margin / La reliure serr6e peut causer de
I'ombre ou de la distorsion le long de la marge
int^rieure.
Blank leaves added during restorations may appear
within the text. Whenever possible, these have been
omitted from filming / II se peut que certaines pages
blanches ajout^es lors d'une restauration
apparaissent dans le texte, mais, lorsque cela 6tait
possible, ces pages n'ont pas 6t6 film6es.
Additional comments /
Commentaires suppl^mentaires:
L'tnstitut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a
6\6 possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exem-
plaire qui sont ptut-dtre uniques du point de vue bibli-
ographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite,
ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la m6tho-
de normale de filmage sont indiqu^s ci-dessous.
I I Coloured pages / Pages de couleur
I I Pages damaged / Pages endommag6es
D
Pages restored and/or laminated /
Pages restaur^es et/ou pellicul^es
Pages discoloured, stained or foxed /
Pages dteolor^s, tachet^es ou piqu^es
Q Pages detached / Pages d6tach6es
I ^1 Showthrough / Transparence
I I Quality of print varies /
D
D
D
Quality indgale de I'impression
Includes supplementary material /
Comprend du materiel suppl^mentaire
Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips,
tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best
possible image / Les pages totalement ou
partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une
pelure, etc., ont ^t^ film^es d nouveau de fa^on k
obtenir la meilleure image possible.
Opposing pages with varying colouration or
discolourations are filmed twice to ensure the best
possible image / Les pages s'opposant ayant des
colorations variables ou des decolorations sont
film6es deux fois afin d'obtenir la meilleure image
possible.
This item it f iinwd at the raduction ratio checked below /
Ca document eat film* au taux de rMuction indiqirf ci-deaaoua.
lOx
□
14x
18x
\r
12x
16x
20x
22x
2Sx
30x
24x
28x
32x
The copy filmtd here has b««n reproduced thanks
to tho gonsrosity of:
National Library of Canada
L'axamplaira filmA fut raproduit grlca A la
gAn^rosit* da:
Bibliotheque nationale du Canada
The imagas appaaring hora ara tha bast quality
possibia considaring tha condition and lagibility
of tha original copy and in kaaping with tho
filming contract spacificationa.
Original copiaa in printed papar covers are filmed
beginning with the front cover end ending on
the last page with a printed or illustrated impree-
sion. or the back cover when appropriate. All
other original copies are filmed beginning on the
first pege with a printed or illustreted impres>
sion, and ending on the last page with a printed
or illuetreted impression.
The last recorded frame on eech microfiche
shall contain the symbol '-^ (meening "CON-
TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"),
whichever applies.
Los images suivantes ont *ti reproduites avsc la
plus grand soin. compta tenu de la condition at
de la nattet* da I'exemplaire film*, at en
conformity evec les conditions du contrat da
filmage.
Les exempleires origineux dont la couvertura en
pepier est imprimis sent filmis en commencant
par la premier plet at en terminant soit par la
darniAre page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impresslon ou d'illustretion, soit par la second
plat, salon la cas. Tous les autres exemplaires
origineux sont filmts en commenpsnt par la
premiere pege qui comporte une empreinte
d'impresslon ou d'illustretion at an tsrminant par
la derniire page qui comporte une telle
empreinte.
Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la
darniire image de cheque microfiche, selon le
cas: le symbols -^ signifie "A SUIVRE", le
symbols V signifie "FIN".
Meps, pletes. charts, stc. may be filmed at
different reduction ratios. Those too lerge to be
entirely included in one exposure are filmed
beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to
right and top to bottom, as many frames as
required. The following diagrams illustrate the
method:
Les cartas, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent atre
filmte A des taux da reduction diffArents.
Lorsque le document est trop grand pour Atra
raproduit an un seul clich*, il est film* A partir
de Tangle supArieur gauche, de gauche A droite.
at de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre
d'imoges nAcesseire. Les diegremmes suivsnts
illustrent le mAthode.
1 2 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
MiaOCOW RESOIUTION TIST CHART
(ANSI ond ISO TEST CHART No. 2)
1^1 Z8
|iO i"^«
12.5
1^ 1^
wH
f lis
1- u
M^
•Uku
ill 1.8
^ /APPLIED IIVMGE
1653 East Main Street
Rochester. New York U609 USA
(716) 482 - 0300 - Phone
(716) 288 - 5989 - Fax
i
LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION
BT
R. A. LITTLE, B.A.
Cle4Meal Ma$ter London ColUgiate Institute.
TORONTO :
THE COPP. CURK COMPANY, LIMITED.
Lb
Entered ««ordinjf to Act of the Pa.uament of C.nada. in the year one tho„»nH
Tthe offl;"*,TH' r-- '' """" ^"■"'' ^•'^"■* ^'»''--- '--rXoronVSrno
m the Office of the Minister of Agriculture. "n»no.
PREFACE.
A new work on Latin Prone seeina at first thought altogether super-
fluous, the works on the subject already existing being so numerous, so
vaned m character, and in many cases so excellent. The reasons how-
ever, which justified their appearance justify also the appearance of a
new one. Conditions are constantly changing, and these demand new
groupings and new arrangement of old material, however excellent that
may be in itself.
The position of Classics in our schools has undergone in late years a
radical change. In competition with other subjects on the already wide
curnculum of secondary education, and with others clamoring for
recognition, the Classics have entered upon a struggle which renders it
necessary to vindicate afresh their supreme value as an educational
mstnunent in order to retain for them even the most limited amount of
time necessary to make them of any real value to the student. The
commercialism of our age has stamped itself upon our educational aims
and methods. The average student has no longer at his disposal the
amount of time to devote to classical study that could be given to it in
former years. We must adapt ourselves to the changing mode of
thought and life, and demonstrate anew by practical results the essen-
tial value of the Classics. We must so adjust our methods that the
student can accomplish the same practical result in considerably less
time than formerly. It is more than ever necessary to show by the
results of at most three years at Latin some solid foundation of
mental training derived therefrom as the hope and promise of further
study.
It will be readily admitted that for the best comprehension of Latin
literature, and for getting the best educational results from the
study of Latin, much depends upon the teaching and study of Latin
Prose. The student who spends only a year or two at Latin-and the
same woul.l be true of any other language-memorizing language-forms
for the most part, and learning the Latin equivalents for the simplest
Ideas m English, without acquiring the faintest conception of the essen-
tial structure of the Latin language and its excellencies in comparison
with the English language, has to all intents and purposes simply
i'i
ni
s
IV
PREFACE.
fulness or the develoLeT.t of hi ' '7''"""t'"" "^ 1"- practical use-
for the student wtTaTlla'TM ^""" "" ^'^« ^^'^^ ^and.
aptitude for the study of L 7 1 *""'""' "^ '"""' "'"* '•^*''°"»*>l«
the region of the higher ^2 oVth ^
transference of the though oL« I ^^"'^'' "'"''^ ^'^^ "^^^^-'^
concern. Latin furlishesan^^n'^.^llT-T '"'" *'' °''^'- '« ^'^ ^''^-^
of the mental porrs The tran fr" T"'' ''"' **»« development
luhproseintolTtin Llvesin at r". ' '"'^''^ P'^^« "^ «"«-
exercise the s^n^ul^Zlri inVoftlltS^te ^
the aesthetic faculties of the mind "nagmat.ve and
recognition of it, .trength .„d „ik„ei It* f^ *°T ""* ""
yem tliat he ouglit to L, . ,t. T"™' " " "'"""g tliese earlv
.nee. between t^EX .^TS r-" ■>' "■» -t^t-ding diiTer":
trained to .pp„ the '^mX.> ^rJZTlZi" ""'""*'"^
and uie of hie own hmguege "*' "PPreciation
rritchi^-^ ^hVarr ^^^^^z^^^
own.andalready hal the IT ? % '"'''"'^°' ''^^ ^^ '^^ his
similar condition's t:: tserT Ja "^ "m T "°^'^'"« ""^-
examples, rules and e^nlln ? i [ ^"^''''^ ^^^ phraseology of
engaged i^ ptlti^t Zk htt '" '"'^°™^ '^™"^^ ^ ^» ''^-
requL in fhe tealirof iTti^p" ITh ""• '" *'^ °°"^^"* ^""
sameness of expression ^ The at ^Zf T T^ ^'^' ^^°"°"^ ^
has become to all teachers the «; ^^ ' ^^ ^"^ *° P^^^*'-^^ >^hat
ideas. The™ are ^rtain sttnC . 'r^'"^" °' ever-recurring
aee..,i ^^^ ST^tren^t^trnt^t:?.: dot "^-
in either n,ent.l i^ZZl^r " ^"'"'"'' '"" "" '""" '""""
"mog or appreciative underetanding of the tangnag.
PREFACE. y
a« the teaching of continwou.s prose. The great essentials of a.lanta-
Z'ZTu7 r] ^°""; '^ ^'"^'^y Pr..ent^'l. are readily masteml,
and no field of stu.ly, other than continuous prose, aff.ds the ntu.len;
more real pleasure, which is a great desideratum in classical teach-
ing. One of the great benefits is that it gives point and interest
otherwise never obtained, to all his subsecjuent reading. In this exer!
c^se, the logical and the imaginative faculties are constantly brought into
play. To the borough student this is an unfailing source;f enjoyment.
I is the joy of revelation, the joy of discovery. Nor need we despair
o IlLr ^"'"^ '. "T'u '''"'''" '° '^'^ appreciation of the l.auties
of balance, symmetry, rhythm, and cadence of Latin discourse This
Toni't'^r? T^' ^''""^ "' '''™"«' ^"'^ ^^" ^"l^' ^"'n^ at all through
constant study and imitation of the great masters. It should be the
flTutVfTr'r ™ *° ^->'{,*'-«^-lent to observe an.i note the':
features of Latin discourse in all reading of the authors. But however
In^il . \^u" P"P"' '^' '°°^''^"* '^"" °» continuous prose
fromth f "^^.''t'^y *»y t«-«her who wishes to get the best results
from the standpoint of mental discipline out of the study of Latin
extracts. Progress ,n Latin Prose depends largely on the judictus
se ection of pieces suited to the capacity of the pupil. The mo.st care
ful grading and constant repetition of similar strictures are ne^ssarv to
ensure progress. Every selection should l,e one which wil ITitsdf
famy to the necessities of Latin Prose and should contain no en ece
nor though absolutely beyond the capacity of the pupil to r^re t „
Latm. The author has very little sympathy with the idea that it is
either necessary or proper to attempt to render into Latin modeni i.k^a
entirely foreign to Roman thought and civilization. Neither h" ^m
nor neces.sit.es of classical study demand the practice of met p"
tknan but in el ° '" ""'''" """""'' '"'^ ^ '"^ ^ ^'''"^'^ "''^t'—
tL::-; sought ater "" '' '' "°* ^''' ^^-' '^' ^^ ^^^'^^tion
work on the reading of authors can bo done Witho,,. . fi
Mowlodgo of ,t. p,,„c,pl„ cm ever be acquired. A semp-Wok o„ a
VI
PREFACE.
Bubject may furnish some interesting, letailH h„f a
treatment nor be an efficient means o *""' ^'^"^ '"^ organized
of that subject. ' "^ conveying a working knowledge
The arrangement of the book was in .. ^
probable course the pupl, had ioZytl^Tut^'T'"' '' '''
a course m an introductory book and is fin ^ ? '* Presupposes
reading of Caesar. The p^aH^a of alU. " " P"^" ^«'""'"« "'e
with the verb near the LShrof th ,' T''''^' ''"'*'" "' «°""«^«o"
by the main principle ninnZV t "^^ '^'"^ determined not orly
is the eruxof'^uZJbTfh c"' ^''^ '^'' ^'^- ^'"^^ *"« verb
of these rules was tL;lt^J';J":;t°" *'"' '^ '''"^''"^^ "-^-^
also by the fact that this LrZe^l; Iff T J^ "' ^*- ?--> bul
of these rules which he must aSv haf T ^l"" ''' ^"P'' '^ '"-'^^
ductory book. ^ ''^'^^ '^''™«*^ "' '»etail in his intro-
In the preparation of the work all fh« i»f *
consulted. The author has stXn a all. . ^^^horities have been
simple. The book is not ba^ened w « d fi' V f "' '"""« ""^
student must already have learned j^ u "I "' ''"'' '"'^^ ^'''*''> ^^e
ductory book. ^ '" ''*''"'" "^'^^ -"ooms or in his intro-
Ai:::iitr^^^^^^^^^ ^-« f ■- encouragement and have
-Hor herewith tenrerhtrertVhtkTTlr^^^^
derived therefro,,,, ,pecW me.^° ' 'Ik under obligation for .wisUnce
Br^..„ Dr. R.»4 ll^^tT rir"^ Z^'t '^' -f "' ^^
graminor. which hove been emmlu^ ™™, °"8"«- «' 'I'e many
tro". Rchy.,, .„a o„ .„ p„ir:S ZrgTn'"To'"' '"™ """'■^
8«.t we,ght ha. i^en ..Uched .o the i«dX. „f P^rZ^er'""
London Collegiate Institdtk, ^- ^' ^
Sept., 1901.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
LC880N8.
I. —Preliminary Rules i
Appositives .
Order of Words [ a
EXEBCISES I-IV g
II.— Style and Connection ... 8
Exercise V u
III.— The Verb g
EXEKCISB VI 9
IV.— Indirect Object— Transitive and Intransitive Verbs. . 10
Exercises VII, VIII 13
v.— Transitive and Intransitive Verbs— Middle Voice.. . . 14
Exercises IX, X 15
VI.— Modal Verbs-Supplementary Infinitive-Impersonal
Verbs ,-
Exercises XI, XII ' \g
VII.— Composite Subjects 20
Exercises XIII-XVII 21
VIII.— Translating the Thought 2.3
Exercises XVIII-XX 25
IX.— Differences of Idiom— The Noun 27
Exercise XXI 28
X. — Order of Words 29 i
XI. — Participles 01 '
Exercise XXII ... 34
XII.— Idioms— Sentence-StructUi 35
Exercise XXIII 37
XIII. — Ablative Absolute 30
Exercises XXFV-XXVII 39
XIV. — Consi^cncy of Latin Style 43
Exercises XXVIII, XXIX.. . 4^
XV.— The Infinitive 45
vii
II
vni
CONTK.7T8.
(.MflONS.
Yvi .. KxEHcfSK8 XXX xxxrrr ''*''"
A V i._hoiitence-Stru(!ture.. •*"
AVII.-The Sup,„e«-(,er«..„l an.l (Gerundive tl
xvm ^ '''XKHcisEs XXXVII -XL
XVIII. -Can, Could-Mav MM.t n. il c, ''"•S
XIX. -Time -Roman Caleiular.. «*
vv ™ *^-^KRcisE XLII «^
XX,— Place 63
VYr rrx ^^''^^^'^'SES XLIII-XLV'. f
AAi — ii,e Accusative Casp V..«. " V'^ ^^
XXII T. ,/^^^«^'«^«XLVl, XLVII... ??
XXII. -The Dat. ve-Sun,n,ary of Rules ^^
YYTTT rr. *^''*:«CISES XLVIII-LI "-
XXm.-Th. Ge,u.ve-s™„,. „t r„,„; „. ^ • «
XXIV.-The Ablative-Summary of Rules.- ; 'f
YYv T> ^•''^^RciSES LVII, LVIII '
AAV.— Pronouns— Persnnn I n„. **9
sessive p^fl"°"''''J^«"'«"«trative, Intensive, Pos-
sessive, Reflexive, Reciprocal
YY.7T T> Exercise LIX ""^
XXVI.— Relative Pronoun. ... 93
XXVII.-Pronouns-Interrogative, Indefini'te ??
YYVfTT r. ^-^EKCISE LXI ^'
AX VIII. —Correlatives 98
YYTV m. *^-^ERCISE LXII ". ' . ' ' ^9
XXIX. -The Subjunctive Mood-In Indenendenf V.' ^^'
EXERCI.SE LXIII. "'^''P^'"^^"^ Sentences . . IQo
XXX.— Style-Limitations of the P^w^i "n ^^
':piatolary Style.. ^' ^'■^*°"'^^' «*>'''.
XXXI.— Epistolary Style 105
YYYTi T,. E^*=«ciSEs LXIV-LXVI ^^
XXXII. -Final Clauses-,,/ ne m>n ^ ; '^
» "^' "^' "/"o- Sequence of Tenses in
XYYTTT n ^-^^^^ciSEs LXVII-LXIX "^
XXXIII. -Consecutive Clauses-«/ ,,/t: o "^
XVvrv ^— Sx. '"'""-'^^^"^"^•^«^'^--- "6
-SJ^IV. -Clauses of Characteristic ; .' .' "'^
Exercise LXXI ^'^
120
CONTENTS. I
Luaom.
XXXV. -Substantive Cla««eH «.' an.l /..-Definitive or Kx-''*""
planatory
XX vvi p '''^''^^'T'' ^'^^^^ '-^'^viTi ...::..:;;;.:.: 123
AAA V I.-Commamls ana Prohibitions. -Quin an.l Quominu. l^g
—WIT T . *=''*=«'•'•'**« Lxxrx Lxxxi. ..,.;«
A^XVIL-Interrogatives-Questions. Direct, Double, Indirect
Indirect Double ' q-
VVVT^TTr r. EXEKCISES LXXXII-LXXX V. ! ^ ! . . ^ jj,
XXXVIIL-Causal Clauses-Virtual Orarto 06//9«„-Cunce8«ive '"
Clauses, Clauses of Comparison. . . 135
vvYTv rr ^^''^^"SBs Lxxxvi, LxxxviL ;:;;;;;■ ,3j,
XXXIX. -Temporal Clauses— C«wj m
ExEKCiSEs LXXXVIII-XC 141
XL. -Conditional Clauses-/)«m. Atodo, Dum,nodo-ldioms
— IrreKularConstructions ,.»
Exercises XCI-XCIV ..l
Virtual Oratio Obliqua j^g
^^I-— The Relative— Recapitulatory.. . ,«,
Exercise XCV j^
XLII. -Conditional Clauses in Oratio Oblhiua-f ore utjulurum
futsae
XLIII. -Indirect Narration-Oraiw Obliqua \Z
Exercises XCVI, XCVH ,57
Ad-iitional Hints on Translation. . , =0
Latin Models f
Supplementary Exercises ."L
Vocabulary ""^
Index 197
221
m
LESSON I.
PRELIMINARY RULES.
I. Predicate Nominative.
Tullia erat Jilin Ciceronis.
Caius est Hintna.
Oalli appelUuitur.
They iir*' i;allml (iaulN.
2. To.
mihi librum dedit.
ad me venit.
Romam ve'^it
He gave mo a l>ook, or, a l>o<)k to me.
He came to me.
K» came to Rome.
Do not use the Dative to express Motion.
To express 'motion to,' use 'ad with Ace'
Names of towns omit 'ad.'
3« For = in behalf of, in defence of = pro, with Abl.
pro patria pugnare.
4. The Ablative
is used to express a great variety of relations, under such
general names as : Cause, Manner, Means, Instrument,
Circumstances.
▼ulneribus defessi.
magnis itineribus.
militum telis repulsi.
gladio interfectus.
nudo corpore pugnare.
Spent with wounds.
By forced marches.
Driven hack by the dans of the soldiers.
Killed with a sword.
To tight with body unprotected.
5. * By,' expressing the Agent.
gladio OCCiSUS es." a Caesare. He was killed by Caesar with a
sword.
To express the Agent (a person), use a or ab with Abl. (a before
consonants, ab before vowels).
ill
PRKLIMIKARY BirLM.
6. a, ab, from.
Tho two tfoneral moanlriKH of «. «b at* « hv • .« j .
'from,' in iu general JL to .l!n\ ™ •^' ''""'''* *«•"*• ""'J
tion.' a. in Kn|li.h ' *"""" '"°''"" '""" ' •"•! * -«PTa.
«b urbe profectiw est » ,
flumen Gidlo. «b AquiUni. di^idit Th ""' "' "'" '■'''^■
M «uii.ai»,d,t. The river separateH the (}«„!«
RomJL '""" the Aquit«ni.
« , From Rome.
Name, of tow„« o„.it the preposition to expre. • „.„tio„ fro„...
7. 'with.'
ri«Iio occ«u, e.t Hn was kin..d with a ,wor.l (instrument,
But when 'with' mean, 'aionn' or ■/«.,/* ■ ';«'"«"^)-
with, translate by .cum.' with Iw. ^ '"' ^' '"* <^o-^P-ny'
cum Caesare profectus est.
-.d ..a>,tln.„ fur th. "iu^qmS,^' "***'~^ '»"«««»•
&
in.
in urbe.
in urbem,
9.
In the city.
Into the city.
* in,' meaning • i„,' is followed by Abl.
•in,' meaning 'into,' is followeJ by Ace.
urbs qujuto amio caota eat t».„ *
"fbsquatuoramiosobse^est Th« 7 '"'" l^^'" '" '^' '*'»'•*»' y^'-
oosessa est The c.ty w«n besieged for four years
Time «a< or .n^Airr is expressed bvAbL
Time dunng which ' is expressed by Ace.
The oblique cases of 'is ' rpffl,. ♦„
of the verb. ' *° '°"« °°«' «ther than the subject
PHELINIXART RULKg.
HI., hor. If. .du. J their. =eorum'; wh.n. ,u.t r..fl„xlvo
•UU., = h,M. her. itH. thoir ; when reflexive p„h«,h«,v..
librum eius h«be«.
libnim tuum habet.
libro* eorum habes.
Ubros luoa habeat
librum el dedi.
dux ei pepercit (Kparwl him),
dux tibi pepercit («pare<l hinmelf).
euro interftcit.
•e interfecit.
cum eo profectus est.
.. .. puenun tecum duxit
nic, thw, 'thin near mp.'
U«. • th„ „.„ ,„„,. . „., „, ^.„„„ , ^ ^ _^^^ ^^ ^^
i«te iH often uho(! to exprew ooritompt.
Ule l« often a eon,pIi„u.„tary tern, the well-known, the famou..
«« two things mentioned Jn-fore. hie- the I,f»»r
precedes ille-the former. " ««"®™"y
idem.
uterque.
ambo.
The H,ime.
i*iM-h of two.
Both together.
II. Pronoun omitted.
c-ontrast. *''**' "^ emphasis or
tu Tarentum amisisti, eeo \oii in«f t .
recepi. "^ Tarentum. I have
retaken it.
raatres filias amant
{c) But when emphatic (his own) or necessary for the exact
meaning, ,t is expressed. ^ "**'
suo s« gladio vulaemvit.
jf-Ai
ORDRR or WORDii.
»* APPOiflTIVES.
('() Cictro conmil ab omnibus laudabatur.
Cictronem coniulem laudaverunt.
usus itultoniin magister. Kximrienco the Inmructor .if f.N.U
historia magistra. Hi.tory the in.tructn*...
exercitus victor. The vi,;t„riouM army,
classis victrix. The viutoriouii fleet.
An »pp*«itive agrees with its subject in case, ami aU.., when
possible, in gender.
(/*) The city of Rome.
The island of Sardiniii.
urba Roma (npiNtsitiun).
iniuU Sardinia.
(c) Cicero consul may moan Cicfro when, or, a; coimul.
ego paer hoc feci. When a boy I did this.
• when," 'as," for' are omitted in Latin when apiKMiition
is implied.
13.
boni sapientesque.
praeteriti.
futurft.
hut,
'i . J goo<l and wiw.
I*a.st things, the ixigt.
The future.
rerum futurarum. Of the future.
The words 'men' and 'things' need n..t be exprv.'H8e<l when the
meaning is clear. In the last example, if « futurorum ' alone were
used it might be masculine— of future men, of posterity.
14. ORDER OF WORDS.
The- ■ are in writing even simple sentences certain fundamental ndea
which are in general observed and which must lie noted by the student
and applied at the very beginning.
Caesar — Gallos — laudavit
Caesar — Gallis — praemia — dedit
Turn — Caesar — Gallia — praeraia — dedit
Caesar - statim — legionem — in Galliam — misit
F.ivor Numidanim— Romanis iam admodum fessis— victcriam—
dedit
Caesar imperator Romanus Labieno legato fortissimo -legionem
v<iTe primo ia Italia conscriptam — dedit
ORDKR OP WOlDi.
The muftI order of wonU in a nimph wntence ln.~\. The Hul.joct
2. A.lverlMi or other w.mU cxprc«.ing time. phwe. Mwruier, el.- 3
Indireet object. 4. Dimt ohji-i t. !i. Th«' verh.
Demon.tnitivn, rdntive, or other word indic'atii.« eo.ine.tion with
previous •enteiifo jtreenlea even the auhject.
(A) The f(.llowing wonls never h..({in n, sentence :—
•utem. enjm, igitur, vero. quoque. quidem.
quoque and quidem follow the word^ which they emphasise.
The others UMially co. fter the first itnporUnt wor.l.
(r) Adj.,ctives an<l other qualifying words usually follow the noun
(</) Adverim and adverbial phrase, directly conneote,! with the verb
precede it.
(') Wonlsor phrases logically connectetl with the subject or object
must be pi.K.ed in close connection with it.
Duo Numidae cum HtUru ad Haiuiibdem missi .unt
(/) • sum ' or a similar weak verb seldom comes last.
Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres.
reliquae naves sunt inutiles.
IS
All these rules are based upon and subject to the foUowinir
principles ; — *
1. The two most emphatic iM)8itions in a sentence are the IwcinninL'
and the tad.
El, phasis is 'dirked by j. lacing a wor.1 out of its normal {,„sition
Any word- -un, verb, adjective, or ad verb-n.ay bo placed last
for emphasis.
4. The clain.s of euphony must also be considered,
in miseriam nascimur sempi-
ternam.
pecuniaapatreexactaestcrude- The money was extorted from the
■ . father in a manner that was cruel
aliud Iter habebant nullum. Other road they had none
omnes fere qui eo mari uti con- They hold alm;st all who were ac
suerant habent vectigales. customed to use that sea tributarv,
angustos se fines habere arbi- They thought the territory they
trabantur. had was limited. ^
norum omnium fortissimi sunt
Belgae.
2.
3.
We are born to misery everlasting.
u
EXERCISES.
EXERCISE I.
Th. pupi, i , ,^ ,„^^ ^^^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^ .^ ^^_^
1. The grandson of the king will walk toTarentum
2. The „,a„ was killed by a soldier with an arrow
4 I brial&r" '"' '"'^^^^ P"P"^ -•» be diligent.
5 The vi of tbT'*'' ''' ^'^^ ^™'" ^'^^ -""try.
6 S: Sy wi* : 'trrir'"r-r ^^^^^^^^ •^^ ^" ^•^^ ^^^'•--
«cipiofthe^.^;atfXR"n;t '"'° '"° P'^'"*^' ^^ *-•<- »^y
/. The orations of Cicero, the orator, were praised by all
8. That^«o„ of yours was seen on the s^n,e da^l'^the Campus
'• ''s?d^?eVet?^%^'»•^^ -« -t to you by the consul fro™
■ ^^^^;:l^^:S:iZ^:'-^^ -''' ^^-^^ father, and after
12. Ten men came with us to Rome, and they are still in the city.
Separate, dnide. divrdo. 3. visi. visus.
«5.,.„ - t perv«nire ad.
btdl (of present time). etiam nunc.
EXERCISE II
' ''B7n,:X%o'the'rmtirP^"^^' '^ '^« cavalry escaped on the
2. You will go with Pompey to Greece, we will stay in Italv
3. No man can know evervthinp wp »L i • , ^ "
4 On fK„t r X , -^ '"8. we are learnine a few thinL'q
' '« quiokiy as possible. J alUjiudl
Say, each (uterque) consul was.
»The precision of Utin requrres the plural.
EXERCISES.
Capture.
Escape.
Know.
Learn.
Accidentally, by chance.
Previous.
Approaching (Adj. ).
Foresee.
Disastrous.
capio, 3, cepi, captus.
effugio, 3, fugi, fugiturus.
scio, 4.
disco, 3, didici.
forte.
prior.
futurus, imminens.
provldeo, 2, vidi visus.
funestus.
EXERCISE III.
1. In spring, in summer, in winter, in autumn in tho ni<rl,f o<- ^„
break, at sunset, at sunrise, in the morning,' on Z "Cint, ^
'• 'in^^Ttrt^iSlfsU^' ''- ^^"-' ^^ b-^«^ed by land
3. For six <lay8 the soldiers marched through the countrv of th,>
t^Ep'rileT *'' "^"•*'' P'*^*^^'' 'h^*' eampr uSblkof
'■ "Thtlanhkni:,! T^'l'^'^V" '^' ^'^ ^ '^'^^ -« ^is brother,
ihe guards kdled hira, her, them. They killed themselves
'• ']::SrS:tS!,S^fSar^^"^°"^"'- ^'^^•^^n his forces
6. We^cannot foretell the future; the wise know much about the
^" "him conlS.*"^ '" *'" ^""'^ "'"' ^'^^^ '^^^ «tate' will never elect
Sunset.
Sunrise.
Besiege.
Morning.
Take by storm.
March.
Sail.
Foretell.
Banish.
solis occasus, us.
sol oriens.
obsldeo, -2, sedi, sessus.
mane (indeclinable).
expugno, 1.
iter facere.
navigo, 1.
praedicere.
ex civitate pellere.
• State = citizens.
8
STYLE AND CONNECTION.
EXERCISE IV.
The most renowned city of Asia and (one) most friendly to us, had
been invested' by the king himself with an immense'^ armv. This L.
Lucullus by his courage' and skill* freed* from all the dangers of a
siege. • By the same general a large and well equipped' fleet, which
was on its way* to Italy, was crushed^ and sunk. '" Large forces of the
enemy, besides," had been destroyed in many battles.
'Obsldeo. = = verj- large. 'vlrtUB. ^conailium. » llbero with Abl. without
a prejiosition. « obsidio, onlB. ' omatns. "Translate the simple meaning.
'Bupero. '" deprlmo, 3, presBl, presBUB. "praeterea.
LESSON II.
l6. STYLE AND C N^NECTION.
In Latin the mere details of a -....rrative are written in detached
style a.s in English. The connection, however, of each sentence
with the preceding one must if possible be clearly indicated. This
is done by some word,— a relative, adverb, conjunction, or some
word repeated from the previous sentence.
EXERCISE V.
A. Over* that river was a bridge. There he places a guard ^ and
on the other side' of the river leaves Quintus Titurius, his lieutenant,
with six cohorts. He orders him to fortify the camp* with a rampart
and trench. From this camp the town of the Remi, by name Bibrax,
was distant eight miles. The Belgae began to assault it on* the march
with great force.* The townspeople^ held out that day with ereat
difficulty."
' In with Abl. 2 praesldium. ^ parB. « Emphatic word.
' Expressed impersonally. It was held out : BOStentatum eBt.
word.
' ex. ' ImpetuB.
"Aegre: Emphatic
B. Whde these things are going on> among^ the Veneti, Quintus
Titunus Sabmus, at the head of those forces, which he had received
from Caesar, came into the territory of the Unelli. V'iridovix was chief
of* these and held .wpreme command* of all those states, which had
revolted, 6 from wliich he had collected au army and large forces.
' Pajs of gero. ' In with AbL 3
' de£clo.
com. * praasam with Dat. • Bumma imperil.
X^iKJSdP. MH
>Pi :,#ti^Pcr-c'*ieHK;
••xy*'
17.
THE VERB.
LESSON III.
THE VERTJ.
Observe tlie exact meaning of the Latin tenses.
*roo. I love, I am loving, I do love.
amabam. I was loving.
The Impf. tense denotes continued, repeated or progressive
action— I used to, began to, wished to (love).
amavi, = (a) I have loved ; Pres. Pf.
(b) I loved, I did love ; Historic Pf. ; Greek Aorist.
amatus sum. I have been loved ; Pres. Pf.
I was loved ; Historic Pf.
Latin is very exact in its use of tlie proper tense.
The Present tense is very often used both in English and Latin in
describing or narrating past events. The object is to give life and
vi\ idness to the statement.
Such a present is called an Historic Present.
EXERCISE VL
1. Ten towTi , were taken in that year.
2. The other ..onsul was gathering his forces.
3. The enemy 'were trying to prevent' our men from crossing the
4. Our men prevented them from entering the fortifications.
5. I will come if I can ^-^hall be able).
6. If he arrives (—shall have arrived) before daybreak he will see his
brother in the city to-day.
7. Whenever the enemy made (use Plupf.) an attack the Roman
soldiers used to retreat within their lines.
8. Have you not been spending this winter with your dauirhter at
Rome ? - &
9. Have you not been living at Rome already for tliree years : ( = Are
you not already living the third year at Rome?)
10. With difficulty our men held out against the attack of the enemv
tor two hours. •'
11. I have long desired to see your brother Plancus.
10
INDIRECT OBJECT.
(•ather (trans.)
Prevent.
Enter.
Fortification, line.
Retreat.
Spend (time).
With difficulty.
Hold out against.
I have long desired.
convSco, 1.
prohibeo, 2, with Aec. and Infin.
ingrgdior, gredi, gressus.
raunitio, onis.
se recipere.
ago. 3. egi, actus.
aegre ; vix.
sustineo, 2, ui, tentus.
iam pridem cupio, 3, ivi, itus.
LESSON IV.
^8. Indirect Object.
Transitive verbs govern a Direct Object, i.e., an object directly
acted upon by the action of the vv ,-.
An Indirect Object is one which is affected by or interested in
the action of the verb to a less degree. It nmy be joined to
Transitive verbs (in connection with a direct object) or Intransitive
verbs, and is put in the Dative.
librum tibi dabo.
Cives legibus parent. Citizens obey the laws.
19.
Every really Transitive verb in Latin governs the Accusative
but many verbs that are Transitive in English have Intransitive
equivalents in Latin, which of course take a Dative of the Indirect
Object.
Such verbs are
Please.
Favor.
Trust.
Assist.
placeo, 2.
faveo, 2, favi, fautunis.
fldo, 3, fisus ; confido.
prosum ; auxilior, 1.
and their contraries :— Displease.
Oppose.
Distrust.
Injure.
I am i)leasing to.
I am favorable to.
displiceo, 2.
obsto, 1, stiti.
diflido.
noceo, 2.
INDIRECT OBJECT. H
Believe. credo, 3, credidi, creditus.
Persuade, persuade©, i, suasi, suasum.
Command, itnpero, 1.
Obey. pareo, 2 ; obedio, 4.
Serve. servio, 4.
Resist. resisto, 3, restiti.
Envy. invfdeo, 2, vidi, visus.
Spare. parco, 3, peperci.
Pardon. ignosco, 3, novi, noturus.
Threaten, minor, 1 ; immineo, ere.
Be angry, irascor, 3, iratus ; succenseo, ere.
These verbs do not take a Dative because they happen to be able to
be rendered into a phrase seemingly Dative in form (I am obedient to,
I am servant to, etc. ), but because the act implied in the verl)al idea is
such that it can only indirectly affect the object. Verbs of apparently
the same meaning as some of these are Transitive in their verbal idea,
and govern the Accusative. *
20.
Such exceptions tliat govern the Accusative are :—
iuvo ; adiuvo, 1, iuvi, iutus. Aid.
delecto, I. Delight.
' laedo, 3, si, sus. Injure,
offendo, 3, di, sus. Offend,
iubeo, 2, iussi, iussus. Order,
veto, 1, vetui, vetitus. Forbid,
prohibeo, 2. Prohibit.
rego, 3. Rule,
guberno, 1. Direct.
21.
Caesari confisus.
tempore confisus.
fido, confido.
Trusting to Caesar.
Trusting to the tune.
Take, Dative of a Person ; Ablative
of Thing.
' noceo. 1 injure by an indirect act. laedO, I injure by a direct act.
Hlfc: y^iiitk^n,. ;i^^<fh. ^,
12
VERBS TRANSITIVE AND INTRANSITIVE.
22. Verbs Transitive and Intransitive.
tgo tibi gratulor
ego tibi Tictoriam gratulor.
mihi ignosce.
mihi hanc culpam ignosce.
I congratulate yon.
I congratulate you on your victory.
Pardon me.
Forgive mo this fault.
hostibus imperat. He commands the enemy,
hosbbus frumentum imperat. He orders corn from the enemy,
cmtatibus equites imperat. He levies cavalry from the states.
homini minatur.
homini mortem minatur
He threatens the man.
He threaten.s the man with death.
haec Caesari responderunt. They gave this reply to Caesar.
puero suadeo or persuadeo
haec puero persuasi.
I persuade the boy.
I persuaded the boy of this.
These verbs have a double construction.
They are Transitive as r.-,gards Things (Direct Object) and Intransi-
tive as regards Persons (Indirect Object).
23.
consulSre aliquem.
consulere alicui.
To consult some one.
To take counsel, or to care, for
some one.
prospicgre, providere bellum. To foresee war
prospicere, providere bello. To provide for war.
temperare mare,
temperare lacrimis.
cavere aliquem.
cavere alicui.
To rule or control the sea.
To set bounds to, refrain from tears.
To ward off, be on (.no's guard
against.
To care for, consult for.
These verbs are Transitive and take a Direct Object : or Intransitive
and take an Indirect Object They differ in meaning acco.^S^ly
.Z'!^^Z' ^-^.'•"^*'-^'»' *l«o takes Ace. or Dat.. but without any
special difference in meaning. ^
'^y'^'.j&^iM^^mt^j^m'Tmim^'t''
EXERCISES.
13
EXERCISE VII.
^ ^sSte^hrm we"r *^°''* "^^^ """"'"* ^'"'"' *""' ''^■''''''" ^''"''' ''■'"'
3. We will pardon the guilty man and spare hia innocent son.
4. Tne guards forbade tiie prisoners to leave the eanip.
5. We resisted the barbarians as long as possible.
6. They did not envy the rich.
7. Trusting to the season (time) of the year, they fled into the wo.kIs.
8. We will never be able to persuade that friend of yours.
Leave, abandon. relinquo, 3, liqui, lictus.
Leave, go out of. exeo, 4, ii, iturus ;
««cedo, 3, cessi, cessunis.
Long (of time). diu, diutius, diutissime.
As. . . .as possible. quam, with superlative of adj. oradv
Testing. confisus.
EXERCISE VIII.
1. The judge threatened the accused men with impri.sonment
^' '^hPv^^l'*'' "^^^^'^ 7"" ^^'''^.' ""'^'"^^ (th*-'"') '^»'«"t ll'o roads
they made no reply (answered nothing).
3. When we asked (you) in reference to y.,ur brothers rt-turn you
made a false reply. •'
4. Hannibal levied cavalry from the Spaniards.
5. The augurs foresaw the dangers threatening the state.
6. I pardoned him for many offences.
7. He will never forgive me.
8. Your friends will help you (wjien) in trouble.
9. We will go to meet you on your return (-returning).
m
Imprisonment —chains.
An accused man.
Return.
Augur.
Threatening
Offence.
Forgive
To be in trouble.
Go to meet.
vincuia, orum.
reus.
reditus, us.
augur, uris.
imminens.
peccatum.
ignosco ; veniam do ('hit. of person,
gen. of thing).
condono, 1.
laboro, 1.
obviam eo, with dat.
14 «NOLI8H VERBS, TBAN8ITIVB AND INTBAMITIVB.
LESSON V.
24. Passive Use of Intransitive Verbs.
puer puelUun amat
puella a puero amatur.
pueri tnagifltro parent
Active form,
Passivu form.
Active form,
lutiater.
Boys obey their
nugistro a pueris paretur. Passive form.
Only Transitive verbs can be used personally in the passive.
Intransitive verbs must be used impersonally in the passive.
I am obeyed-mihi paretur.-It is obeyed to me ; obedience is
rendered to me.
tibi invidetur.
niihi ab eo nocetur.
I persuaded the boy of this.
The boy was persuaded of this by
me. ■'
You are envied.
I am injured by him.
(6) hoc puero persuasi (active
form).
hoc puero a me persuasum
est (passive form).
hoc is subject to persuasum est
In the case of verbs that are Transitive as regards things (Direct
Object), and Tntransitive as regards persons (Indirect Object), the
Thing (Direct Object) may become the Subject in the Passive; but
not so the Person (Indirect Object).
2S English Verbs, Transitive and Intransitive.
Ho increases the number of the numerum militum auget
soldiers.
The number of the soldiers is being
increased.
The number of the soldiers in-
creases.
He assembles the senate.
The senate assembles.
numerus militum augetur.
numerus militum crescit.
senatum convficat— calls together,
senatus convSnit— comes together.
Some Verbs in English are both Transitive and Intransitive. They
are rendered into Latin by different words according to meaning.
Increase, make bigger. augeo, 2, auxi, auctus.
Increase, grow bigger. cresco, 3, crevi, creturus.
Assemble, call together. convdco 1.
Assemble, come together. convinio, 4, veni, ventum.
'■^i'nr, nfW^' la^m^* im- i"^^-ik'>
MIDDLK VOICE,
16
Loavo, Icftvo iM^liiml.
L«avo, go iiwtiy fiotn.
Bum, set on fin-.
Burn, glow.
26. Middle Voice.
relinquo, .1, liqui, lictus.
abeo, 4, ii, itum.
excedo, .'{, cessi, cessum.
uro, 3, ussi, ustus.
incendo, .'{, di, sus.
•rdeo, -2, arsi, arsurus.
Ho moves the table. mensam mdvet.
I ho nuK,n niovoH roun.l the earth. l„„a circa tellurem movetur.
All t „„gs n.ove. ^^^j. „,,^„^„^^ ,,,. ^^ ^^^^^^
A large number of verbs in Englisb are u.u.l in two senses .,„c
Iran, .ve, the other Reflexive or Mul.lle. When a verb is uh;..1 in
the^latter sense, corresponding to the n.iddle voice in (ireek, Latin
(a) Use.s the Passive voice.
(h) Inserts the Refloxivo I'ronoun.
(c) Uses a different verb.
He surrenders the city. urbem dedit.
The citizens surrender. cives se dedunt.
The following verbs may be similarly used :_
„ . . , , >ungo, 3, lunxi, lunctus.
He joins (the army). (i^^git se) ad or cum.
(iungitur) " " "
.. , moveo, 2, movi, motus.
^;';;""''^''- dedo, a. dedidi, deditus.
.J' ■ volvo, 3, volvi, volutus.
^^*%'«^- miito, I.
EXERCISE IX.
1. The women and children were sjMvred.
2. If I am obeyed you will \)e pardoned.
3. The poor are not envied.
4. No harm could be done to our ships on account of their siz-
th ""' ^' ''^^^ *'' '"' P'-'^--"-^''-' "^ ^''- '—- he is ..o
6. The enemy could no longer be resisted.
7. Resistance to the king m ill no longer be offered
8. No resisUnce was offered to the enemies' attack
16
KXBKClSBfl.
9
1(1
11.
12,
Ho Wtts helievMl by all thn Iwst men.
I tduiit you with lowly liirth.
Ho waa tttunttd with IiIh lowly hirtli.
The accuHod cauiiut Iks ptirduiiod.
Si/c.
Not at all.
FooliHh.
BocauBo.
All the best men. . .each I>f8t iimii.
Taunt, cast up to.
Lt V birth.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
mag^itudo, init.
nihil (iidveibiiil ace.)
itultus.
quod.
optjmus quisque.
Obicio (with dat. and aco.)
igndbUitas, atis, f.
EXERCISE X.
The Holdiers wore a.ssenil.led in (into) the campus.
At nightfall the legions aswrabled in the Forum.
The number of the legions was i:.crease<l in the following year.
Marcellus and hi.s brrtther joined thi army.
The Gauls at last surrendered to the I'-ermuns.
The cowardly generals will soon suiremhr the city.
The mountaineers a.,cordingly were rolling stones down from the
mountain mto the defile.
Our men left their baggage in the pass.
Ti»e unhappy son left home in a hurry.
Then tiie tower l)egan to move and the barbarians, in terror, sur-
rendered without delay to I^hienus, Caesars lieutenant.
They immediately set all the villages on fire.
Shortly afterwards the camp was moved forward about six mile.s. '
At nightfall.
At last.
Accordingly.
Down from.
Defile, pass.
Baggage.
Unhappy.
In a hurry.
Tower.
Terrifiefl.
VV^ithout delay.
Ret on fire.
Shortly afterwards.
About (adverb).
Riio noctem.
tandem.
itaque (placed first); igitur( placed .second).
de (ahl. ).
saltus, us ; fauces, ium.
impediments, orum.
infelix.
subito ; confestim.
turris, is, f.
perterritus.
sine mora.
ittccndo, 3, di, sus.
baud multum post ; pauIo post.
circjter.
■One
mile, mllle paasus; two miles, duo mlllia paasuum; Acc. of Extent of S,.a,e.
r'iam tAt^-mAi"\dR-^m>^- ic: mjtm'^T^smsmmdmmtjasaK.
IMPER<iO!fAL VKRII8.
IT
LESSON VI.
27. Modal Verbs. Supplementary Infinitive.
hoc facere non potest,
incipio esse mdlestus.
desine mirari.
bonus esse videtur.
vult esse princeps.
This ho ciinnut <l(),
I iKjgiu to Iw tri>uhlew)me.
Ct'iiHo to womlor.
U(l Hl'Uinil tu Im! g(KMl.
He wiHhos to Ih) first.
Observo that the verbH, poM, inn,,io, etc., require an ii.fii.itive
to complete their moaning. They are culled Modal Verbs. The
following are such : —
possum, queo, nequeo ;
cotpi. incipio, desino, desisto ;
cupio, volo, nolo, nialo, opto ;
Conor, itatuo, debeo, soleo, assuesco. videor, and others.
28. Impersonal Verbs
are of diffuront kinds and have various constructions.
{a) Intransitive, governing no ease, tonat, it thunders ; fulpirat,
it lightens ; pluit, it rains ; ningit, it snows.
(6) The following take a I»a/(rc;—
libet, it pleases ; licet, it is allowed ; placet, it T)lea8es ; accidit,
it haj)[R-iis ; contingit, it »H.fiiUs (of good fortune) ; convenit,
it suits ; expedit, it is expedient.
('•) The following govern an Arnts<itive :~
fallit ; fugit, it escapes ; luvat, it delights.
(d) The following take an Arc, and also an Infinitive:—
decet me parere. It hticomcs me to olwy.
dedecet, it mishecomes. oporcet, it behoves.
(e) miseret, it pities ; poenitet, it repents ; piget, it grieves ;
pudet, it shames ; taedet, it wearies ; take an An: of the
Person FMing, and Qen. of the. Ti'iimj Caumwj the feeling.
poenitet me meae stultitiae. I repent of my folly.
miseret me tui. J pity you.
P|
if
-m
..•i-^T1»V
If
KXRRCIgRS.
rt i. th.. intmmt of. it iM „f i,„,K,rt«n.« to.
It coiK-t'rim.
(/) interest,
refert.
Take « On,. „,' th. P,r»nn or Thing ronr.rn.,, ,■ Uui i„ th« .-^
interest omnium ; interest civitatis
mei refert. u o.n.rn, . i,,,..
29. The following Verbs take the Ablative:-
utor. fruor, fun^or, potior, vescor, dimior.
utor, uti, usus.
fruor, frui.
fun8:or, fung:i, functus.
potior, iri. potitus.
Tescor, ci,
dignor, ari, atus.
I u«e, I MTvo ni^Htlf with.
I enjoy, I fdjoy liiy«i-lf with.
I IK!iforni, officio my duty.
I diMchargo iiiyNi-lf |)v.
I obtiviii possesHi.m u"f. regno tho
kingdom.
I iim iKiwerful (potens) by or with.
I fc-ed u|)on ; I ft.u.1 mywlf with.
I «lt..n, worthy ; me laude, myself
worthy of {with)i.rai«e.
F.XHRCISE XI.
2. 'i on could not Ikj pt-rsuaded.
'• ''ISr'"''"' ^° «" '"^° '"'*'« -*»>- than be oon.lemne.l by the
'• ^t^^r^sr :o=i;i^^^''°'''- ••- ^"^^"*" -
6. We ought to be free. You n.uy go home to-morrow.
7. As far as concerns me, you may leave the city at once.
8. It 18 not exi>ediont for us to 1h,> at leisure to-day
9. It becomes all to olicy their su|)erior8
10. We pity him. He ought to repent of his folly.
11. Are you not ashamed of ycmr cowardice'
' the city to be saved. On.it ' that ' and use Ace. with I„"ilii!
>•-;-• ^ jnsu : -.'Siii^'JsacmjL^-:^
'*t \s;'Myt':'xr^f
Ar.ji
■XRHrtsRR,
19
1
i
.i
Patriot
An far n» coiu'crriN mi-.
Kxil«'.
Cufiili'inii.
At firHt.
CoiiMpirator.
Munk-r.
OjHMily.
Overthrow.
CoiiMtitiitiun.
Ruporior.
Folly.
Cowardice.
bonus civis.
quod ad me attinet.
exilium, i.
condemno, I.
primo.
coniuritui, i.
interficio; neco,
palam.
everto. ;i. ti, bus.
reipublica.
•up«rior ; milior.
ttultttU, ae.
ifftiavia, ae.
EXERCISE Xn.
1. We ought to une our time lutter.
2. It lH3<;..ine.s ningiHtratoR to iHrform their duty w.-ll
^" ^e,™ •^"'"''^^ «"'"'^ P"'""""^''^" "^ ''"' '^'^•"P -"•'• ''Hggage of th.
4. The rich do not Boom to enjoy their woultii
6. LabienuH having guim-d iKmesHion of the camp of the orw.nv
qu>ckly drove th.n. through the w.khI to the llks of the riv. Vr'
7. T.. r.ch do not alw.iyn enjoy the wealth which they have acquired
». 1 was on most intimate terms with your son.
». Vergil an.l Horace found a friend in Maecenas.
10. Caesar always put confidence in the loyalty of the t.„th legion.
Duty.
Seem.
Wealth.
(iuide.
In safety, — safe.
Drive.
Acquire.
To be on intimate terms withl
To find a friend in ,( ^'*^"
Put confidence in.
Loyalty.
officium, i.
videor, eri. visas.
divitiae, arum.
dux.
incolumis ; tutus.
pello, 3, pepuli, pulsus.
compello, :?, puli, pulsus.
adipiscor, ci, ad^otus.
i te familiariter uti.
Ite amico uti.
confide.
fides, ei.
il
20
30.
(1).
COMPOSITE SJTBJECTS.
LESSON VII.
COMPOSITE SUBJECTS.
Caesar et Cicero erant clarissimi.
Ego et tu aderimus.
Ego et Balbus aderimus.
Tu et Balbus aderitis.
Et ego et soror mea amati sumus.
(a) With two subjects ii, the singular, the verb, participle, or predi-
cate atljective is in the plural.
{h) The verb agrees with the Lst person rather than with the I'nd
and with the 2nd ratlier than witli the 3rd.
(c) Ego, 1st person, precedes tu, 2nd, or Balbus, 3rd ; tu, 2nd person
precedes Balbus, 3rd. '
(d) The masculine gender takes precedence over the feminine.
But other constructions are allowable in (d).
Et ego et soror mea amati sumus ; or,
(<i) Amatus sum et ego et soror mea.
{h) Et ego et soror mea amata est.
The verb may be in the plural or agree with the substantive
nearest itself.
(2). So also :
ftempla multa arcesque delevit ; or,
Uempla arcesque multas delevit.
He destroyed many temples and citadels.
An adjective that qualities two nouns of different genders agrees
witii tlie one nwucst itself.
(3). fides et pietas laudandae sunt ; or, more usually,
fides et pietas laudanda sunt.
Good faith and dutifulness are to be praised,
virtus et ignavia inter se contraria Courage and cowardice are con-
®""t- trary to each other.
Wlien the 8ub^ mtives are feminine ahdract nouns the Neuter
is usually used in the predicate.
The explanation is that "thinfirs" (neuter plural) is implied in laudanda (things to
be praised), aii.l contraria (thin^fs contrary). ^auuauud, <,inm^s lo
31.
Neither you nor I was present at this battle.
neque ego neque tu hoc proelio adfuimus ; or, more usually :—
neque ego hoc proelio adfui neque tu.
J
m.-wm^ ' .^wt%
EXERCISES.
21
A large multitude of citizens had asscm])lc(l.
magna multitudo civium convenerat ; or, occasionally :-
magna multitudo civium convenerant.
This latter construction, vhi,n is freiiucntlv found in English is
called Constructio ad Sensum, Construc'tion ...cording to Sense.
Such words as exercitus, populus, senatus, which denote a single
composite body, and such as, like exercitus, have a plural, regularly
take a singular verb.
EXERCISE XIII.
1. If the army and you are in good health, it is well.
2. If your sister and you are in good health, it is veil.
3. My brother and I have waged many wars in defence of our country.
4. Neither you nor your brother were ever in exile.
5. There were two armies in Gaul at that time.
6. Wisdom and folly are contrary to each other.
7. Rashness and change of purpose are not to be praised.
8. Duty and interest are often at variance.
9. A large multitude of citizens were present in the forum.
To be in good health.
Folly.
Rashness.
Change of purpose.
Duty (as opposed loexpediency).
Interest, expedienej'.
valeo, 2, ui.
stultitia, ae.
temeritas, atis, f.
inconstantia, ae.
honestas, atis, f. ; honesta, n. pi.
utilitas, atis, f. ; utilia, n. pi.
EXERCISE XIV.
On the same day the enemy encamped (consido) at the foot of the
mountain eight miles from Ca'.sar's camp. Accordingly at the third
watch he orders his lieutenant, Titus Labienus, with two le<'if)ns and
those guides who knew the road, to ascend the highest ii<lge (iugum)
of the mountain. At the frurth watch he himself sets out by the same
route by which the enemy had gone, and sends all the cavalry ahead of
him. Publius Considius, wlio had been in the army of Lucius Sulla
and afterwards in (that) of Marcus Crassus, is .sent ahead with scouts.
EXERCISE XV.
Romulus and Remus, who were twin brothers (gemini), determined to
build a new city. So on a fixed (certus) day Romulus trx.k his stand
on the Palatine mount, Remus on the Aventine. Soon Remus saw six
vultures (vultur, is), but (autem) a little while afterwards Romulus saw
twelve. The former saw the birds first ; the latter saw a greater number.
Z^zH
22
EXERCISES.
They could not agreo (consentio). Remus contomptuousl
junii)e<l over the new walls wiiich Romulus had huilt. At on
in a passion' pierced* his brother through with a sword. " So here"
after," said he, "shall perish whosoever else (alius) sliall leap over my
walls." Thus Romulus alone ^ot possession of the sovereiuii
the city was founded and called ■ by the name of the founder.
(ludibrio)
<' Romulua
y
power ;
' = Angro', IratUS. ' Pierce through, transflgO, 3, flxi, flxus. » Say, ' founded',
pf. part. pass, of condo, ' was called.'
EXERCISE XVI.
The Albans with a large army resolved to make an attack on the
Roman territory. They pitched their camp not more than five miles
from the city. In this camp Cluilius, the Alban king, dies. The Albana
then elect Mettius Fufetius dictator. In tlie meantime TuUus, the
Roman king, proceeds with a hostile (infestus) army into Alban terri-
tory This movement (res) forces Mettius to lead his army as near as
possible' to the enemy. At last the two leaders, along with a few chiefs,
come together for (ad) a conference (colloquium). There the Alban
speak.s (inquit) : " The desire (cupido) for (of) empire rouses* to arms two
related (cognatus) and neighboring (vicinus) peoples. The Etruscans
are nearer to you than to us. As soon as you (shall ) give the signal for
(of) battle they will at once attack our armies, the victorious and the
vanquished. Can we not settle' the question witliout great slau.'hter'"*
This proposition (res) commends itself to^ TuUus, although °he was
somewhat* elated with hope of victory.
I quam mazime ad
» = does not displease.
• ■ ■ potest, 'stimulo, l.
Comparative of ferox.
' = decide. ♦
cat.
EXERCISE XVII.
By chance there were in either army at the time, three brothers born
at a birth (trigemmi), unequal (impar) neither in age nor strength. The
Roman brothers were called Horatii, the Alban brothers, Curiatii The
two armies had seated themselves' on either side (utrimque) in front of
(pro) the camps Ihe signal is given and the young men engage (con-
curro) for a long time they fought and at last two Horatiif one after
the other (alms sttper ahum) fell dea<l ; and all the Curiatii were severely
wounded The Alban army shouted (conclamo) with jov (^audium) •
all hope had deserted the Roman legions, for three Curiatii had sur-
roun.led" the single Horatius. He was as yet without a scratch
Sri ; ^' Til'V """"T ^ "latch (par) alone for the three together
(umversi) The Roman flees, the Albans pursue. Alrea<lv he had run
away (aufugio) a considerable distance (aliquantum spatii) from the^
Dlace where the fight* occurred ; looking back (respicio) he sees them
following at great intervals (mtervallum). One wa.s not far from him •
against him he returned with great fury (impetus), and while the
Ho^aH.fT/''?"*'/*' ,*''•' ^""■''*" *°* bring ai.l to their brother,
Uoratms had already slam one enemy and is making for (peto) the
TRANSLATINO THE THOUGHT.
23
secon.l J>y»^VIthashout the Rr„„a-,sai,l tluir sr.l.lior ..in.l he hastens
1.. hnish (defungor) tlio tight. Soon the seeon.l Cunatii.s, who is n„t far
.hstiint IS killed; and ik.w two only out of six remain (supersum)
niatehed neither in hope nor strength. Horatius with his sw^.rd kills
UinatiHs, who was seureely al.le to hear (sustineo) his arms. Tlie
Romans ami<l« rej.mu.g and congratulations re.eivo Jforatius and
esM^ort (deduce) him (hack) to Rome.
'Consldo, 3, Bedl,Be8suruB. «circumsto. i, atetl. » that, u ^Saviiwas
fouK'ht. 6 Express l,y ut with Pre8. .Sul.j. : opem ferre with Dat. • Express l.'y Pres
Part, ovana and gratulans.
LESSON VIII.
TRANSLATING THE THOUGHT.
2;i. You are always translating ideas, not words.
From your introductory book you will have already learned a
great many word.sof all part.s of speech that stand for corresponding'
words in English. You nnist at once be on your guard against
carrying this principle too far in your rendering of English into
Latin. As soon as you get out of the range of simple idea.s, whether
names, qualities, acts, states, or relations, you get into a region
where every word must be scrutinized to see whether it be "not
used in a sense quite different from its original one. Any ordinary
piece of English pro.«e is almost certain to contain a number of
words used not in a literal, but a metaphorical sense. It is the real,
plain, simple meaning you must discover and translate accordingly!
Familiar illustrations of this principle are :—
He ascended the throne. "»
He came to the throne, ^e?-""" ««Plt.
He received the crown. J '""^ ^""^^^ ^^*-
solium ascendit = He climl)ed up a throne.
coronam accepit = He received a gailand.
He tocjk his departure. abiit, profectus est.
He held his peace. conticuit.
Word was brought. nuntiatum est
He ineathed his last. e vita excessit.
24
TRANsr.ATINO TUB THOUOIIT.
33.
A w..,..l in English nmy I,.vo . variofy of „.eani„«s. It, n,eanin.
^ . .U'ten.nn« ,ts [..tin c..,„ivalont,. You I.avo alr.a.ly luj "^
Country —
As opposed t<» town.
Niitivo land.
Lftnda, teiritory.
Stiito.
(Citizens.
rus.
patria.
.fines or SLgri.
civitas, respublica.
cives.
Similarly 'world' niayn
Universo.
This glolic.
^11 nations.
Life on earth.
mundus.
tellus.
orbis terrarum, omnes gentes.
vita.
A certain man = homo quidam.
A .ertain day = dies certus ^ state.l. .lefinite.
Mortal (man) = mortalis.
Mortal (wound) = mortifer = fatal.
For examples of verbs, see 25 and 20.
^ J^or oxan.ple of preposition and conjunction, see Exercise 20;
34.
pacem spero = I hope for peace, spero = I hope for
Examples of this princ-nle are quite numerous —
Wforpeaee = pacem peto.
He .lespans of honors = honores desperat
\ o« long for an engagen.ent = optas congressum
Mounta.n. he„. in the canton = montes pagum continent.
I crave for leisure = otium desidero.
J'^^^^'-'t" -audio.
I '""•^ '"• ^'"t f"r = exspecto.
^'^^'^iov =arcesso.
i
EXKUftSKS.
25
35.
Nc-vor c..ii,-|ii,lo that ii li;itiii wur.l fn,i„ wliicl. ;in English v.or«l is
nwiiufuHtiy d«,ivo.l is its c.,uisalrnt in nu.ii.ing. M.tny ..f m„I.
w..nls wore inip„r(...il ii.t<, Kn^lisJi thiouj^h N„r„,,ui- French, ,in,i
(.vvniK t.,. tho channolH tlir..i.>rh which tlioy ,,;t,s8iMl, tho Kn^'lish w..nl
gonemlly difreis in n.eiininy iv„m its L;vtin otynioloyicul u.it.ivulent.
As : N«)tuis—
Crime scelus, flagitium, culpa.
Merit virtus.
Nation -civitas, populus, res-
publica, cives.
Office magistratus.
Ruin -pernicies, interitus.
A(ljc(!tives —
Fatal -funestus, perniciosus.
Famous -praeclarus.
Secure (safe)— incolumis, tutus.
Vile— turpis.
Verhs—
Af)hor— detestari.
Acquire— parare, adipisci, con-
sequi.
Attain to— pervenire ad, con-
sequi.
Obtain — parare.
Oppress- vexare.
crimen a charge.
meritum a servi('»!.
natio— a trihe.
ofificium - duty,
ruina— fall, crash.
fatalis— fated, destined.
famosus — notorious, infamous,
securus— free from care.
vilis — cheap.
abhorrere — shrink from, be
widely different from,
acquirgre— givin in addition.
attinere ad— touch at.
obtinere— hold on to, retain.
opprimgre —crush.
EXERCISE XVIII.
1. The Britons live on milk and flesh
^ 'ig7o'f"evlnty:''^ " ''" "''''■ '''' '''"> *" ""^ """"^^>' ^^ ''^^
'• "onSsL^rre'nVereT ''^'" '" ™"^" ''''^" ^^'" ^''-"^y '" ^--'"^ '^'
4. For three d.ays Caesar waited in vain for ihe a. rival of tlie Iegioi:s.
On the fourth he moved his camp to the foot of the hill
hudilenly a large multitude of the savages' assembled in front of
iJie camp. He determined to send for* the cavalry
■ <8
26
KXKRCISE8.
fi. Th.' forces of the .•i.oiny wcn^ in.ivasi„g ,l,iilv. At mi.l.lav th.v
ina.l« a fioivo atUck on our ri-lit, wing. Two .•.-nt m ions r.', ,.1 v.-il
mortal woimkIn.
fi. Tfo was a hit tcr* oLfniy t.. mv. T forgive him tliiH fault.
7. Tl... nu-Hsengora turn.-.l away" an.l tlu- g.-nmil w.-nt l.a.k into Lis
ti'nt.
' At ttie n>re of govt-iity borii ncvcutv .years
■".siivatff^barbaruB. «8..ii(i f„r MuiutiK.n
Muperlat ive of inlmlcuB. « avertor, tl, versus
in tiTriir terrilliil pnrterrltUF.
arcesBo, ;!, ivl, Itus. '- bUttr fminy .
See Art. 26.
EXERCISE XIX.
The country is alway.s very pleasing to cl.iidren In.rn in tl..- city.
He was dear to the whole country.
They ravaged the country of the enemy.
Rome was mistress of the world.
You will never see liim again in this world.
The whole world now longs for peace.
AW men crave for leisure.
He is aiming at distinctions which ho will never attain.
On account of his g.eat services he was loved l.y the wli<.le country.
On acouj.t of his disgraceful life he never attained to an otlice in
his country.
On that fatal day your country ceased to he free.
I was wailing for you at home, but looked in vain for y..ur return.
"i our riches increase daily, hut they do not increa.se your leisure.
For ten years they had carried on a bloody war, and at last were
sunig for peace.
For three days Caesar waited for the arrival of the cavalrv, on the
fourth he began to despair of aid.
To be mistress of. impero, 1.
Leisure. stium.
Aim at. p^to.
Distinction. honos, oris.
Bloody. cruentus.
EXERCISE XX.
Translate the simple thought of all metaphorical expressions.
Silence reigne.l (was) throughout' the whole camp. For^ the soldiers
were .va.tnig for the .signaf for baUle. "Fight bravely for vour
country and gf«ls." said (inquit) the general, "and you will to-day
gne freetlom to your country. If you hold^ out against the first
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
II.
12.
13.
14.
15.
DIKKKItENCKS OK IDIOM — TIIK NOUN.
27
attii.k uf lli(. cncniy, fli.« diiy Ih"' ours. If v(,ii do' not r..n.iii.r, you
will all l.(^ put Id tin- Mwonl." Miiiiv on that dav gavr tli.ir iivi's'for
Ihrir couiUrv. 'I'wu liciifcnants weio taUilly" woiiridcd, hut ni.-l ■ d.atli
like nu'ii.^ I'm tlioiisaii.l of tilt! jMi.'Miy wm- slain; tlit; rest took to
lllglit. The victorious general at onee set out for l\u) eity.
'KxprcHS l)y HJniple Al)l. »for, i,oii (unction nam, firsl woril, orenlni, h.<oii.| word.
■■Tofrw: Uberare or m llbertatem vindlcare. «T.iif,v nve have conqucnd.
•receivtii fiitai (mortlfer) «„iii„is. 'mortem oblre. or oppetere.
36.
LESSON IX.
J)ir^FEUEXCES OF IDIOM— THE NOUN.
Tho noun is n. fjir more cxprussivo word in En<,di.sli t.lian in Latin.
In Latin tliu verb is tlio oxprussivo Word, tlio word in wliich the
thouyht of tlio sentence is concentrated.
English prose abounds in abstract and general terms for wliich
Ljitni has no direct eciuivalunt. Of course, where tho (juality itself
is Rpeciliod in the abstr.ict, an abstract noun is used in Latin as in
Englisli. Li your translation of Latin into idiomatic English you
must constantly be ri'ndering tho thought of an adjective, verb
form, clause, or even adverb, in Latin, ])y a noun in English.
A few examides will suHice to illustrate a principle to which we
will be constantly recurring.
He spoke the truth, his words were
true.
01>(Mlien(!e to law is the part of
wisdom.
ver& dixit.
sapientis est legibus parere.
The battle was long and stubbijrn.
Permission was given you to go.
His hopes were high.
Lying is disgraceful.
Good Wilting.
In spite of your opposition.
Having obtained this request.
diii et acriter pugnatum est.
tibi ire licuit.
magni sperabat.
turpe est mentiri.
bene scribere.
te repugnante. (Abl. Abs.)
hac re impetrata. (Abl. Abs.)
The word 'res,' so frequently employed in Latin as a mere word
ff referuncu 'a blank chuck to be filled in with the rwpiisite
amount of meaning '—must be translated according to the context,
rarely by the word 'thing.'
i
i
38
KXKHi IMK.M.
AHiT llii< uriiiil ,.| , H, ..im|i,|,
''''"'* H.iin..,l III,. n„Mil...| ,.t I li.
t'lii'iin .
M\ l.ltlll'l'.. llllll.ll'll'lM
With ,» Mi..,. ih.hI. i.iiH.ii,
|M»"»« (Inlntii nvilntrm.
(I'' I" 11.1. Ill ImI. 1I..,;,1|H. I
•Itii iiitirni tnrniii on ulotniit.
nl r^^_\ III -lAlviin pmo«.
niiVlii o A( nnpirnlrt.
I
■ >
'X
4.
j\
«»
s.
J(V
n.
i-'
I.?
u
i.v
hi.
i:.
IS.
Ill
•21.
• v>
'2,1
'24.
•25.
rXKRCtSK XXI.
(•'^ \.l;i|i| i,< i{,.iniiii 11),.,!,. ,,| ||„,„^|,|
('■> Tlllcl:!!,.
II-- l.'l.l ln;lll\ f;»I»,.|„„„l., „|,.,„, |„, „^.,,
I'.imr t.M,;M.".l llll..ll^|„,„| (|„. w|,.,|„ .,,,,
<»'• III.- Illll.l .l.x ||„. ,,,,., „.,^ |,.;,.|„.,|.
'''''"'•'"'" '^'K-Hi'-'vU ..l..i.Ktl... «I,.,I,. |„„.
'■'"•'"•""I ll"> Ad.illMlf. «;,.|„.,„,^ ,i,., ,,, ,„
ll.-^ Iv,...nl.,„.v J..I l„. ,..,„,„.|„,. .,,„„.,..„ ,^^,^,
It W.IS 111,. M .Inly (.•.■..„.|I||.|,M ,||,..
Ills n-plx «;ls \,.|x |„„,f
15" ax.. li,J,l,„>; will I., ,lav 1„. |1„. „„„.,. ..m vi..|.,i y
IIW l.,,-,X,., „;,s |,„. ,„>,„.,, ,„,,, ,,„,,„|,.|„|,
A ni,vi in^ ..t 1 1,.. ,,1I„.H „ an t l.,.n ..,.,n ,,,...1.
rii.y «...•.> gt,,t,tr.l |H.|ii,iMs,.,„ (., |,,av.. ,|„. ,,„„|,
His |Vinl,Mi «,is im|i,.ss||>lo,
Sii.h .oiili.lrn... li.i.l (';„.s.,r iii Ins vrt,.|,iiis.
M.'ivy WHS sh.nxii t.> fli,- |>iis„n,>is
'u;.^;:!:;;;^';:;:'^''''''^'''^'-'^ "-'f-....
OlMMiion.v to tlicir nwisiois Lolits slav.-s.
V.nir .s;it,'(y will 1„. „.y ,lii,.l ...mio.tii.
Tho g.xls ;uv my piMi(..|nrs.
Intolli.c.Mi.vof tlus.-v.Mit xvas.U on..,- I„.,„;;|„ ,„(',„.s,„.
His a.I.l.vss t.Wiis .-.uiijviiuons was 1.,,,,; an.l rain.'si.
Ho ii.n.i- tnisdnl Ins a.'.us.Ms.
Ho intli.-KHl iminsinihMit on l,is fri.n.rs niiinl.-nis
Tho lVlss;,j;o of tlio rnvi- m .is l.y „„ „„,u.s o.'sy.
t'iviiig is hottor (lian nvoiving.
I-io, toll falsoho,Hl =: mentior, 4.
Tanio nM^-iKHl = trepidatum est.
Fli mostly _. vehementer.
Iiitliot puiiishmom on = poenas sumfere de.
lc*,.*r-«. "-."■^r-'-ri?
'^'»;:sss*a*iiA«
iii^..
oiinicK ii|. Willi iiM
•Mt
37- <»iu»i;it or \\oiti»s
Aim \Niii Ml 'If 1,1 Tim .((,1,
A liMii.lM.r i.f Latin v*,,m|„. wild. I, „itl t il,,,, ,,;'.ii.| I,, ||„
'""'"•'■ ""'"'• "" ' ' • '••-Ml. HI II .1.1, i.M-l m, ,.■
tlli.ll n IMII..I...I I.f Ki,.;|,m|, u.„,|., wmM.m w.t|,..n( ,1,,.. ,.,„.,, I ,„
tllKllnlil, uml r<i||||i.i'||..||, 11 |';i,,,||.,|,
M'a,.MHi- |„..,I,.M. ,|„. 'r.lM.n l,ul, „,„.,„ I. ,-„(,„„, ,. „ , |,.,,„„„|
•I""""* l»"<'"".i,i|-..,|,M.mt,,i, M,„, ,,,,,, ,.l,.||„,„. ,„ |.,.Mu.t
iiM.il,' (.miii.lali..| |,l,.|„||y, w..,,| f,„ wmmI, , ,.|„„, ,,. ,1.. |„.l,,',
-nl.T, wuuM iM.I, |.„ |.;,h,|,m1, Hi all, S.,,il.;.., ' <:„...„;, „„.;,l,T,iMm
I.Hl.i..nmii |M.Mt,.,„,h„,„ M. ■,„„...,,,„ »..,., ,u.(, i.l..||„.,.,„i ,.,„„ „.;
l«'!;i"nil..iM i,i„iH r...|.M,.iu( vx r.Mh.MMm; |., ,„.l, I. ,.| ,wl Kv. „
III" H-I.MI, of till. .„„;„„t| Uh |,„„„ , !,.«,, ..y... I. A , I,. ,, „f ,,„^„,^
' Klxiidrnnl, in,l,u,n.l..r. limit, «..,.unil.V fi-.n . .- I, ..l|,«., a,.,|
**"■' ' ""-V '""•'"^1 .•...Ul-.l,„n MM,| ,1.1,11 IMM Ml, „f ,,,,IM w....|,| |,„t
.•nlmlll.ili. u |,..,m... N„ ,„.„., ,|„ „ ,H.,.,l,..r ..f , U„«. m a,',.| ,,(„„.,..
""■""« •••«•••'"••• will t, any „„„,„J ,.,.„„.,.„.„ ami a.l|„.t„„Mt'
.-.imUtnloH r.al,i„ M-nt..,,..., |.',.„„ ,|,., ,..,^ ,,,,,_ ,,,,.„, ,,,,„„,„„;
im.Ht, 1.0 ,.,u.l to tlin pro,...,- Lai Ml ..iil.r lv. m m, >,n„,,|., ...nt..,.,,..;
V.Mi iiniKf, flm.k in Lain,, an U.., |{..,muiw tl,„„..|,t '||,,;, j^ ,„ ,
only ..HKi-nfial f..r y,..,r k,...wl...i,;„ .,f tl.i, la,.,;,,....:, |„„, ,„,.H.,h.t...
nim of l.),„ v.-ry IilmI, ,„..„„« ,.f ....nlal ,li...,,,lMi.:. ir.a,,,,.,.), hh if,
trains yo„ «,.. ni..„iH||y ^,,ih,, in ,Ih ml inly tl,„ t|„.„-,|,, ,„ )„.
.'Xpri.HH.Ml. V,.„ will Im, „„al,|.-.i t., ,|„ tlHH till: „„„., laMly hy
coMMUi.t, praotir.. at, oral t,,ai..slati..n of .x. hmmh vvln.l, y,„i L.-.v,.
ftln.aily wrilirn, ami in r..a,l.nt. Lal.n alu-.y.. «.,,;., t„ ,.....,1 ,t'
nil.'lliKrnliy, .vailinK it. n-.t as h.. iHai.y K..,.,wat., w.„.|. hut an ho
....•inyda.m„H,.r,,l.,aH...sn.,,nM..nt.„i,M. ...any .■.,„.,..„„ nf, ,„„m „f
H single iiloa. Jlonia.u (urlion. T,..ian.> M..,,,,. ,,„„„h, ^oI, ,„.an.
ii.uluToin) (..ppiiKnavornnt), slmiiM n.,t },„ r„nHi,l, ,..,i an „i„..
wunis. hut as fiv« «o|,amto parts .,f .,n.,. i.joa, an.i .li.-iil.l l,o ,.,,,.^0.1
acciinlingly.
Ti.o di.stinguJHhing cxcdlonoieH of Lat in cornpo.sif ion an- sin.r.li.if y
clourno88, ,lijr„ity, f„rco, nicoty of ailjustnii-nt of wonls ami phrases'
logical structure, HonorouH cadonco ami rl.yth.aic charm.
1^
11
30
OMIi::u OK WOHDH.
To nttiiiti nny ftppr.m,l, to tlu< oxc,.II,.iiro ..f Hu. Kn-iit nwiHtorn,
o.i.Htant nl.H..rv.iti.,ii (ui.i uppliiatim, ,uc iu.e..8Haiy. No upplioafim,
of fotiMil rul.-s vm tuko t(;o phu-r of cIoho Htu.ly of tlio yivat oriKin/ik
No <K-(iiiito Nit of riiU-8 can l,o givi-ii to im-ot tho coiiil.iiio.l ni.,uirt!.
'"*"•■'* ••' ^' "•^■»i<"i. i.McipliHHiH, I.aniioiiy, v.iri'.ty nn.l Km.-o. A
cloHo aiuilyMH of ,1 few cIiohcu cImpt.TH of CucHur, Livy, or Cia-ro.
witli rt vir>v to diaiovoring tlio rt'H.ilts pr.Kluco.l, ami tho iiifaim
iiiul inotho-ls l>y wlii.liHiuh ivsiiIIh aiu prmluoed, will hoof far iiioro
hoiu-lit than tho nu'nioriziiig of givt-ii ruloH.
Wo havo already notico.l (14 an.l If.) tho f„,„laniontal rules
uiuKrly.njr tho or.lor of w..r(lH in tlio annplo «onteneo. Such rules
are given n.oro with a viow to direct and stimulate the Hl.i.lenfH
ohs..rvation while he Ia rea.ling his a.ithors, than with tho i.Ua that
they are of any great vnhio in themnelves. With the same ohji-ct
ux view tho following further illustrations and hints on tho samo
subject are added.
38.
(<i) Pavor Numidarum - Romanis iam admodum .'essis victoriam
— dedit.
(/') Caesar imperator Roinanus - Labieno legato fortisiimo -
legionem vere prinio in Italia conscriptam dedit
(.) His rebus cognitis-Caesar. imr. Romanus, cum vereretur
ut pontem conficere posset Labieno ic^ato, qui pridie redierat -
tres legiones proxime in Gallia conscriptas dedit - ne hostes,
cum ad castra venissent, comraeatu nostros prohiberent.
Review (14 and 15) and coniiwre with tho following general rule
for order of words and chiuses in a ' period.'
I. Introductory word, phrase or clause indicating connection
with previou.s sentence.
II. Subject and wt.rds or clauses immediately or l<.gically con-
nected with it.
III. Words or clauses expressing time, place, manner, motive, etc.
I V. Indirect object and words or clauses connected with it.
V. Direct object and words or clauses connected with it.
VI. Principal verb.
PAIJTICII'I.KN.
81
Sul.onlin/itoc1a.iN.w-T..m|.nml r.iiisHl-rJoriiiitiouHl (',.tic«H.
Hiv.s eU-., UMiiully cmnu |„.f,,r., M,o j„ii,ci|./il voil., l.i.t Final .Iiuihoh
fri..,ii,.iilly, H„;l |,„|i,v,-t .,„,mli(,i,M, linlini^t ii.iimfin,, ,ui.l (•..i,h.<ii-
tivo olnimnH gtn.-nilly .ui,,,, n/l.r ih,- i,rinri,.„f rhw.. . 'I'l.o ruiis.,ii in
Mmt, fli..y coiifain tlio iiiuro iiupurUiit tl.ou«|,t, fho piirposo or
roMult of ail mt off.n l„.ii,^, ,„.,ru iiii|M,rtaiifc tliuti tli.. act itH.-lf, an.)
flio .|.u-Htioii or Htatiinoi.t laoiu iiiji,ortaiit tlmn tlio mero fact of
iwkiiig or making it.
(i) Tin, riih-s of order that apply to Himplc principal Hcntoiicm
upply also to NiilM.r,linato, paiti.ipial un.l inlinitivo claimcn.
(ii) Nt.gativt.-.s Htaii.l l.,.foro tlio wor.ls which they qualify ; if tlio
wish IH to iifgativi! tho whol.) th.Mi^^ht, flu, nogativo word
KtaiidH AH iiuar an poHHil.lo to thu lM!giiiniii-{. Huiieo tho
fro.|iiuiicy with whith Hunt.-nc.-H hc^ii, with /-<•<• .,,(;.<uiH,nn,
nic wr.t, und for tho saniu r.ason iinj,, and nolo frociuuiitly
stand at tho beginning of a Hi'iitonco.
doleo non me tuis litteris certiorem fieri,
neque ipsi Lacedaemonii castris potiri pctuerunt.
(iii) Cont lasted words an laced as near as possil.lo to each
other.
sublato tyranno, tyrannida manere video,
ut ad senem senex de senectute sic hoc libro ad amicum
amicissimus de amicitia scripsi.
(iv) Av(>id if poH.sihlo two or more finito verhs hel(,n;^ing to
diflereiit clauses foUowing each ether.
(v) The verb of an explanatory cluusc introduced l.y mini or
antetii stands tirst.
Quae res unquam gesta est tanta ? licet enim mihi apud
te gloriari.
40. Active.
LESSON XI.
PAllTTCIPI.KS.
Present, loving.
Perfect, having loved.
Future, about to love.
amans.
amaturus.
fc
6 .#
a 1.,
St
l'\HTU;ll'I,KH.
Passive.
I'riwni, iHJiig |((\|.«|.
iNiff.i, lia\in« Ih.ii |,,v,..l. •niatua.
Flllllrc. uIhiiiI t.i Im> Invi-.l.
Iwitiii \vM no IN.iftvt T/irt. Active,
no I'ri'Nriit, I'lirf. I'uMsivo.
no Futuro Pint. I'luwivo.
41. Til.' Prcs. Part. Act, amang, .l«'iH.t.>s tim.. contem-
poraneous witii timt of th,. Inulin-j v«'ili.
*™"» Wliil.-iiMl„.a.t..f lovinK
pater c-ecedens haec dixit. .At ih.. li,,,.. .,f |,i„ ,|..|Mirtu.v.
It must not •»«• usfd as tin adjective.
A fijfliting nmii.
vir pugnans.
A lying slavo.
vir pugnax.
A man whilr in ilic lut of fighting.
senrus mendax.
Sonio participUs hftvo Hcquirod Huch an mljectivul force, l,ut tho
real iMirticiplo has no such moaning.
42. Th.; Future Active Part., amaturus, d.uiotes lK)th
futurity and intention.
pugnaturus.
pugnaturi sumus.
pugnaturi eramus.
About to, going to, intending to,
liki'ly to figlit.
We intend to tight.
We intended to fight.
43. Latin lias no Perfect Part. Active (l.avinf? loved).
Only Deponent verbs have a perf. part, with an
active meaning.
miratus— having aihnired : veritus- having fearwl ;
seciitus— having followed.
A very common mode of meeting the want of a Perfect
Part. Active is to use an Ablative Absolute with the Perf.
Part. Pass.
:T«Wf;'Jll^«'^9li-2
w-.^
I'AHTiriPLRH. $$
(n) HiivinK tnki'ii tli.-.il\, i lie I'lx tii\ h. aid . .d.
iirbe capta. hostes disceaserunt. \>m < an h\h„ H,iy :
cum iirbem cepisMi'iit,
poatquam (ubi, ut) urbeni ceperunt,
('*) lliiving fnnif cum vwusaet.
postquatn (ubi> v«nit.
In tim cHHt! i.f mriaiisiiivti v«!rhH f..r whi.h fht-rc in ii<>
i'lpiivah'iit «|f|iniit'iit yiMi iiro liiiiit)«i (.. Mivno tw..
minltiN of »(X|iriHNi(Hi.
(<•) iliiviiij; iMtt out- profectus.
cum profectua esset.
postquam lubi) profectus est.
TluTii nn\ tliiToforo, in .ill /,<ii; .■iulmliliths J,„ n /„rf>'<t pnrt. art.
llftvitiK' M|Mikiri tliiN.' wonln (I) his dictis.
(J) haec Idcutus.
('*) cum haec dixisset, ..i locutus
esset.
(4) postquam (ubi) haec dixit, or
locutus est.
The followinsr periorl from I.ivy xxli, 20, I« reiiinrkuM.- an illitDtratinv within itwlf
thp»e four oonHtriii'liofm. Tht; «lii.l(iit will obiw-nr fn.m this ivtracf, tut from oth. is,
how VMiety ih , .imtl anil a monotonous Htructurt- avoidi-.l l,y Uie iiilerchttii^e in tht-
ronitruc'tion :
IKi urbe, qimo <:aput iimulae cHt, hi<luiiin iifiiuiiijUiiin Huiimio LiUin;
oppugnata, ubi in Hpeiu inituin fni.stm t<ri tciiis.uM animadversum est,
ad |)o|)ulati()min aj,'ii versi, direptis ali.|uot incensisque vicis, nmion-
quani <x coiitineiiti praeda parta, cum in nav. m ho recepissent, «x
Baliaiihus inHulis k-gali paceni [Htentcs a<l Scipiuiioni vcn. riuil.
Similarly, h^■iH(| lored=:nince or win n (he) i-, or was love«l.
being abwit to !>,■ <om/-= .since or wiifii (In?) is or was
about to l)e loved,
and must be rendered by some ecjuivalent periphrasis.
45-
Calling together the soldier.s, li- attacked the era my.
militibus convocatis, hostes aggressus est
S4
BXERCI8E8.
English frequently uses a Present Part., denoting Past Time.
The logical exactness of Latin does not allow this.
liin'nts^!r!l'"''/'''';l'r '""^ ''" *™"'"*«°° »' the English present ,mrt. by the
Liatin present part, will be quite apparent.
46.
Believing the capture of the city to be easy, they made an immediate
assault.
In English the Present Part. Active may be Causal (used to
express a Reason). In Latin it is not so used except in the case of
the Abl. Absolute.
The Perf. Part, of a few Depr 'j;nt verbs from their frequent use
approach this use of the English present part.
fearing-veritus ; thinking-arbitratus, ratus ; daring-ausus.
bo coitfsus, usus, progressus, conversus, proiectus (throwing
himself), secutus.
EXERCISE XXn.
2. Fearing an ambush, he retreated into the camp
*• ''rre^^^rjSe^Jel^^aTri::^ °^^ ""^ ""' "^^' ^"^"^^ ^° ^^^^ *«
6. The Morini, whom Caesar on his departure to Britain had left at
peace, led on by the hope of booty, attacked our men wh le they
were returning to camp. ^
6. Suddenly attacking our men while fortifying their camp, thev
threw them into disorder. ^ ^
7. After advancing about seven miles, they turned back again.
8. Throwing themselves at his feet, they made a long speech.
^' ^?uTuI? ^ ^'^ f"ends, he conversed (with them) long about the
10. With these words he left the senate-house.
12. (As he was) about to die, he saluted the King.
13. He praised the soldiers while bravely resisting the attack of the
enemy.
IDIOMS— SENTENCE-STRUCTURE.
35
14. Our men found many thousands of the enemy devastatintf the
fields of the allies. *"
15. The cavalry, while returning to camp, cut down many of the
enemy. ■'
16. Caesar beheld Ambiorix in the distance exhorting his men.
17. Turning away, the general went back into his tent.
Ambush.
Retreat.
Draw up.
At peace.
Throw into disorder.
Senate- house.
insidiae, arum.
se recipere.
instruo, 3, uxi, ucl.iis.
pacatus.
perturbo, 1.
curia, ae.
LESSON XII
IDIOMS.
47- Sentence-Structure.
His dimissis et ventum et aestum uno tempore nactus secundum,
dato signo, et sublatis ancoris, circiter mUlia passuutn septem ab eo
loco progressus, aperto ac piano Utore naves constituit.
The officers were then sent to their various posts ; and now as wind
and tide were both favourable at one and the same time, he gave the
signal, weighed anchor, and after proceeding about seven miles from
that point, moored his ships on an open and level shore.
Observe in the above extract : —
There are five participles and one finite verb.
The different movements are stated in the order of their occur-
rence.
The one principal subject is maintained throughout.
Cum lis Adcantuannus eruptionem facere conatus, clamore ab ea
parte munitionis sublato, cum ad arma milites concurrissent vehe-
menterque ibi pugnatum esset, repulsus in oppidum. tamen, uti eadem
deditioms conditione uteretur, ab Crasso impetravit
Observe : —
There are three participles, three subordinate verbs and one
finite verb.
The natural order of the events is maintained.
II
36
IDIOMS IN COVXKCTION WITH PARTICIPLES.
Tho one principal subject, ' Adcantuannus,' in maintained
tliroiighdiit.
With these follow.Ts A.l. altc-mpt.-d to make a sally. A waming
shout was raised from that part of the fortlHcatioii. atid the sohliers
rushed to arms. A fierce battle enaiicd, and Ad. was driven Iwick into
the town. Notwithstanding tliis, he obtained from Crassus the privi-
lege of enjoying the same terms of .surrender.
Tho above examples exemplify the radical difference between
Ljitin and Engl-ih idiom in general, and particularly in descriptire
and nnmitire prose.
Latin expresses only tho principal verbal idea by a principal verb,
and uses participles ami subordinate constructions for tho less im-
portant ideas.
English does not so differentiate the verbal ideas.
Latin loves to choose out the leading thought and group others
an)und it in .sid)ordinate con-structions.
English does not so consider the relative imi)ort«nce of thoughts.
L-itin uses many participles and 8ub')rdinate verbs, and few
principal verbs.
P:nglish uses few i)articiples and subordinate verbs, and many
principal verbs.
Latin descriptive and narrative style is based on the principle of
suborditiation.
English is based on the principle of co-ordination.
This style, the' Ljitin, is known as the Periodic. A
sentence so written is called a Period.
48. Idioms in Connection with Participles.
The following idioms are quite commonly employed :—
(n) They took the city and com- urbem captam incenderunt.
niitted it to the flames.
He attacked and disltxlged the hostes agg^ressus, deturbavit.
enemy.
(6) After the founding of the city, post urbem conditam. After the
city founded.
EXERCI8K8.
37
exercitus fusus.
nuntiaUl clades.
pugnantium clam5res.
mihi interroganti hoc respondit
lugentium lacrimae.
gratulantium clamores.
vox eius morientis.
adhortantis verba,
non parcitnus resistentibus.
qui hoc facient, poenas dabunt
The rout of tlio army.
Tlio Hipoit of tho (limiRttir.
(C) TIh" HllOtltH of (ho OOlnlKltiUlts.
To my (|iiostion lio nuwlo this
aiiswor.
Ti^iifH of inourniii^.
Shouts of (:i>ii>,'nitiihitioii.
His (lying words.
His words of eiicouragoinent.
{d) \V(! do not Bpart! those- who
n^sist us.
Thoso doing this will 1...
punished.
EXERCISE XXIII.
1. They mirroundod tiic legion an.l put it to the swonl.
2. Seize tiio man and slay him.
3. They slew and desp<.iled tho loader.
4. He lived for twenty-five years after the rleath of his father
'• ^™ U.r;?;ve" "•' P'""*^'' '' ^'^^' ^ "' ^'- --'y -treated
7. Are yon not ashame<l of the abandonment of voiir undert-ikin.r
the .lesert.on of your frien.l, an.l the violation of "'.urlrd'*"
X. I o our complaint they niade no reply,
a The shouts of vietory were heard in the city
'^ "^.rlls of^oS:;'"' '^'"« ^"""^^"^"•- -'^ »--> ^"- -other'.
"• ":f;:;tdtHu;i;;^:^«^'"*^"* ^""••' "-^ »'«"-iaiK.ve the shout.
12. He never spared those resisting him.
Seize.
Despoil.
Undertaking.
Word. . .g(MMl faith
Complain.
Countenance.
Grieve.
Above.
To be joyful.
Triumph.
comprehendo, 3, di, sus.
spdlio, T.
inceptum, i.
fides, ei.
qu«ror, .3, questus.
vultus, lis.
doleo,2, ui.
prae, with abL
laetor, I.
triumpho, I.
'SI
n
M
.iPK <K«iii7r\TL m'm^'zm
38
ABLATIVE — ABSOLUTE.
LESSON XIII.
49- Ablative— Absolute.
In Latin tho Ablative is used as the Case Al.sch.te. T},e rela-
tions o t.me, cause, manner, circumstances, etc., donote.l by the
Abl. Abs., are ablative relations.
Absolute means independent; an ablative absolute phrase is
grmmnatunlly t>ulepemlent of the rest of the sentence
should be translated according to the context. It n.ay express
time, cause, condition, concession or circumstances.
In the consulship of Caesar.
In your consulship.
Against Caesar's (my) wish.
Provided he remains.
In spite of your resistance.
If the enemy bo defeated.
On hearing this.
In the midst of my speech.
Caesare cuiisule.
te consule.
Caesare (me) invito,
illo manente.
te repugnante.
hostibus superatis.
his rebus auditis.
hoc me dicente.
This construction is so common and useful in Latin prose that
the examples should be thoroughly mastered.
At my suggestion.
Without violating the law.
Without 3'our aid.
Without success.
Without waiting for any guide.
Without opposition on the part of
the enemy.
Without hearing the case.
With strength undiminished.
50. Limitations to the use of the Ablative Absolute.
^"^ "^fire'd if '"^ '^" "*^' '^"^ "bem captam incendenint.
Having been elected consul, consul creatus urbe excessit
he left the city.
A noun or pronoun cannot be in abl. abs., if already the
subject or object of another verb.
me auctore.
salvis legibus.
te non adiuvante.
re infecta.
nullo exspectato duce.
nuUo hoste prohibente.
causa incognita,
integris viribus.
EXEHCISES.
39
{/>) On roaching the river, Caesar Caesar, cum ad flumen perven-
fortiHr.! the camp. jsset, castra muniviL
Review 4.3 (h).
Caesar having been persuado.l. Caesari cum persuasum esset.
Review 24.
(<•) It need not be used in cases where it might. Review 4:i (r)
and 48 (h). ^ '
Having spoken thus. his dictis or haec locutus.
After the capture of the camp, castris captis or post castra
capta.
The Abl. Abs. is nearly always placed at or near the beginnin.'
of tlie sentence. "
In the periodic stylo it is used very freijiiently at the beginning
of sentences to keep up the connection <,f the thought and to clear
the ground for the expression of more important thoughts.
EXERCISE XXIV
Translate as ablative absolutes.
In the reign of TilK^rius. When I w.as a 1k)v. On the advice of the
enemy, hven (vel) tiiough the consuls are unwilling. Without reeei vini:
an answer from anyone. Un.ler our lea.lership. After all preparatio,^
S tdni'""w-H ^^^*'"'"* '^''- '^"r '^^«^ °^ ^^^«^'-- At the request of
W vvl'i ^^ 't''°"t *^^'e" fe"^'i"« hostages. Though the defenders were
ou^' JZ^ r"" "T T'*' T'"'"« "P (succedo). In the presence of his
own army. In spite of much opposition.
EXERCISE XXV.
1. Caesar, having been elected consul, immediately set out for <iaul.
'2. On the election of Caesar as consul, Cicero despaired of the
republic. '
3. When wo were boys we often walked thrcugh the fields.
4. Drawing jiis sword, he charged into the enemy.
5. On tlie return of the cavalry to the camp, Caesar without further
delay, set out by forced niarclies into tlie territory of the Remi.
6. Caesar in his consulship conquered many tribes in f laul.
7. Some, being wounded, withdrew from the battle, others with
strengili undiminished took their places.
8. After laying waste everything far and wide, the soldiers returned
to tlie camp.
9. !<■ was at your suggestion and in spite of ray brother's oririosition
that 1 joine<l the popular party.
i#'
1.
■"'T
40
EXERCISES.
10. While onr men were fearing nothing, the enemy made an attack
and quickly threw tlie cavalry into confusion.
11. Cicero after his expulsion from Rome sailed to (Jreece.
12. After Cicero's expulsion f rem Rome, many despaired of the republic.
Draw (sword).
Charge into.
Popular party.
stringo, .3, nxi, ctus.
invadgre in ; impetum facere in.
populares, ium.
EXERCISE XXVI.
Translate, using only one finite verb.
1. Tile Oennans, hearing a shout in their rear, threw away their
arms and rushed out of the camp.
2. On reacliing tlie Rhine they despaired of further flight, and threw
tlioniselves into the river.
3. Having provided a corn supply and increased the nundwr of tlie
legions, he marched into tlie districts in which the (Jermans
were.
4. On lieiiig informed of these facts, and fearing the treachery of tlie
(iauls, he brought back his legions from Britain.
5. 0;i learning the plan of the Romans, the barbarians sent forward
tiuir cavalry, and following closely with the rest of their forces,
tried to prevent our men from landing from their ships.
G. Suddenly attacking our men while .scattered, and witli their guns
(arma) laid aside, tiiey slew a few and put the rest to Hight.
7. After our cavalry came in sigiit, the enemy threw away their arms
and tied into the woods.
8. ^Vitho^t waiting for any command, the soldiers drew their swords
and leapt down from the rampart.
9. After the defeat of Brutus and Cassius, many, amid the universal
despair of the citizens, went into exile.
10. (Jicero, after living in exile for one year, returned to Rome amid
luiiversal rejoicing.
11. After thus defeating all the forces of the enemy, destroying their
towns, and laying waste their fields, our general led back his men
into camp.
12. Inasmuch as the enemy offered a stout resistance, our men, after
pitching their camp on a high hill, waited for reinforcements.
Rush out. se eicere.
Inform. certiorem facere.
Leap down. desilio, 4, ui.
Rejoice. laetor, 1 ; gaudeo, 2, gavisus.
.^^m
EXKHCISES— PARTICIPLES AND VERH FORMS.
41
EXERCISE XXVII.
Participles and Verb Forms.
What are the variable translations for the I'f. Part, (active form* of
A. An Intranr verb for which there is no enuivalent dejionent?
1. Having reathcl the canip at dayhn-ak, he found t-vi-rvtliinK iva.lv.
2. Having lived many years at Capua, lie was a great frieiwl lo
Marcellua.
B. An Intrans. verb for which there ig an equivalent deponent »
1. Having advanced to the river, lie saw the eneniv's for.ta drawn
up on the other bank. Advance— procedo ; progredior.
2. Having eotne forth from the senaie-iiouse, he convened the iilehs
in the forum. Come forth -exeo ; egredior.
C. A Trans, verb for which there ia no e(|uivalent deiwinent ?
1. Having led hia array acro.s.s, he at once fortified a camp.
2. Having written the letter, he left the house and committed
suicide.
D. A Trana. verb for which there ia an equivalent deponent ?
1. Having deva.stated the fields of the Remi, he returned to carau
Devastate— vasto ; depdpiilor, 1.
2. Having observed the Roman standards in the distance. Die l)ar-
barians desist from the siege. Observe —conspicio ; conspicor, 1.
E. A verb that governa the dative ?
1. Having persuaded his friend, lie left the assembly.
2. Having been persuaded by his friend, he set out to Dclpln".
3. Having resisted the enemy for two hours, the soldiers m ere at last
forced to surrender.
4. Having been pardoned by the judge, he ought to liuve livid better.
F. Observe the difference :—
Caesar in Italiam prdficiscens, Labionum legionibu.s i)raeficit.
Caesar, ab castris prima luce prfifectus, ad flumcn ante meridiem
pervenit.
1. Observing the Roman army in the distance, the encnu fled into
the woods.
2. Obtaining suitable weather at last, Caesar set sail with all his
ships.
3. Entering the harbor at midnight, he waited for the rest of the
fleet.
0. The Perf. Participles of ceruin deponent verbs are of very frequent occufrence
and should be thoroughly familiar to the student.
mm
.^/*
42
EXKRCI8ES— PARTICIPLES AND VKHB PORMB.
Olve the principal part* and the meaning of
pro-, e -, in-, ri-, ag-, trans-, con-gredior ; con-, r«-vertor ;
adipiscor. consequor ; polliceor ; patior ; exp«rior ; nanciscor ;
oblmscor; irascor, radrior; nascor; suspicor; addrior ;
mdror; cunctor ; and the semi -deponents audeo, confido •
diffido.
//. TraiiHlate as Pre*. Participles on the understondinR that they aifree
(a) With a noun einff. noni.
1. At the time of his departure ; while exhorting ; while returning ;
during his attempt ; while observing ; on his death l)ed.
(6) With a noun pi. nora.
2. While returning ; while entering ; in their flight ; during their
retreat.
/. ' On his death.bed ' ml(rht require the fut. part. When ? What is it ?
J Give the Deponent pf. part, to reprewnt the foUowinK, on the understanding that
they denote past time and agree with a noun pi. nom.
Following; after promising; setting out; fearing; suspecting;
after attempting, following closely; daring; trusting ; di-stnist-
mg ; turning to their friends ; turning bvck ; advancing ; enter-
ing! issuing; engaging; attacking; using; gaining possession
of; observing ; having delayed ; after devastating.
K. 1. At the age of twenty they joined the army.
2. After their death we praise them.
^' ^7Jrrl°'''**"^ ^^^ *"'"'^" "' ^y^'^^' he reigned for thirty
4. After many trials, they at last got across the river
^' ^^homl^'"^ ^'''''^ ''''^'*'^ '^" *'"'"e'^' ^^^y *' ''^«t turned back
L. • Feariner' when it is oausal=since he was afraid =verltUB or cum Umeret
Translate as having a causal force : -Believing ; seeing; thinking;
observing; hoping; perceiving (animadverto) ; knowing; not knowing;
not being able to ascertain ; taking advantage of the darkness.
M. Observe the difference :—
cum aciem inatruxisset, hostes rgfugerunt
cum aciem imtrueret, hostes subito in conspectum venerunt.
The Plupf. denotes time antecedent to Uhat of the princi-
1 he J mpf . denotes time contemporatieous with J pal verb .
1. When Caesar had come up (accedo) to the town and was pitching?
R^rr """' *^' "°'"'" ""^ "^"^"^ «>"«ht peace ff^mSf
CONSISTENCY OP LATIN STYLE.
43
2. After they ha.l gatheml (confero) all their (effects) into the town.
Hiid CaeHar was ilutant from it with his army alwiit Hvo niilos.
all the elders, issuing from tlie town, began to sue for i)eace.
3. When alKJUt three hundred floldiors had ken lande.l (expono)
from tfieso ships and were proceeding into camp, tlie Morini,
whom Caesar at the time of his departure for Britain had left at
peace (pacatus) surrounded (them) with a great host of their
4. When the Treveran cavalry were coming to Caesar, they heard of
this liattle and turned back home again.
5. On their arrival home, they reported these things to th.-ir senate.
6. While they were marching through the country of the Remi, they
routed .1 large force of cavalry over which Crassus was in coin
mand. After making a march of three days without any daniier.
they were surroundetl in the mountains ami all perished.
y. -While,' introduolnsr a subordinate clauie and indicating 'pure time,' is 'dum.'
^' ^he' A??'° '^ <i«laying at the sea, Hannibal was already crossing
^ T^'J^ Jtf l-'l'"?r *"* 8"'"8 °"' '*>'' ambassador, Fabius, returned
from Delphi to Konie.
51.
LESSON XIV.
CONSISTENCY OF LATIN STYLE.
(a) AU*— »^ Caesar was not yet aware of their plans, nevertheless
fce t 'Si^" <iis legions in line of battle before the can'p.
Caesa , etsi nondum consilia eorum cognoverat, tamen legiones
in ar-ie pro castris constituit
(6) Wlien the plan of the Romans became known to the barbarians,
the J tried to prevent our men from landing.
Barbari, consUio Romanorum cognito, nostros navibus eerSdi
prohibebant.
(c) When Crito asked Socrates for his opinion, he replied.
Socrates, a Critone sententiam rSgatus, respondit.
(d) This request was granted ; and on being ordered to : . i . er
their arms, they do so.
Qua re impetrata, arma tradere iussi, faciunt
ie) When he had landed from the ship and was r' liveiin^ o them
the orders of his commander, they had thrown him into chains.
<«#»%
44
EXERCISES.
Hunc illi e nari egressum, cum «d eos imperatori. mandaU
perferret, in tuicuU coniecerant
(/) The latl,r wa8 i„ tun, 8um.»„.l,..l, hut Puli,, h, ings f.im ai.l.
Huic rursus circumyento fert lubtidium Pulio.
Thene sentencos illustrate the compactness, brevity and
consistency of Latin style, m compared with th.- Kngh^h.
Co.„p,iro 47-Hi8 dimissis. etc.. aiul cum iis Adcantuannus, etc.
Latin, as far as possiblo, throughout the pori-nl „r sentenco
(a) Makes tlio real subject the grammatical suhjoct of the
prmcijial verb.
(b) Avoids change of subject.
(c) Places the subject at or near the beginning, thereby giving
emphasis and prominence to it.
(d) Keeps a subsUmtive in the same case.
Owing to the necessity of keeping up a close connection between
.entences-a feature of Utin prose, which an examination of any
chapter m Caesar, Cicero or Livy will reveal-the logical subject
of the sentence IS sometnnes not tlie grammatical subject, as in
examples (.) and /). A writer is thus enabled to use the Active
Voice, which IS far more direct and expressive than the Passive
EXERCISE XXVIII.
'■ "X^o^","""'"' "''•'' 'l.<,g„ita about fc,^., ,j,„j,^„.^
'■ 'Kr„itKp.rs'.!,"r„r -"""■ "'»'■ """ »■" ^™"«'"
EXERCISE XXIX.
A.— A PKRTon,
Flaminius had reached the lake at sunset the day before. On tl,e
morrow without 'reconnoitring, and while the light was still uncertain"
./^4i£-' jw^-i.nr
THE INFINITIVg.
45
he travem.,1 tli.. imiru«^ pas... Ah | I„. uin.v U'n<xn to .l..,,I..v« i..(o tli-.
WHli.n.,.g» ,,la„,, he >aw ..nly ll„H ,.a.t of tl.e eiuinyH fo.«« wind,
in fruiit of liini*.
WllH
(wrtui). » anfUitUe, arum. M-"-". of pando. » Mow oi«.i (paunt). •«
B. A I'KKIOl).
While thoMe eventH aro lmi,iH.„i„j{ i„ Italy, Ciu-iim Corn.-liiw S.ipio
ha<l lK.t,,i ile8p.itd.cd with u Hfct an.l ai. .i.„,y to Simiii. H,. murn-d
from tho nu.utl.' of the Hhon,.. saik-.l r.,un.l» the Pynuees' an.l
broujihf hiH fleet to an.hoH at* K.n,H„iae. He .liH..n.lm,ke,l his ar.ny
there, and beginning* with (ab) tho Liut-tani, ho h.ought the whole
coast right up to' the river Kl.ro" un.ler Roman Hway», p^trtlv hv
renewing (68 d) (old) allianceH'" (and) i„u tly by forn.ingn ,„.,^ („,„.,j;
Ji!?«"^; '''l«'»«»«»»or*'thA.c. ^MontesPyrenaeT 'appeUo. 3. pull
pmius. • Locative ca«.. 'ordlor. 4. onus. ' usque ad. • Hlberus. • to K
under Ko«an.w«y-Romaiia«dicionlBfacere. '"8ocieta.,atii. ■'in.tltuo.
C— A I'kriod
Cativolcus, King of the half of the Eburone.s, ha<l» enten-d into the
plot along with Ambiorix. He wa.s now far a.lvan.t.l in years' and
unable to en.lure the toil involved in* either war or Hi^ri.t. Cur8in«»
Amb.orix with all (manner of) imprecations* In-cause' he had Injen the
pnme« mover in tho plot, he took hi.s» own life with i^.ison of" the yew-
tree, of which there ia gr eat abundance in (Jaul and (iern.any.
.d.JIS.?*.*t?- 'y^^^'^'-'ive clause. ^ aoUte COnfeCtUS. Uoil „f „ar.
LESSON XV.
52. THE INFINITIVK.
The five chief uses of the infinitive are :—
(<») As a Substantive :
Humanum est errare.
Videre est credSre.
(6) In exclamation.s :
mene incepto desistere
victam.
Seeing is believini:.
That I should abandon my purpose,
vanquished.
m
;L*''r^vf''^-^'mmmw'
■F^
1 T^
46
THl TKNaC or TH» 11»ri!fITIV«.
(<•) With modal verlw. (27).
(d) Historic Infinitivu umiI iiintead «)f a finito verb to vividly
(loHoribo rapid movenionts :
ioterim quoUdie Caesar Aedaos Meanwhile Caesar was daily de-
frutnentum flagitare. inanding grain of the Aedui.
(«■) In Ace. with Infin. construction :
dixit urbcm captain esse. Ho said the city Imd been Uken.
53. ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE.
In English we say either : —
I know that lie is a good man ; or
I know him to be a gcxnl man.
Latin uses only the latter construction :-
scio cum esse Tirum bonum.
It is called Accusative with Infinitive.
It is used after verbs of saying, hearing, thinking, believing,
knowing, feeling (verba aentiendi et declarmuli\ and such expressions
as, it is certain, manifest, true, etc.
54.
Oratio Recta (Direct Narration) is the name given to the form of
the sentence when the speaker's own words are quoted.
• Veniam,' inquit Caius. • I will come,' says Caius.
All indirect reporting, whether of speech or thought, is called
Orativ Ohliqua (Indirect Narration).
Caius dixit, or putavit se venturum esse.
Caius said, or thought, that he (himself) would come.
5S
The Tense of the Infinitive.
Observe the changes that take place in the English, when words
are reported.
'Caesar is coming,' becomes.
He says that Caesar w coming. dicit-k
He said that Caesar toaa coming. dixit I Caesarem vCnire.
He will s.ay th.at Caesar »« -oming. dicet J
'Caesar was coming, has come, came, or had come.'
THE TENSE OF THK IXFINITIVI.
47
II« Nftyn thm Ciii'mr wn^ r..minj{, /».».
come, 11U1H-, j.r \uul t<»nir. didt
Ik- twiid that Ciu'wir wan coming.
fifi.i «<)mt% . line, or liad (i.tnc. dixit
Hf will miy thiit Cuosar wiiK •ming,
A(W foriio, caini-, or hud coni< , dicet
'C.ii s,ir will loine.'
He says that Ca<sur iri/l coin.-. dictt )
C«euu-em venissc.
dixit , C«esarem venturum esse.
Ho Hiiiii thiit Ciicsivr wimhl i<.iiu'. .^
H«' will Hay that Cacs.tr mil coim-. dicet \
The T,!,m „f the Infinitirv in Lutin will Imj the Toi.so of the verb
m Or„lio H,rta, the f.-rf. lnfi„ifive reprusentiuK the IVrfect (both
llistono an.l Pres. Perf.), Iniporftct, an.l Pluperfect In.Ucutive; or,
PreHent Inrii,. will represent time rontemiM.mnvon^ !y<</i j that of the
Perfe( Intin. will represent time prior to I intnKluc-
Futiire Infin. will represent time ^iuhseqnent to J ing verb
56.
Such expressions ah : —
Caewr, ho said, was coming :
Ho woultl not reach the city, he thought ;
You are. it is plain, mistaken :
You will not, I lioiM', leave the <ity,
must l)e expressed by Ace. with Inhn. construction.
dixit Caesarem venire ;
putavit eum ad nrbem non perventurum esse ;
m^Jiifestum est te errare ;
spero te non ex urb« abitunira esse.
thetu^lly, but Che o„!y ^-e: -,al exception t,. the al,„ve rule i, 'inquam.' wm.h
•luotfs the ex«t wordi used, v 1 m not place.l fir«t in the sentence.
57.
He m;,, he will not come. aegat se ventun-m esse.
In translatin-,' ' mij no ' use nigo^I a*n,i.
58.
Observe from tiie above examples that the pronoun so often
omitted m Oratio lieda in Latin luu.r always be inserted in Or,itio
OUiqua.
\l
48
SPECIAL POINTS.
sperat se venturum esse.
59.
Balbus dicit se hoc fecisse.
Balbus dicit eum hoc fecisse.
Balbus dicit hunc librum esse suum.
Balbus dicit hunc librum esse eius.
He, slio, it, they = se ; his, her, its, their = suus,
when they refer to the subject of the introducing verb.
He, ..he, it, they = is, or when emphatic, ille ; his, her, its, thcir =
genitive of is or ille,
when they do not refer to the subject of the introducing verb.
60.
He hopes to come = he hopes that
he will come.
He promises to do it. • promittit se hoc facturum esse.
With verbs hope, promise, undertake, threaten, m-ear,
sperare, promittere or poUiceri, suscipere, minari, urare.
use Future Infin. + Ace. of Pronoun.
Observe that these verbs necessarily refer to the future.
Non 1.— The present infln. 'posse' is often used after spero.
hoc se facere posse sperat
Not. 2.-The 'esse' of the future InHn. •ot. and the perfect infin. pa«s. i. ver,
of ien omitted.
61.
He pretends to be mad. se furSre simulat
After ^simulare; pretend, the Ace. of the Pronoun must l.o
inserted.
62. SPECIAL POINTS.
1. Remember the future infinitive of a deponent verb is of the
active form.
2. Impersonal Infinitives.
He was persuaded.
He said that he had been per-
suaded.
He says he is envied.
The soldiers may leave tlie camp.
He says that the soldiers may
leave the camp.
ei persuasum est
dixit sibi persuasum esse.
dicit sibi invideri.
militibus licet castris exire.
dicit militibus licere castris
exire.
EXERCISES.
49
I ought to have done it.
He said that I ought to }iave
done it.
oportuit me hoc facere.
dixit oportuisse me hoc facere.
milites fortiter piignare iussit.
te valere gaudeo.
3. Ho ordered the soldiers to figiit
bravely.
I rejoice that you are well,
(a) iubeo, v6to, prohibeo, cfipio. -i take Ace.
(h) Verbs expressing>;/,so,T«tc,i/irfiV/naho?t, etc. /with Iiifin.
4. For fore ut, futurum esse ut, see 217, 218.
5. The introducing verb may itself be an infinitive.
He said that Caesar promised dixit Caesarem promisisse se
to lead the army. exercitum ducturum esse.
EXERCISE XXX.
A verb of saj injr or thinking is usually put at the beginning- ingtead of at the end of
. sentence. What a person says is of more importance than the fact that he said it
Compare 39.
1. He said he would return on the fifth day.
2. S'lon pretended to be out of his mind.
3. They learned that the enemy would soon attack the legion.
4. After returning to the camp ho undertook to k-a<l the army
through the dehle. ^
5. We have heard that Rome was founded by Romulus.
6. They believed that the Romans would Ikj clefeated.
7. We all will think that he is telling the truth.
^" ^louted*^^ ^*'''" brought that the forces of the enemy have been
9. The general hoped to take the town in a few days and ordered his
men to assault it vigorously, but the enemv said they woul.l
neither send hostages nor accept anv terms of peace nor deliver
up their arms. '
EXERCISE XXXL
1. He said he had twice forgiven me.
2. They said they would never foigive you.
3. They say they will pardon the guilty man.
4. Gootl citizens, he replied, will always obey the law.
5. He said he had not violated the laws.
6. He hoped m find both her and her husband at home.
7. He told me you were envied by all good citizens.
8. He said that he had been persuaded by the other chiefs.
*|*|
50
EXERCISES.
9. Ho replied that tho numlH-r of the soldiers was being increased
and that ho hoped soon to attack the town.
10. They threatened to assoinhlo all the slaves.
11. Everybotly knows that the ptwr arc not envied,
12. They said it was often safer to run away than to figiit.
13. Ho said we had not ordered the soldiers to obey tho general.
14. He undertook to come to Rome in fivo days and pron.ise.l to sin.l
a letter to bis father.
EXERCISE XXXII.
1. They thought that no harm could be done to their ships.
2. You all perceived that tho enemy could no longer be resisted.
3. We knew the accused could not be pardoned.
4. They promised to surrender to Caesar and to give hostages.
5. He hoped to join his brother on the following day.
6. They will, it is plain, set out before daybreak.
7. All the cavalry, he thought, would follow him.
8. He says he repents of his folly.
9. They said they pitied their friends.
10
II.
12.
'You might have abandoned the baggage,' he replied, 'and re-
turned to the camp.
He hoped to gain posses.sion of the camp and baKcaife of the
enemy. oo &
He said that we ought to have used our time better.
EXERCISE XXXIII.
1. On that very night the generals set out with two thousand horse
and after attempting in vain to gain possession of the enemies'
camp and baggage, they promised to allow them to enter their
fortined towns.
2. Within the last five days Caesar has learned that the Britons
after promising to come to him with fifty hostages, have attatke(i
our armies, and have .said that they will not employ the yuides
sent to them, but will themselves attempt to reach home.
3. The soldiers thought that tliev would easily take the town in a
few days, but it was fortified with a wall and trench. The
signal having been given, the soldiers, whom the general led
against the town, made a fierce attack, but thev were driven
back by the enemy. It was clear that the enemy would attack
the camp, and the generals, having promised to give hostages,
left the camp, and set out for home by the same road by which
they had come. The soldiers all said that their generals were
not the same* as they had' formerly^ Ijeen.
' Idem, qui. « Use the pinpf. subjunctive. '■qooniUun.
■;;K>;>"«!ir"'«»».'»^
EXERCISES.
51
LESSON XVI.
63.
Quibus rebus cognitis, principes Britanniae, qui post proelium
factum ad ea, quae iusserat Caesar, facienda convenerant, inter se
colloquuti, cum equites et naves et frumentum Romanis deesse intel-
legerent et paucitatem militum ex castrorum exiguitate cognoscerent,
optimum factu esse duxerunt, rebelUone facta, frumento commeatuque
nostros prohibere et rem in hiemem producere, quod, iis superatis aut
reditu interclusis, neminem postea belli inferendi causa in Britanniam
transiturum confidebant
On learning: these facts, the chiefs of Britain who after (the «(fhting of) the battle
had a»«embled to carry out Caesar's orders, held a conference. They perceived that
the Romans lacked cavalry and ships and grain. They also ascertained the small
number of our soldiers from the smallness of the camp. (Accordingly ) they considered
the best thing to do was to renew the war, keep our men from (procuring) grain and
supplies and prolong the campaign Into winter, because they were sure that, if these
were overcome or cut off from return, no one would (ever) after cross over into Britain
for the purpose of engaging in war.
Observe : —
(o) The poaition of 'quibus rebus cognitis' as the introducing wonls.
(ft) The position of 'principes Britanniae' as the siiliject, followed
by the 'qui' clause connected with it, also 'colloquuti' de-
scribing the mode of operation.
(c) The ' cum ' clauses, gjving the reasons for the action, placed
before the principal verb.
id) ' duxerunt ' the sole principal verb.
(«) The Abl. Absolutes followed bv the infinitive on the principle
of 39, I.
(/) The Abl. Absolutes 'iis -superatis, -interclusis,' denoting condi-
tion, and placed at the beginning of their clause.
EXERCISE XXXIV.
1. After several days had passed by and he ha<l ordered grain to be
conveyed thither, he was suddenly informe<l by the scout.s that
all had left that part of the canton, and that the mountains were
held by a very large number of the Seduni.
2. After landina the soIdierH there, iScipio sets out and joins his
brother. After they had taken tlie city by force and had
plundered it when taken, they then made for Carthage.
rJ
IS
t iL
t?"^ -mzre.'* •■/v^^'^^ie:- "■7ii'«rnn."r:i
"TSB
52
BXERCISES.
3. A\ hen he had looked round upon (circumspicio) the district closed
in hy till) mountains and rivers, ho summons the chie^f and asks
him where on earth (ubi terrarum) ho is (sit).
4. After Miuipiims saw tliat the enemy did not cease to pursue and
that there was no liopo of escape, lie cheered his men and returned
to battle.
T). Accordingly, when ho was not able to escape through the defile
and the army could not be led across the mountains, he left
Crassus with five hundred infantry in the camp while (=rand) he
himself retreated as quickly as possible to the nearest town.
6. When the enemy came to the camp, our men made a sally, slew
quite a iiuml)er of them, took even their leader Lugotorix captive,
and brought Imck their own men in safety. On perceiving this,
Cra.«u» enoouraged his men, and in accordance with the general
desire, pi-oeeeded to the camp of the enemy.
7. When, however, tlhev saw the tower was on the move and
approaching the walls, alarmed by the strange and unusual sight,
they sent ambassadors to Caesar to treat for pea(;e.
8. Caesar sent forward the cavalry, left six cohorts at the camp and
followed closely with the rest of the forces.
But after aome chiefs of that state, influenced by their friendship
for Cingetorix and alarmed by the arrival of our army, sought
pardon from Caesar, Indutiomarus, thinking that Caesar would
put him to death, (led from his country.
After taking several towns, Caesar perceived that all his labor
w-ivs in vain, that the flight of the enemy was not checked when
their towns were taken, and that no harm could be done to them.
11. Alarmed by his sudden arrival, and perceiving that he had per-
formed in one day a work which they had with great difficulty
accomplished within twenty days, the Helvetii immediately
promise to send hostages to him and provide his army with
grain. ^
9.
10,
•So much labor was being spent, sumo.
EXERCISE XXXV.
They considered it was safer to block up the roads, cut off supplies and win the
victor}- without any loM.
tutius esse arbitrabantur, obsessis viis, commeatu intercluso, sine
ullo vulnere victoria potiri. Compare 63 (e).
1. The scouts reported that the enemy, after fortifying their camp
and placing guards at the gates, had sent ambassadors to their
neighlxjrs.
2. CaeH.ar thought that the enemy, after protMi.sing to give hostages,
would s.'t out for home and not attock our army, but they
attempted to gain possession of our baggage, and after the
seventh legion, which was sent against them, had defeated them,
THE SUPINES.
53
thoy hnrri.'.l off (contendo) home hy the same roa.l by which
tlicy had oonie.
S. Work into a period.
On learning of tlie massacre of the two cohortn, Lahirnns feared a
general' rising of the (Jauls. He had not a suffieient supply of
provisions. Accordingly he at once wrote to Caesar that he
wcmld leave his camp and reach him on the third day.
> A riginK (tomultiu, US) of all the Gauls.
EXERCISE XXXVI.
In writinsr this extract, put the lubordinate verbs in the subjunctive.
An audience Iwfore the senate" having been granted to him, he un-
folds' the achievements* of his brother in July. ' He hatl engaged in
little with SIX generals, of whom four were consuls ; two, the dictator
and master of the horse ; he had slain upwards of two hundred thou-
sand of the enemy, had taken prisoner* more than fifty thousand Of
four consuls two had fallen ; of the (other) two, the one had escaped
wounded, the other, after the loss of his whole armv, with scarc^y
htty men. The master of the horso had been routed and put to flieht •
the dictator was considered a wonderful* general because he had never
risked a general engagem,. t.« The Brutii and ^Lpuli had revolted to
the Carthaginians. Capua, which was the capital of Campania, but
after the ruin' of the cause of Rome* in the battle of CannaeVof Italy
had surrendered to Hannibal. For these great and numerous victories
it was right that thanks should be tendered to and gratitude felt»
towards the immortal gods.'
'Audience before the senate =8enatUS. 'expono. » = the things carried on by
'Take prisoner =capio. 'unlcus. «Be In aclem commlttere. 'conlllgo. See
4s (M. "res Romana. 'To tender thar i.9=gratlaa agere; to feel grateful to=
gratlam habere.
'1 1'
ft'
»-'3
f,
LESSON XVII.
64. THE SUPINES.
legrati ad Caesarem gratulatum Envoys came to Caesar to con-
convenerunt. gratulate him.
pacem petitum legates misenmt They sent ambassadors to sue
for peace.
The Supine in 'urn* is used with Verbs of Motion to
flcnote Purpose.
The sf)-call«d Fut. Injin. Fom. is a combination of the Supine +
iri, the pres. iiifin. pass, of eo.
M
S
HP
64
THB GERUND.
dlclt orbem captum Irl is literally, he Mkys there \» a goinK to take the city.
' Iri • is used inipenonally ; ' captom ' is aoc. o( ' motion to ' ; ' urbem ' is ohjeot of
captum.
65.
mirabile dictu.
hoc est optimum factu.
nefas est dictu
Wonderful to relate.
This 18 the W'st thing to do.
It is a sacrilege to say.
The Supine in 'u' is u.sed as an Abl. of Specification
with a few adjectives.
fadlis, difficilis, incredibilis, etc. ; and with
fas est, nefas est, opus est.
There are only a few" in common use.
audltii, cognitii, dictu, factii, visu.
It never takes an object.
The supines are really the Ace. and Abl. of a Verbal Noun of
the fourth declension.
THE GERUND.
66.
(a) ius vocandi senatum.
cupidus pugnandi.
pabulandi causa.
(h) aqua utilis est bibendo.
(c) natus ad regendum.
((/) large copiam partiendo.
summa voluptas ex discen
do capitur.
The right of summoning the senate.
Desirous of fighting.
For the sake of foraging.
Water is useful for drinking.
Born for ruling.
By a generous distribution of l)ooty.
The greatest pleasure is derived
from learning.
The Gerund is a Verbal Noun, corresponding to the
English Verbal Noun in 'ing.'
As a noun — It has declension, four caf^s ;
it may itself be governed.
As a verb — It may govern an object ;
it takes adverbial modifiers.
In the case of transitive verbs it is only the Gen. and the Abl.
(without a preposition) that as a rule admit a direct object. (See 69.)
THE GERUNDIVE.
56
67.
Walking is delightful. ambulare iucundum est.
Ho hatos buiiig a slave. odit servire. (Cmparo 27. )
The Num., and except aftur a proposition, the Ace. „f the
Oerund, are supplied by the Infinitive.
68.
THK GERUNDIVE.
(a) consUium urbis capiendae. The plan (of the city to !« taker.)
of taking the citv.
cupidus urbis videndae. Desirous (of the city to he seen)
of seeing the city.
pads petendae causa. For the sake (of p«.aeo to 1«.
sought) of .seeking p< uce.
{h) locus castrismuniendisaptus. Ground suited for fortifying a
camp.
(c) natus ad viros regendos. liorn for ruling men.
adpacempetendamvenerunt. They came for the pur,H,se of
seeking peace.
{</) poetis legendis mens alitur. The mind is nourislied hy reading
the poets,
multum temporis in epistolis I spend much time in writing
scribendis consumo. letters.
The Gerundive is a Verbal-Adjective, i.e., a participle.
There is no form in English corresponding to it.
69.
Tlie Gerundive construction and not the Gerund with a Dr. -f,
Object
(a) Is more commonly used in the case of the Geniti l an<^
Ablative ;
(b) Is almost always used in the case of the Dative ;
(c) Is almost always used after prejwsitions.
A safe rule for beginners is 'always use the Gerrndive when you
can
But the Gerund .and not the Gerundive is lu^d
(a) With all really Intransitive Verbs.
' By sparing the enemy ' is only 'parcendo hostibus.'
Urn
I
s'.ii ■: ^^r&^^^rfVM' urn
66 THE OERUNDIVK— DUTY, OBLIGATION, NECESSITY.
(/») To ftvoid ambiguity.
aliquid docendi causa. For tho Hako of traching iioniething.
(alleolttB could lie either maaculino or neuter.)
Gerund vs. Gerundive.
((«) Tho Gerund is activu ; tho Gorundivo in pasnivo.
(/() Tho Gorund in a verbal mmn ; the Gerundive is a verbal
adjective.
(r) The Gerund governs its object ; the (ierundivo agrees with
the Hubstantivo.
(d) The Gerund may be used alone ; tho Gerundive cannot bo
used alone.
70. The Gerundive, denoting Duty, Obligation,
Necessity.
Tho Gerundive has another use quite distinct from the preceding.
(rt) liber Iftgendus— A Imok to In; read— A book worth reading.
{h) pirentes nobis amandi sunt— Parents are to be loved by us— Wu
should love our parents.
The Gerundive denoting duty, obligation, necessity, is used either
as Attributive or Predicate.
In conjun'ition with ^sum' a whole conjugation may be formed.
parentes nobis amandi sunt.
We must fight brav ely.
Ad must obey the l.iwa.
We mu t forget our wrongs.
nobis fortiter pugnandum* est.
leg^bus ab omnibus parendum est
iniuriarum nostrarum nobis obli-
viscendum est.
suo cuique utendura *■ iudicio.
Every man nmst use his own judg-
ment.
(a) The Activ« fori, in English must be turned into the Passive.
(6) The Agent is expressed by the Dative.
(c) Intransitive verbs must be used impersonally, but admit their
ow^n case-construction.
*Some gTsnimarians hold that thU impersonal form in Nom. (and Ace. in OratlO
Obllqaa) is the Oerund, the meaning being literally, there is (a) fighting for us, etc.
SPECIAL POINl'g.
67
(d) To avoid ambiguity in thu case of vurJm that Rovorn the
Drttivo, the Agent is exprossud by ',«' „r '<,// with tho
Abl.
We must do this. hoc nobis faciendum est ;
Wo Hhouhl have done this. hoc nobis faciendum erat ;
W e shaU have to do this. hoc nobis faciendum erit ;
become respectively in Oratio Ohliqiui :
dixit hoc nobis faciendum esse, fuisse, fore.
72.
SPECIAL POINTS.
utor. fruor, fungor, potior (originally tiamitivo) regularly admit the
uerundive.
hostes in spem potiundorum cas- Tho enemy hml ontertuine.! tl,o
trorum venerant. ho,„, of gaining ,K.s.sossion .,f
the uamp.
suipurgandi causa venerunt They came for the ,.ur,K,se „f
clearing themselves.
With the Genitives mei, tui, sui, nostri, vestri. the (Jerun.l or(;e-
rundive form in di is used regardless of the gender or numl>er of the
pronoun.
Three explanations of this form are suggested.
(a) The pronouns are the gen. sing. neut. of the possessives used
substantively.
( /' ) The form in • di * is the Gerund,
(1) with the possessive pronoun in the neuter singular
agreeing with it ( =of their clearing).
(2) with the reflexive pronoun in the genitive as an Objec-
tive Genitive ( =of the clearing of themselves).
obsides Aeduis custodiendos tra- He hands the hostages over to
'• the Aedui to guard.
Caesar pontem faciendum curavit. Caesar had a bridge built.
provided for the construc-
tion of a bridge.
i
Pia
68
KXKRCIMICH.
pontem faciendum conduxit ll<- tiM>k a fontmci lo Imilil n
With do, trado, euro, loco lli't a cuntrai i), conduco, suscipio,
Tlui (f<'»'Mii«//ir (i<'(/»«i/v« (t ,/i/Ki/ lU'Huf ; it tluiiutuH lliu oiul nr
pur|N>HO.
7S
Caution :— Your non wftH jiot to Im' imthuiiiIciI =
Your HUH cuulil not Ix! p<-r»<un<U><l -
Olw. - Ho wilt thi' I'livftlry to
fonigu.
filio tuo persuaderi
non potuit.
I pabulatum \
equites. .... I
aa pabulandum jmisit.
[pabulandi causal
Vou ulromly liiivo threo inothoilH of oxpretMiitg Pur{>usu in sliort
phriMei.
EXERCISE XXXVII.
1. They came to aok piiuf. He came to perHuado you. He Hcnt
Huldiet's to lay waste the fields.
2. This i« easy to do. The citizens a8setiible<l in crowtls to congratu-
late Caesar.
.S. They sent ambassadors to Caesar in Gaul to ask aid.
4. These things are not only shameful t<» <lo, hut oven hanl to tell of.
5. They saitl they were ready for departure.
6. He found the rest of tin- ships ready for sailing.
7. He won popularity by s|)aring the enemy.
8. The mind is nourished by learning and reflection.
9. By living well we are able to die well.
In crowds, use adj. frequens.
Congratulate. g^atulor, 1, with Dat. of |)eison.
To win popularity. famam parare.
Reflect. cogito, I.
EXERCISE XXXVIII.
1. The Romans were skilled in waging war.
'i. We are all desirous of seeing and hearing many things.
3. The enemy formed the plan of burning the towns.
4. No opportunity was given the enemy for forming a plan.
5. They spent three days in fortifying the camp.
6. They will not let slip the opportunity of freeing themselves for-
ever and of avenging themselves upon (ulciscor) the Romans.
KXKH(;iSK8.
7. TluH.- men lanic to our onm|i for Ih.- ttuiiMwc of praiHinu llirniMlvtm
aii<] iiitii^mn \<iii.
S. It Wiw. I.y .larJn- iiliil .loiiiK, nul l,v li.-..,liiliori (cunctor) ;.li.l iim<'
tioii, Ihut HiuinilNd vviw drivm out of Italy.
EXERCISE XXXIX.
Writ* tliia MerciM : (i) in Oratlo R*Cta.
('i| In Oratlo Obliqu* after dixit.
1. Tho cnomy had no 1 .tpe of gaining poHsciwion of tlio town.
2. Wo must all dit!. Wu niust thurtforo livo wtll.
3. Caesar should have attmkwl tho cnomy Injfore dayhreak.
4. Cicero should have conaulte*! tho senate.
5. Cieoro shouM have coMHultoil tho intereHts of thts HtaU».
6. These men nuint lie Uili.wed. Wo must novi-r Uaifve liarn.
7. Wo must iKilieve th.-Hc staternentH. We shall ha\ o to niMin- him.
8. Tho work will have to Ihj dono.
9. Tho people must Ikj jK-rsuaded. Tho soldiers must !..• .tncourag.d.
10. We must gain iK»*«essiori of tho town.
11. Ho should not have forgotten Iuh friends.
12. Tho innocent must im niMTtsil, and tho guilty condomneil.
13. Th- Holdiers shouhl have fought more hrav«^ly.
U. No opportunity of retreating must bo given the enemy.
EXERCISE XL.
1. He ordered his lieutenants to see that as many ships as po.s8ible
were huilt during tho winter.
2. Seeing that he must either retreat or engage the enemy on un-
favorable ground, he at onco sent forward the cavalry to break
down tho bridge.
3. After receiving hostages ho thought ho ought to smro tin; women
and children.
4. Messengers rojKjrted that a sUirm had shattered the w.ir sliips, in
which he bad had tho army ti nisported.
5. The soldiers had at one and tho sann time to leap down from the
ships, como to -and amid the wa\,:s, and fight tho foe.
6. They should havt formed a plan for taking tho towns.
7. The guartls must spare the women and cliiUlron.
8 We must set out as socjn as possible and collect as manv men as
possible.
9. Hannibal thought he ought neither to Ixjlieve tiiem rashly nor yet
ti'cat them with scorn.
10. He sent his brother with the largest part of the forces against
Hasdrubal, not only for the purpose of protecting the old allies
and winning over new ones, but also for the purpose of driving
Hasdrubal trom Spain.
im
i-.]
60
CAN, could; MAV, MKIUT; ought, 8IIOUI.Ii, MU8T.
LESSON XVIII.
Can, Could ; May, Might ; Ought, Should, Must.
76. Possibility is expressed by possum, posse, potui
« I am able.
I can do this. hoc facere possum.
I could (might) have done thia. hoc facere poteram, potui.
I can, ihall be able to, do thiH. hoc facere potero.
77. Permission is expressed by licet, licere, licuit - It
IS permittiHl.
I may do thia. ' hoc mihi facere licet
I might have done this. hoc mihi facere licuit, licebat.
I may, shall bo allowed to, do hoc mihi facere licebit
this.
lleet ii occMlonftlly uied with th« Subjunotire.
hoc facias llOSt. You may do thU. (Set UI3. not«.)
You mltfht have done this 10 far at I
wat ctmeemed.
boo tlbl ptr m* faoers Ucnlt.
78. Duty, obligation ; ought, should, may be expre.ssed in
three ways.
(a) debeo, ere, ui, used personally, with Infin.
(h) oportet, ere, uit, used impersonally, with Ace. and Infin.
(c) Most commonly by the Gerundive.
(hoc facere debeo.
hoc me facere oportet.
hoc mihi faciendum est.
hoc facere debui, debebam.
I ought to, should, have done this.
It was my «luty to do this.
oportuit.
hoc me facere
oportebat.
.hoc mihi faciendum fuit, erat.
I ought to, should, do this (future). /^°*^ ^"^'^ debebo
It shall be my duty to do this.
-| hoc me facere oportebit.
I hoc mihi faciendum erit.
79' Necessity— *»»««, may be expressed in two ways.
(a) By the Gerundive, which expresses necessity as well as duty.
(6) neceiie est to imply absolute (logical) necessity, with the
DURATION or TIME.
61
i
I niUNt (III tliiM.
I liiul to (io thlH.
I Khali liHvo to (III tJiiM.
DiUivean. oiti»e. ..r, in tlu- . ,i« „f p^nnitn, tl„. lubjunc-
tive with <M vvitlitiiit ut.
f hoc miht taciendum eat.
(mihi facert- facuun) necesse est
/hoc mihi tadendum erat, fuit.
(mihi facer e . faccrem , .'<^ei»e erat, fuit.
/hoc mihi faciendum erjt.
I mihi facere (faciam) necesse erit.
0»HK.rve the a|rre«m«nt of th« pr«ii(«u after llMt »ii<l naOMM ast.
Others may Ik> cowunlH, you muse uf. ,|s i .. I.nn.- lut-n.
«/•«■< Ucet ii/miriM esse, r„i.,. necesse ear riri, jhrti/^
EXERCISE XLI.
1 Transtat. in three w»yi, If iiowilile :
nl ^!"L'" r''''^''" ""«''t t" »'«ve «.»hv.m1 thvir i;.-neral.
7 'he Uy ought to h.ivo um-.l.hJH time iKtt.r.
(<•) He thought that tho enemv o,ight not to i«, smrwl
. should have Iweii tiiiii^hed
i>r luUHt ti<!ffiH Ihj free.
' .'-etl iphujl. .subjunctive).
ne<i they mi>,'ht leave
' i'<»me (iH M<K>n us \-ou
2. H(i t«lcl the Holdiers that tlie vu
bfforo Hunsc't.
.1. Others may bo slaves, th > '\nyh .n. .
4. They could have done th; i' r!i. \ ., .i .
o. The tavalry shouhl ha'-, -r i' . . >.
G. You may not leave th( ..a,.,..
7. Dumnorix said that a- f,i: ;-,». -.
the cunip in safety.
H. I Hhall leave you to return t*' ,,» ,, i
wish.
9. Wo must not always consult our > i nit.njst
*^* '^interllr*^''' "'^' ^^^^ '''""''' "*" '"'^-'■'' "^'"^"'^ ''"■"• "^>
LESSON XIX.
TIME.
80. Time 'at which' is exprt-s.sed by the Ablative,
vere, aestate, auctumno, hieme, quinto die, tertio anno.
8i. • Duration of time' is expressed l.y tlie Accusative.
oranem liiemem. AH winter.
tres annos. Por three years.
per omnera hiemem-throughout the whole winter, is a more
emphatic form.
■ l,.L..-
62
PHRASES AND IDIOMS.
1
82.
• Many years after = (a) multis annis post
poit ii an adverb.
annla ii Abl. of Measure of Difference.
= [f>) post multos annos.
post U a preposition, Kovern'.ng annot.
Many years after his death -multis annis post eius mortem.
ih\ Ti,„ 1 I. % port l* » preposition.
('») Throe days after, 1 , , , ,
After thieo days | ^* ^^^^ ^^^ "'^y-
tribus post diebus^
tertio post die lurbe excessft
post tres dies J
(c) Three days after he left the city (he died).
post tres dies
post tertium diem
tribus post diebus V quam urbe ezcessit.
tertio post die
tertio die I
Similarly with ante = before.
83. Time 'within which' is expressed by
(o) the Ablative, or,
(b) 'ntra or inter, with Ace.
Within three days— (o) tribus diebus— tertic die.
(b) intra tres dies— intra tertium diem.
84. Time 'ago' is expressed by abhinc, with Acc. Of Abl.
Three days ago -abhinc tres dies, or tribus diebus.
abllinc i» placed flrat.
85. Time 'prospective' is expressed by «ad' or *in ' with
Acc. '
He invited me to dinner for the following day.
ad caenam me in posterum diem icvitavit
To pay by the first = ad Kalendas solvere.
86. PHRASES AND IDIOMS.
(a) bello Punico secundo = in the second Punic war.
(Time ■ at which.')
in bello = in times of war ;
referring to the circumstanoea or conditioai of war.
EXEKCISES.
63
CO in tempore -at tlio right inonient.
(r) Ten yiars older, yoimgor (tliaii) = decern annis senior, iunior.
annls in am. of Measure of Difference.
((/) Within tlie last tiiree days
(from the present time) = his tribus diebus.
(fronj a jMwt time) = illis tribus diebus.
{e) Twenty years old )
At the age of twenty | = annos viginti natus.
= puer decern annos natus, or,
puer decern annorum.
= minor viginti annis.
annos natus rrinor viginti.
= maior, used in the same way.
ig) The day before (he left) = pridie quara (abiit).
The day after =postridie quam.
The year before = priore anno quam.
The year after = postero anno quam.
(/() 425 B.C. = anno post urbem conditam (or ab urbe condita)
trecentesimo viccsimo nono, or,
anno ante Christum natum quadringentesimo vicesimo quinto.
A.D. =post Christum natum.
A boy ten years old
(/) Under twenty years
Over
1|
(flH
EXERCISE XLII.
1. At sunrise. At sunset. At the beginning of spring. At the end
of summer. In the middle of the winter. At daybreak. In the
morning. On the following «lay. On the previous day. On the
previous night. In the evening of the same day (=on the same
•lay, in the evening — vesperi).
2. They said that he set out in the morning and returned home in flu-
morning.
3. Word was brought that he had died three days l)efoie.
4. At the age of twenty he left home; when le.ss than tliirty years old
ho received the crown ; within ten days he aJKlitiatcd.'
a. Hamilcar was plain nine years after he came into Spain.
6. Five days after he was banished he was taken and put to death by
pirates. -^
7. What did you do that night? What did \ou arrange* for the
following night ?
^^W^iSt^ff
M
THE ROMAN CALENDAR.
8. From that day up to the very last day of liit life, lie waH dear to
his fellow-citizens.
9. Mithridates, who in a single day liad butchered* ho many citizens
of Home, had now been on* the throne two and twt^nty jears
from tliat date.
10. On his departure he assures* (them) he will return by the seventh
day.
11. The kings were expelled* in the year of the City 244. He came to
the throne A. D. 1418. The Romans were defe«ited by the Car-
thaginians under the leadership of Hannibal, B.C. 216.
12. Six legions were enrolled for that year.
■Abdicate— M alxUcare (with abl.), or magiBtratom abdlcare. 'Arraiifre—
OOnstltaO, 'Butcher— trncldare. *IIad now been on the throne=wa8 already
(lam) reigntnK- 'Assure— confirman. 'Expel— eZlgO, 3, egi, aCtOB.
87. THE ROMAN CALENDAR.
The Roman months contained (after the reform of the Calendar
by Julius Caesar) the same number of days as at pres«.it.
Their names were : Januarius, Februarius, Martins, Aprilis, Maius,
Junius, Quintilis, Sextilis, September, October, November, December.
These words are properly Adjectives, agreeing with ^mensis'
understood.
The Roman year originally began with March.
Hence by inclusive counting you obtain the names of the months
indicated by numerals.
'Quintilis,' after 46 B.C., was changed to 'Julius,' and 'Sextilis,'
after the Empire, to 'Augustus,' in honor of the two first Caesars.
88.
There were three fixed points in the month from which the other
dates were reckoned.
These were : Kaiendae (the Kalends), the first <lay of the month ;
Nonae (the Nones), the fifth or seventh ; Idiis, uum, f. (the Ides), tiie
thirteenth or fifteenth.
'In March, July, October, May,
Tha Nones were on the seventh day '
And the Tde.i on the fifteenth.
THE ROMAN CALENDAR.
65
The forms used were subject to contraction.
Kal. Jan.— Kalendae Januartae. .Tan. Ist.
Id. Mart.— Idibus Martiis. On March L^th.
in Non. Jan.- in Nonas Junias. For the fifth of Jun.;.
89.
The day before any fixed point was expressed by prlUie, v-ith Ace.
pridie Kal. Jan. Deo. .31st. pridie Id. Mart. March 14th.
pridie Non. Jun. June 4tli.
90.
All other days were reckoned backimnh&ndi hy.inchmve c mntinrj
from one of the fixed points.
Dec. 30th. die tertio ante Kalendas Januarias.
March 10th. die sexto ante Idus Martias.
June 2nd. die quarto ante Nonas Junias.
These forms might be shortened by omitting diH or ante, or both,
and by using the Roman numeral to indicate the day.
Thus,
die tertio ante Kal. Jan.
tertio ante Kal. Jan.
tertio Kal. Jan.
III. Kal. Jan.
91.
But there is another form more common than any of these, and
used almost exclusively by Cicero and Livy.
ante diem tertium Kalendas Januarias,
shortened into
a. d. iii. Kal. Jan.
a. d. vi. Id. Mart.
92.
These forms were regarded as combined expressions, and treated
as nouns capable of being prefixed by ad, in or ex.
ad ante diem tertium Kalendas Januarias.
Up to the 30th of Dec.
ex a. d. VI. Id. Mai^
From the 10th of A'a.'ch.
66
PLACE.
LESSON XX.
PLACE.
Know the following names of places.
Roma, ae ; Corinthus, i ; Athenae, arum ; Delphi, orum ; Car-
thago, inis ; Cures, ium ; Aegina, ae.
93. Place * to which ' (a) is regularly expressed V)y the
Acc. with a preposition.
ad Italiam ; in urbem.
(h) Names of towns and small islands
omit the preposition.
Romam; Aeginam.
(c) So also domum, home ; domes ;
rus, into the country.
To the city of Rome.
To his father at Rome.
To his father in Ital}-.
To Athens in <!reece.
To the illuBtriouH cityof Athens.
ad Genevam exercitus contendit
ad urbem Romam.
Romam ad patrem suum. To
Rome to his father.
in Italiam ad patrem stium.
Athenas in Graeciam.
Athenas in urbem praeclarissimam.
The army hurried toward.s or to the
\ncinity of Geneva.
ad Cannas, or apud Cannas pug- The battle took place at (near)
natum est. Cannae, in the vicinity of Cannae.
ad veterum domum. To an ohl }iouse or to his ohl home.
The preposition is used when an adjective is attached.
94. Place 'from which* (a) is regularly expressed by the
Abl. with a preposition.
ex Italia, ab urbe.
(6) Namesof townsand small i.slands
omit the proposition.
Roma, Aegina.
(r) So also ddmo, from home ; rure,
from the country.
ab urbe Roma.
Roma a patre suo.
ex Italia a patre suo.
From the city of Rome.
From his father at Rome.
From his fatlier in Italy.
PLACK.
67
From Athena in Greece.
From the illustrious city of
Athens.
aGenera.
Athenis a Graecia.
Athenis ex urbe praedarissima.
From the vicinity of Geneva.
95. Place 'in which' (a) is regularly expressed by the
Abl. with a preposition.
in Italia, in urbe.
(6) Names of towns and small isliinds
omit the preposition.
Carthagine, Athenis, Delphis, Curi-
bus (Local Ablative).
(c) And in the 1st and 2nd declension
and singular number use the Lo-
cative, which in form is like the
Genitive, Romae— at Rome ; Cor-
inthi— at Corinth.
Other Locatives are —
also
96.
domi, at home, humi, on the ground.
belli, in war. militiae, in war, on service.
ruri, in the country (probably an old
Ablative).
vesperi, at evening, heri, yesterday.
animi, in the phrase 'pendere animi,' to
be in suspense in one's mind.
Some name,s have besides the Local Abl. also a Locative.
Carthagine or Carthagrini ; Tibure or Tiburi ; Lacedaemone or
Lacedaemoni.
Other Local Ablatives are—
(rt) flJris, out of door.- ; terra marlque, on land and sea.
{b) Names of towns or otlicr words wlien joined with totus, or even
other adjectives.
tota Corintho, in the whole of Corinth.
tota urbe. totis castris.
(c) Often with thy treii< ml words Idco. locis. parte.
hoc loco, or in hoc loco, in this place,
(rf) And in poetry with any word.
H«
If:.
it
68
EXERCISES.
At my I10U80, domj meae (or, apud me).
The Locative <,f d,nn,is is allowable with possessive pronouns
in veteri domo, in an old house or in his old home.
The preposition is used when an adjective is attached.
In the city of Rome, in urbe Roma.
At Athens in f; recce, Athenis in Graecia.
In the once f.imouM city of Antioch, Antiochiae, celebri quondam
urbe. (Local Abl.)
EXERCISE XLIII.
'■ '^counm'l'cai.l.'"' '" ^"""' ^^••*""'' ^""""'' Carthage, home.
2. To, from, at his homo in tiie illustrious city of Thel)C8 (Thebae
3. They say that he lived many years at Veii and died at Carthage.
4. Aff.r living several years in his lK)yhoo<l at Corinth, he moved late
ui 11 le to Atliens.
5. Grmihus sent his legions under the command of his lieutenants
from Cumae to Luceria. in Apulia, and or.lcre.l Valerius the
praetcjr to go to Brundusium with all the forces which he had had
in the camp at Lucena.
6. Hannibal sent Hanno back from Nola into (the countrv of) the
Brutu, while he himself set out to Arpi in Apulia. "
^' ^slamf ofMalu**''^ ^^ Lilybaeum, the consul crossed over to the
8. Setting out from the city with his army, he joins his colleague at
the river Trebia. ^'
9. He was sent from Athens to the oracle at Delphi.
10. On the next day Caesar moved his camp forward ten miles, and
remained there for hve days; on the sixth he destroyed all the
houses in the town of Brundusium, and a few days afterwards at
daybreak, set sail for (Jieece.
EXERCISE XLIV
Coriolanus having left Rome, retired to the country of tJio Volsci
Here Attius lulling a distinguished man and bitter enemv to the
Romans, receive<l him kindly into his house and forme<l a strom' friend-
ship with h.m. The Volsei hoped that he would aul them tn their
wars. Not long afterwards war was declared between them and tlie
Komans, and havintr divided thfiir :ir??5v fn',-. *-,vo parts ='•■- v
to Coriolanus, and n.e other to Attius." The plebeians were imwillinK
to take up arms, and tlie senate scat ambassadors to t'-.- .amo t4> sue
for peace. ^
ACCUSATIVE CASE.
69
EXERCISE XLV.
miles i„t^tl.ocL^arvK.v^ '?"'V '''>■ """'y
LESSON XXI.
ACCUSATIVE CASE.
97- Summary of Rules.
(1) Ace. of the Direct Object.
Thkl/"^" Accusatives, one of tl.e Person, another of the
With verhs of a.sking, demamling, teaching, and concealin.
(.) ho ctr ""^^ '' '°' ?^'- '' '^^-" ^«-" <'oc;a
I «m kept in the dark aUmt this
sententiamrogaris. You are aske.l v„ur opinion
In the Passive the Ace. of the Thing remains, the Ace of the
Person becomes the Nominative.
doceo— I inform, takes 'de' with AM
with ab. pacem a Caesare peUt.
quaero takes 'ab' or 'ex.'
(^) Two Accusatives with Compound Verbs.
traduco, transporto, traicio.
equites montem traduxit,
(i) equites montem traducti sunt.
obtt'rfter tr" '"' "T' '' ''' '"^' ^*''''"'"«« ^^'« --bject ; the
oDject atter the preposition remains.
11
ii
70
ACCUSATIVE CA8B.
(4) Two Accusatives -Direct Object and Predicate
Accusative.
With vorlw .)f making, choosing, calling, regarding, showing.
Ancum regem creaverunt.
(•'>) Cognate Accusative— an ace. related (cognatus) to
the verb in meaning.
vitwn vlvere. somnium somniare. proelium pugnare.
(6) Acc. of « Motion towards.' (93 b and c.)
(7) Acc. of Respect.
caput doleo.
niger oculos.
fractus membra.
I am pained aa to the head -I have a hemlache.
Black aa to the eyos— with black eyes.
With limbs shattered.
(8) Acc. with verbs, passive in form, hut Middle in
meaning.
galeam induitur.
cinctus tempori hedera.
(9) Adverbial Acc.
multum valent
quicquid possunt.
nihil movemur.
illud glorior.
eadem peccat.
He puts on his helmet.
Having bound hia temples with ivy.
They are very strong.
Whatever power they poaseaa.
We are not at all moved.
That is my boast.
He makes the same mistakea.
maximam partem lacte vivunt. They live for the most part on milk.
In this are included sncli Adverbial Expressions as—
id temporis, id aetatis, id genus (for eius generis), etc.
cum id aetatis puero. With a boy of that ago.
tuam vicem doleo. I grieve for your sake ;
and ako Adjectives in the Neuter, used as Adverbs in poetry.
dulce loquentem. Sweetly prattling.
(10) Acc. of Duration of Time and Extent of Space.
(11) Acc. with Prepositions.
ad
adversus
ante
apud
circa
circum
CIS
KXRRCIREa
•
citri
contra
iuxti
ob
erg^a
extra
infra
inter
intra
penes
per
pone
post
oraett
71
prope
propter
secundum
supra
trans
ultra
versus
m
in, sub, subter, super,
take the Arc. when thvy tlonote Mofion,
tftko the Aid. when they denote /iV.W.
in Italiam. in Italia.
sub mensa canis iacet. sub mensam canis venit.
sub montem Toward the mountain; sub monte At the foot
of tlie mountain.
(12) Acc. in Exclamations.
heu me raiserum -Ah ! me unhappy.
(13) Acc. with Infinitive.
1.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
».
10.
II.
\±
EXERCISE XLVI.
Why wa.s Cato asked his opinion first ?
The army wa.s transiKJited to Carthage in Africa.
He led hi.s troojw acroKH the bridge and at once drew up the line.
Cicero wius called the Father of his Country.
The guide-s pointed out the way to the lieutenant.
The soldi., withdrew from the field with a severe wound on the head.
I make tins request of you. I hope I shall obtain it.
Cae-sar kept demanding corn from the A leq
He learned tliat the river wa.s not nnn. tiuur Ih' ,?e miles distant.
Having asscmhlod in the forum, ti« > ■'-.n'tcd Ma; .us consul.
The general was carried Iwck wifht.i th • < t.enchmcMts, Iwidlv
wounded in the thigh and right shoidder.
He makes many promises, many thrui'- but I Ho ii"- oolieve lie
will accomplish these objects.' (8ee 'M!,. .
EXERCISE XLVII.
Hurrying to Rome, Brutus called an assemhlv of th* m',>p](., wh..
upon hearing the story, agreed to banish the wi£i;.-d i' '..| i;ns'. Old
lanjum, when the tidings reached him, ro<le to Rome, \uii iotuid tht
gates clo.sed against" him. Meanwhile Brutus had reachc* die oami)
at Ardeaand had won over^ the army there. Tlse deposed ki. / . M.k
refuge' at Caere in Fltruria, while hia son Sextns sought safet«-^ a! ( Jabii
' I'iK? Dative,
both.
^concilio, 1. •'Took safety— sought refuife. One verb will rf present
7S
THE DATIVE.
98.
LESSON XXII.
THK DATIVE.
Summary of Rules.
The Dative ih in Reneriil roprcseiite*! by '/o' and '/'"*•' "Hie
chief exceptions to this are ' ^>,' dorioting ^mvtiim to,' an <ui nrbem
i^nire, and 'for,' denoting * in hrtuilf of,' nn pro pntrid jmgnare.
The Dative in general exprosHes the person or thing ' affected by '
an action, state or quality.
The Ace. expresaoH the person or thing directly or primarily
acted upon. (See 18.)
Many vorljs that govern the objecHvo in En-,'liNh are represented
by verbH that govern the Dative in fjiitin. Such verbs in Lktin are
Intransitive. Every really transitive verb in Latin governs the Ace.
(1) Dative of Indirect Object.
To denote the i>erson to whom something is given, said, or
dune.
(a) With transit! vt> verbs in connection with Ace.
librum puero d*di. I gave tht- boy a JKH)k.
fabulam puero narravi. I told tlie boy a story.
nihil mihi respondit. He made me no reply.
(6) With intransitive verbs. (See 19.)
(2) Dative witli Compounds.
Many verbs compounded with the following preiKtsitions
govern the Dative.
ad, ante, com. de, in inter.
ob, post, prae, pro sub. super, and sometimes circum.
Also the Adverbs bene, male, satis.
Intransitive verbs compounded with the above iirupositions
govern the Dative.
Transitive verbs so con)poundcd govern the Ace. and Dat.
Labienus exercitui praefuit.
Caesar Labienum exercitui praefecit.
TIIK DATIVR. 73
(3) Dative ..f Reference.
To denote the furm.n to wh,.ni h stHtemcnt nfon. or ia of
int«re.t. It in not msikI in done connection with the verl.
alone, bnt is conntcte.1 rather with the wholo Hentence.
C«e«ri ad p«des te proiece- Th.y thr...w thcnm-l vt.» ut UenarV
hoc mihi tpem minuit. Tins leKsy.e.! n.j ho,M..
eat urbe egreMis tumulus. A« (you) go out of the dty there
ia ii niouiicl.
Under Dative of reference are enihriiced—
(4) (a) Ethical Dative.
quid mihi Celiu. agit ? What !« my C-Uus ,l.,i„g ?
•ttibivenitadmeCaniniui. But. nmrk you. C«ni.uu« comea
to MIO.
(5) (A) Dative of Separation.
Compounds of „b, de, ex and nd, meaning in general Uukhuf
aim I/,' take a Dative,
•ilici scintillam excudit. He struck a spark from the flint
gladium tibi absttiU. i t.n.k >iw«y your swonl fro,„ you.
omma nobis ademit. He rohln^^,! uh of everything.
(6) Dative of Possessor.
Is used with ^ sum.'
mihi est liber. i have a l^wk.
puero nomen est Caio ) ,
puero nomen est Caius I ^'"' '*">"* "**""" '" f''ii"s-
With ' nSnwn est ' the nan.e is usually in the dative l.y appo-
sition. * *
(7) Dative of the Agent (inst^'ad .,f « or ah with Ahl.).
Is UHed with the Gerundive.
virtus omnibus cfilenda est. All must cultivate virtu.-
nobis pugnandum est. We must fight.
To avoid amhiguily tlio Abl. with u or ah is used.
tibi a me parendum est. I must o»)ey you.
i
,Mbm
9W
l*TiI^LA ^>IUII-.>r>Bk«IE.4U'K£-9
■ '..■vo ■- -■^■*
MICROCOPY RESOLUTION TBST CHART
(ANSI and ISO TEST CHART No. 2)
Ib
liM
|s^
tim
1^
tii
tii
13.
IK
|4£
U.
1^
2.2
2.0
^ /APPLIED IIVMGE I,
nc
1653 East Main Street
Rochester, New York 14609
(716) 482 - 0300 - Phone
(716) 288-5989 -Fox
USA
74
THE DATIVE.
Dative ()f Agent occurs also with
(") Adjectives in 'bills.'
null! flebilior quam tlbi,
Vergili.
(b) Perfect participles passive.
mihi consilium captum est.
hoc mihi probatum ac lau-
datum este ,„^
In this ewe the Uat. is largely a Dat. of Interest.
(8) Dative of Purpose.
duas legionespraesidio re-
liquit.
duas legiones praesidio
castris reliquit.
est mihi curae.
nobis sunt ddio.
% none more l)ewept than bv
thee, 0, Virgil.
I have a pLm (already) formed.
This was approved of and com-
mended by me.
decemviri legibus scriben-
dis.
dictator creandis consuli.
bus comitia habuit.
receptui (signum) canere.
non solvendo esse.
He left two legions as a guard.
As a guard for the camp.
It is a care to me.
They are hateful to us, -hated
by us.
Ten commissioners for drawinc
up law- "
The dictator held the elections
for the election of consuls.
To sound the signal for retreat.
To be not (fit) for paying-to
m. , „ . be bankrupt.
The following are useful illustrations of this very common idion,
vemre, ormittgre, auxilio sub- To fi • ^™''" '^'""^ '■
sidio, praesidio ^°x *''*^ '^f stance, support, de-
_„i_„^ jx . . lence of.
culpae dare, or vitio vert^rp t^ •
dono. munere dire l ^^ '' ' ''"'*• '
quaestui habere. I ^'''.^ * ^'^'' '"''^^^'i-
•«-!» J- , ^° consider a source of gain
X'^'-'lr"™"^^ honori-creditable, honoraC
d«d8c6n-dishonorable, discreditable ; «dio-hatefu
"npedu„ento-a hindrance ; detrimen to- "tnutnta '•
damno-a los.s, hurtful ; emolumento-a gain usefu .'
STe^tVdr ' oPP™»>rio-areproach!disg:::i'..
argumento, documento-a proof ; dSlori-painful
quanto— ' /tow great,' or ' how '
tanto. quanta-' flw great '-« as' or ' as '-' as.'
SPECIAL IDIOMS.
(9) Dative with Impersonal Verbs.
/:>
100.
ex'JLIiJr'J/-*''^"',' ^°°*i"?>t-t i« one's g.xHi fortune ;
exp€dit-it IS expe,I,ent ; Hbet it pl.-ases ;
ircet-it i3 allowable ; pl4cet-it pleases.
(10) Dative with Adjectives
Is closely related to its use with verbs.
The most common adjectives are denoted by
prdpior, proximus, sometimes take the Aec
Pr6pe. prfipius, proxime, adverbs, regularly take the Ace
Other rominictions occur.
(a) The Genitive, with similis, dissimilis, par dispar
especially to express likeness in character '
th^ TV. f^T^\ ^^"'^ •■ '*" simile-probable.
{b) The Abl. with ab with dispar and contrarius.
(c) utilis, id5neus, aptus ad
commiinis, conjunctus cum ;
benevolus erga, or in with Ace.
101.
Obtemperatio legibus. Obedience to the laws
2^^^,^^:^:r'''- j;^^*-^— ^^—withnature.
onsianter dicfire. To speak consistently with one's self.
102. Special Idioms.
He threatened me with death mortem mihi mina'tus est
He levies cavalry from the states, equites civitatibus h^perat.
He supplies the enemy with corn.
He won no one's approval for his
acts.
He pardoned me for theseoffences.
frumentum hostibus suppeditat.
facta sua nulli prdbavit.
haec peccata mihi condonavit
103. dono and circumdo admit of a double construction.
He surrounds the city with a wall. /"'"'*«'" muro circumdat.
Imurum urbi circumdat
I
76
EXERCISES.
EXERCISE XLVIII.
1. I was by your side on tliat day. The general lacked boldness, the
soldiers courage. The tenth legion took part in that battle.
Dumnorix commanded the cavalry. Few Romans survived the
battle of Cannae, As consul he rendered great service^ to the
state.
2. Enthusiasm^ for (of) fighting was infused* into the army.
X Word was brought to Caesar that the Gauls were bent upon* a
change* and were already approaching the Iwrders of the province.
He told the chief he would pardon his brotlier for the past.
He promised Caesar not to ma'-.e war on the neighbors.
He said he would intrust* himself and all his to the general's
honor.
To my question he answered at great length.
Fortune favors the brave ; Bhe is always against cowards.
9. Throwing themselves at the general's feet they promised never
again to join the enemy, and always to come to his aid wlien he
was in trouble.
10. The vanquished always envy the victors.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
■Benefited much.
ret. •pflrmitto.
'Btudinm. ''accede, Act., or inicio, Pass. <stadeo. ''novae
EXERCISE XLIX.
Periodic Stvlb.
In the meantime the soldiers of the two legions, wliieh had been left
in the rear of the line to guard the baggage, on hearing of the battle,
quickened' their speed, and were observed on the top of the hill by the
enemy. And Titus Labienus, having got possession of the camp of the
enemy, and observing from the higher ground that the enemy were
trying to surround our men, sent the tenth legion to their support.
When they^ learned that the cavalry were in flight, and that the camp
and legions an«l general-in-chief were in the greatest peril, they hurrie<l
to the rescue^ as fast as they could. On their arrival, our men, even*
those who had fallen down" spent with wounds, renewed the battle,
leaning on* their shields ; then the camp-followers, seeing the enemy
panic-stricken, even though unarmed,' met them in arms ; the cavalry,
moreover, being anxious to wipe out* the disgrace* of their flight by
their valour, placed themselves in front'" of the soldiers in all quarters''
of the battle.
'iscito, 1 'Relative pronoun, connecting word. ■'•Express the thought only.
*etiam. 'procombo, 3, cubui, cubiturus. «innlzuB with Abi. 'inermiB. e.
"deleo. "turpitude, iniB. '"Place in front of, praeferre. "locus.
EXERCISES.
77
EXERCISE L.
Detached style, as in the English for exciting details.
Puliolnirlsi his pike into' the enemy, and transfixes' one of tl.o mniti
tude as he runs forward. I'ierce,! through' an.l ds i .^ Lv , ov.^ im
w.ththe.r shields; all together^ hurl tlTeir .larts a.^ he L and i^^^ve
him no opportunity of retreating. The shield nf Pni; ; ■ ' i h^ ^
a dart is fixed' in^his l>elfo l^'his aoei.tSl t urn ti eP£;r:h;vS
and delays his" right hand, as he attempts to draw'* S swonl an. the
enemy surround him while at a disadx.».tage. Voremr(thmS h s^
enemy." runs up to his 8upport,>«and aids ifim'^ in [drtJout*? The
whole multitude at onco turns from Pulio awiin^t hin • Vl,.". Ii' • r .
former haa been killed by the dart. A^^oresru^ Sm "V ^Ji'V"^ ' ',''
W8 3Word, handto^hanJ, kills one anS dri^esT rc^t ^kf itTi-
Te falfs^'Xln? °" ^ '''^''^y.' fumbling" into ^ hl^lnw,-' iw.i
dilt *!' '", mV™' '^ surrounded, but Pulio brings him aid an
both safe, after killing quite a number, betake themselves w thin tl,
fortifications, amid the loudest acclaim « ^n^^niseU es w uhin the
or °n^!« ^ , ^f******- "^•'^^""o. 3. cussl, CU88U8 ; or '< ^exanlmatuB •
or? »protegO, 3. XI. Ctua 'universL 'Dat. of Reference. "tranaflM^ f^l*
toi.. 'deflgo. ."balteus. "caBus, ug. -vagina, ae. 'S of*2;fe're!S'
pronoun not expressed. .«educO. "Personal, prirate enemy ".b«cc«^«'
Bubvenio. "To be in trouble, laborare. "rem ge«re. -coSS
"delectus, "a lower place, -'^praise. COnunlnUfl.
EXERCISE LI.
It was just five davs aiter tl a battle of tlie sw.mn fi,^f *u
com^nions were making their way through ^ ^X^ ^t n' aTaru' o"f
Blaxn^feet,' who lay in ambush, started up tith terrlH , yeu" Thehor^
?Lew&"nS"l rider^'^W" ^"'"^ -'^-l-l -""<' wfth affright"^
Ir^t «• ""^'^"*"' "der.^ He was at once surrounded and slain on th"
spot His comrades had fled on ti)e first alarm but twn nf 1,1'; •
his danger, turne.l back, dismounted, and h";tel to hi^ as i'st^^"^^
One was instantly killed, the other was severely woun le.l LTe'cS'
to diei five days afterwards. The survivors' returnolV^^i.^'
bringing tidings^ of this nc • disaster" iChnlisfj ^^"^ '''""P'
'Subordinate the sentences properly. -Tn English the same person may l,e referred
veyed by a clause or phrase or smgle word, without any unnecessary word •'.See 36
main thought of the next, treat them as such. ^'The learned Cato' il r«tn J^l
dOCtlBBimuB. "Exprpss the thou-ht onh y^''"'^ ^^^o "s Cato, Vlr
Utinizea, represent It by a suitabl^tjpe "^ " '"'" """" ""'"' ''
78
THE OENITIVE.
104.
LESSON XXIII.
THE GENITIVE.
The Genitive is the 'defining' case, its main use being to define
or qualify tlie meaning of the word to which it in attached.
The Genitive is used with nouns, adjectives and verbs.
Summary of Rules.
105. THE GENITIVE WITH NOUNS.
(1) "*ossessive Genitive.
liber pqori.
Including
reginae filia (Origin).
Ciceronis libri (Author).
(2) Subjective Genitive, denoting the Subject or Agent
of the action or feeling.
serpentis morsus; timer pueri.
(3) Objective Genitive, denoting the Object toward which
the action or feeling is directed.
amor gloriae ; metus deorum.
(4) Genitive of the 'Whole (usuaii/ called Partitive Gen.),
denoting the whole of which a part is taken.
(a) With substantives : pars exercitus ; nihil temporis.
(6) With adjectives, especially in the comparative and super-
lative degree : fortissimi militum.
(c) With numerals : duo millia equitum ; primus omnium.
Ul) With pronouns and neuter adjectives used as substantives :
quis hominum ? quis vestrum ? aliquid opens ;
plus pecuniae ; tantum operis ; id temporis— at that
time; qmd consilii— what plan ; quid rei— what thing.
(e) With adverbs used as substantives :
sapientiae parum — too little wisdom,
quo gentium, ubi terrarum — to w-hul place ou earth,
where on earth.
TIIR GENITIVE.
79
satis pecuniae; (tu) maxima omnium (>c.u)..Hp,.,:ially
of all.
eo temeritatis— to such a pitch ,,f laslni.ss.
Obs. : Other comtnictions in place of tho (Jin. „f ti,o Whole iiro :
(a) The Gen. with ex or de.
unus e militibus : quidam ex servis.
This i8 the regular construction with quidam a.,,1 canlinal numerals.
('') nos omnes -all of uh ; tota Asia ; quot estis ?
(equites) qui pauci aderant-few of « hom were present.
If tho two words are co-extensive you cannot have the CJon of
the Whole.
(5) Genitive of Quality. (Descriptive (Jeuitive.)
vir summi ingenii; puer decern annorum ; fossa quindecim
pedum. (See 108 [e] and 1 1 1 [6J. )
(6) Appositional Genitive.
verbum voluptatis ; virtus continentiae.
This Gen. is rare in Latin as compared with English.
Obs. : Remember such types as,
urbs Roma ; pugna Camiensis ; summus mons.
106. GENITIVE WITH ADJECTIVES.
Adjectives denoling desire, knowledge, skill, recollection
participation, mastery, fulness, and their contraries,
cupidus rerum novarum ; peritus belli (skilled in).
•"f P^or gloriae ; amans patriae ; pugnandi avidus.
militiae ignarus (a stranger to warfare).
sceleris particeps— participating in guilt.
sceleris expers— unconnc - ed with crime.
107. GENITIVE WITH VERBS.
(1) The Gen. is used with
I. misereor, miseresco— pity, feel pity.
Ob8.: xniseror. 1 ; commiseror, l,-^xpresa pity for. bemoan the lot of take
theAee. '
II. memini, reminiscor, obliviscor.
';'S5f _ -
80
THB GENITIVE.
Biit (a) Wlion referring U> iwrsons -
inemini = I am mimlful ..f, 1 niaki' nioiilioii of, ikcH
( it'll.
= 1 still rememlwr, I ri-ciiU, tiikes Avr.
Ciceronem memini.
(b) When referring to tilings they take the Oen. or
Ace.
But neuter jironouns and adjectiveH are regularly
in the Ace.
haec memini ; multa reminiscor.
mihi in mentem venit = I remember, takes the (ien.
venit mihi in mentem eius diei.
recorder, 1.— I recall,' almost invariably tr.l^cs the Ace.
(2) The Acc. of the Person and Gen. of the Thing are
used with
I. admoneo, commoneo, commonefacio— remind, admonish.
te amicitiae admoneo, commonefacio.
But they take (o) The Acc. jf a neuter pronoun or adjective.
hoc te admoneo.
(6) de with the Abl. very frequently.
de proelio vos admoneo.
II. Verbs of Accusing, Convicting, Acquitting.
accuso, arguo, coargfuo, reum facio, absolvo, take the Gen. of
the Charge.
proditionis accusare, reum facere— to accuse of, to prosecute for
treason,
furti— of theft ; (pecuniarum) repetundarum— of extortion.
But (o) Sometimes crimiiie = ou the chiir<,'e ; or nomine niidcv
the title, are expressed. The omission of these might
explain the Gen.
(6) de with the Abl. is quite common.
de ambitu reum facere— to accuse of brilwry.
de pecuniis repetundis damnare— to condemn for
extortion.
So, de vi, assault ; de caede, murder ; de venefidis,
poisoning.
THK OKWITIVR.
81
(<•) Note intfr sirarioa accusatus est -ho was aroused of
^iHgassinatiun.
(d) Verbs of Condemning, damno, 1 ; COndemno,
1, take
(i) Gen. of the Charge.
capitis damnatus - coiulemncd on a capital
charge.
(ii) Abl. of Penalty.
capite, morte, exilio damnatus— condom ned to
<ieath, exile.
HI. miseret, poenitet, pudet, taedet, piget ;
pity, repent, shame, weary, grieve, take
ACC. of Person feeling.
Gen. of Person or Thing that causes tlK» feeling.
eorum nos miseret— We pity them.
me stultitiae meae pudet ; me tui pudet.
Obs. me hoc pudet The neuter pronouns hoc, illud, quod, are used
instead of the Gen.
Obs. me poenitet vixisse, hoc fecisse, quod haec fecimus.
(3) interest and refert, it is of interest, it concerns ;
take the following constructions :
(a) The Person Intereated in the Oen.
interest omnium ; illorum refert
But mea, tua, sua, nostra, vestra interesse.
With possessive pronouns the Abl. singular of the Posses-
sive is used.
(6) The Thing of Interest.
interest omnium fortiter pugnare.
mea hoc i.terest. (Neuter Pronoun. )
mea interest quid facias. (Dependent Interrogative.)
mea interest ut (ne) domum eras redeas.
(c) The Degree of Interest.
By an Adverb, magnopere, magis, maxime, etc.
By a Neuter Adjective or Pronoun, multum, plus, nihil,
quantum, quid, etc.
By a Gen. of Value, magni, tanti, pluris, etc.
6
82
iniORtH.
(f/) 'riio Ohhrt or Kiul.
■d honorem nostrum. For our hooor.
(4) ((r) Genitive «>f Value (I nilt'finiU) Viilm»).
Kx))ri-MH(<<1 y tanti, quonti, panri, nuig;ni, pluris, minoris
(kc pretii pricr).
Uuiit amicitiam tuam habeo, facio, aestimo.
So highly do I viilnc your fricnilNliip.
(/•) Genitive <>f Price (Indrrmito Pnof).
Kx|)i-<-H>«>il hy tanti. quanti, pluris, minoris, mHIi vitIim of
Inlying (emo) and m>lliii^ (vendo).
These usoh of the Oen. with vorhs oorreHpoml to tlio (ton. of
Qunlit^' with nouns.
(R) Verbs of Plenty ^nd Want sometinuvs fj(»v«M'n tiio
GJenitivo, hut nmre commonly tho Al>lutive.
lnd!<Ceo KPurrally takci ttie (Sen.
potior •oiiu'tinio* taken thi< Hen., eii|iecially in thr (ihrow
potlli renim,— to get control of attain.
io8.
IDIOMS.
{a) Kvprythin^ is in the hiindH of omnia sunt hostium.
the fni'iny.
Tlii!« house helon>;s to my haec domus est mei patris.
father.
hostium and patris are Pre<Ucati> PoMessixv Genitives,
(ly) An extension of tliis principle is seen in the rollowiiig connnon
idiom.
It is the duty «)f a judge to
foUow the truth.
This is the husiness of an
instructor.
It is characteristi'J of a wise
man.
It is the height of madness.
(<r) It is my duty.
iudicis est verum sequi.
hoc e't praeceptoris.
sapientis est.
summae dementiae est
meum est.
In the case of Personal Pronouns the Nevier of the Possessive
is used.
KXKIK'IHKM.
83
(»/) Any rniiti nmy •'rr.
(') A •. ui (»f coiirn^o.
A ninii of wiwiorn.
A niiui of giNMl mtiiHo.
cuiusvia hominis est errare.
vir fortis.
vir Mpiens.
Tir prudens.
Y<MI 0,«,„ot UHO tho (;«„itiv., of guHlity (105, r,) nMl.,.H „ .n„Jify.
iitg word lit atUchod to tho noun.
EXERCISE LII
1. What news have yon hiiinl ?
2. Th.-y rolU«I nnkH of groat w,„j,lu .low,, (ho ,„o„„.,u,.h.
.{. How niui^h plwiHuro «Io wo derivo from l.'urrimg »
4. Wheru on oarth am wo ? Whoro on ..^rth have we ,o„,„ ,„ »
fl. They «p«nt much timo in hiiildin>r tho hridgo.
«. How nmny of us aro tluro ?
7. Ono of tho gui.loH waH a (in>.,'k, tho oth.«r a Ro,nan
'• "cCtKiitS!:^ '• '^"'"""" '='""" ••• "- •"- Vr t..
9. Ho thought no timo ought to Ik, gi v.-n tho ,.,„.„, y f„r for.,.i,.« pl,„.„.
10. To 8uch a pitch of daring di.l tho .,non,y advanco.
EXEPCISE LIII.
1. All of you, I know, hato mon who aro unmindful of a kiiMlncMM
^' ^n^^rM,"?"^ ^''" 'V«''"':^ ^"'•"'^' * tirixii lov.T of truth. an.l
mobt Hk,llo<l m govorning tho «tato. '
3. The Ocmana arc very fond of carrying on war.
4. Caesar kne.v that tho Oau>s wero dosin.UH of change
^' ^crlrio!'^'' ^*""*^^*' ""*' '^^ '''■''■"'""' """' "'"-"""^'^t'^'l with the
6. Tho soldiers roc, ivcd no reward from tho general for their bravery
7. Out of so many thousands, .scarcely a few survival.
8. Wo few, who survive, swam to the shore.
9. The soldiers di.l n^t forget the wrongs inflicted l.v (^Sul.i Cen )
the Helvetii on Iiomo( = Roman people, "hj. (;,,„.). ^ '
10. He sai.l that being unused to sailing he wa.-, af.ai.l of the s<a
11. A thanksgiving of fifteen day^ (duration) was d ■cr.-e.l hy th.;
EXERCISE LIV.
1. We pity the many great sufTerings of tho ol.l man.
^" '^Heter ^°^*^ "^"^ ^^^'^ '^™^"^'' "'« ol-itime ^ilor of the
84
RXRRrlHRN.
t.
II
li.
u.
ir..
Hi.
17.
18.
W't' hIiiijI •■ vr for^jt't your kiinliM'MH.
Wr ri'i'.tll I lull (lay on hIiji'Ii |ii> wax iiiiaiiiinoiiHly ikci|iittti<ii of
fxlortioii.
i'lic i'onN|MnilorM wi-ro conilriMiK'il nn n nipital »'liiir>{«.
OiH' of tin' ^itiilt'H wiiM iii'i'iiMt'tl of tD-iiclirt'v, iiikI coikIimiiihiI to
ilciilli.
Arc Ml- not Morrv for the coiKU'tiniiitioii nf ilic iiinix't-nl iniiii ainl
till- iU'(|iiit(itl ui tilt' guilty.
l>oyoii not hliiHli for tint violiitioii nf your word iiiul tlit- tli>M>itioii
of your fricml ?
m^* siif«< return wiih of >;r«'iit ini|»ortiiU('<' to um ail.
What intrrcst Iwul \\v in tlu* iNWiiMlinicnt of all llic ^(mnI citizt^nH?
Ho Hiiiil it wan hix intfrcHt to return honu> as Hoon iim |>oMHil)li>.
|{<' said it wuH of more ini|M)rtiinro to utt tliiit liu hIkiuM Htay in thu
<'ountry.
Tliu Alrtniioonidao wore mljudgod j;uilty of Hiu;riloj;o, and were
ox|xIlod from Atlioii.
lit! lirouj<lit an notion iinaiiiHt tho ooiihuI for hrilwry.
Wo ait' not only hoi y for our folly, hut alno a.Hlmniod of it.
Tlu' sueocssfid ooiiihu't of the war Im of tho groateiit imiKu-tanoo to
the state.
Tho oiioniy will H<H»n rogiot tlioir rashness, and Ihj aNhaiuo<l of the
inL'oni]M-teni'o of llnir goiu'raU.
We are tired of hearing the same thing.
EXERCISE LV.
1. Oh«>dieii( o to his general is manifestly the prime duty of a soldier,
2. It is oliaraeteristie of a wise man to yield to eircumstanccs.
3. It wax the heigh' of folly to enter the pass without reeonnoitring
the road.
4. We know that any man ma_v err, hut it is foolish to forget tho past.
5. It is the duty of g(XKl ehihlren to ohey their {Kirents.
6. It is for us to-day to conquer or die.
7. Hannihal hrought under his own jurisdiction all the tril)e8 heyond
the Khro.
S. He thought it was the p .rt of a eonqueror to spare the vanquishe<l.
!). It is the duty of a judge to eondeuin no man to death unheard.
10. He said it was the height of madness to adopt a course alwut
niatlcrK of the greatest importance, on the advice of an enemy.
11. It is the mark of a coward not to resist the enemy as long as
possible.
Tlllt AHI.ATIVK.
85
EXERCISE LVI.
HnnUiuH wiiH «nitiy nhv.ul (princeps) iNiuiriK >''<• ^i-.iIh jm fn.nt i.f
(prae) liim. Mis HJMi.r, who Ihul Imim ImUoiImmI idesponsa) i<. •.m- of
(ex) thf CiiiMtii, liMt liiiii at tin- gut.' Mic aluiM' ..f the iniihilii Id
n'urtlM her IiioIImt'h > j. tory. In u m^;i' lie dniWH Iiih hwhhI. " Aw;i '
litiiif Willi your iiiiiiiii.ly (imtnaturus) lov.i lo yi.nr iMiroth/il
(ipontUI), forp-tful of \oiii l.rollnTK diail aii.l (l.rotlur) nlivr. foi^^.tfiil
of your "ouiitry: Icl'.v.ry !loni,in woiniiii tli.il nIihII iiiiMiii|ian . iMrny,
•lif." With IIh'w wonts hi- pliin-.s his swonl into (trair'.jo) hin
HiKU-r. All pitied tin- hiiph'ss maiilin, iiiiii wen- aHhamc(l r,| ., d, id mo
«TUfl and unholy. Thi-y tirncnilMicd also Hoiiitius' s-r\ i, .h. Xi-vi-r
thfli-ss hi' was arrainniil for nnird.r. In that trial (tudJcium) nun wi-re
moved i-'|HriaIly l.y ruhlius Moralius. (he father, who priHlaiuiid that
he judged his dauj<hter to have Ixen slain jusily he iMoph- rould not
endure (he tears of the father, and so they rKv,..ttiil the son, moro
through mi iuitutioii of his valor thun from llie juMliuc of hiH eauHo.
'Oo away, ablT*. »Ut die, prei. •ubJ-nclTTu" lUftO.
ZO9.
LKSSON XXIV.
THK ABLATIVE.
Tho Ablative is easontially an Adverbial Cuho. The relationH it
exproHses arc advorbial in character, and are very numerous.
It combines tho uses of three cases originally distinct ; the Abla-
tive Case ; the Instrumental Case ; and tho Locative Case.
Its uses accordingly aro treated under these three divisions.
Summary of Rules,
no -4.— ABLATIVE PKOPEIt.
(1) Ablative of Motion away from;
Usually with a preposition 'ah' or 'ex' (94), except with
(a) Names of towns and small islands.
(/') rure, domo, humo. (See 94. )
(2) Ablative of Source or Origin.
Vmal with ortus, natus (and in poetry with others of similar
meaning).
Jove natus ; nobili genere ortus.
86
THE ABLATIVE.
(a) ex me natus. Pronouns regularly take ex.
(b) ortus ab, oriundus ab, denote more remote descent,
oriundi ab Sabinis. Descended from the Sabines.
(c) ex auro factus. Made of gold.
The Abl. of Material is closely related to Abl. of Source.
(3) Ablative of Separation.
Used with verbs and adjectives, sometimes with, sometimes
without a preposition,
culpa vacat He is free from fault, me timore liberat
metu vacuus, timore lib^r.
(o) libero usually ; solvo, egeo, careo, vaco ; and usually
liber, *racuus, nudus, solutus, inanis and others are used
without a preposition.
(b) indigeo regularly takes the Gen.
(4) Ablative of Comparison
la used instead of a nominative or accusative with ' quam.'
puer puella altior est.
(a) In other cases than nom. or ace. ' q^uim ' must be used,
mater puero quam puellae carior est.
(6) spe omnium celerius venit. He came sooner than anyone had
expected.
plus iusto,— more than is right, (iusto, the neuter of the Adj.
used as a substantive. )
It is thus used with spes, opinio, fama, expectatio, and with the
neuter of adjectives used suostantively as iustum, aequum.
(c) non longius mille et quingentis passibus aberat
Ariovistus vix plus duo millia passuum aberat.
amplius horis quatuor fortissime pugnaverunt.
amplius, plus, minus, longius, may or may not affect the syntax
of the accompanying words.
(5) Ablative of the Agent with 'a' or 'ab'
Is used with passive verbs to express the Person by whom
something is done.
THE ABLATIVE.
87
(a) Collective nouns and abstract nouns personified, may take
this construction.
a multitudine — a Fortuna.
(b) A Secondary Agent is expressed by 'per.'
Caesar per exploratores certior factus est.
III. 5.— INSTRUMENTAL ABLATIVE.
(1) Ablative of Cause, Manner, Means, or Instru-
ment.
Cause— laudis atnore ducimur.
Hole the phrases —
iussu meo.
iniussu, rogatu, etc., Caesaris.
We are led by love of praise.
By my order.
Without the order, by request
of Caesar.
Manner — with or without ' cum. '
haec cum diligentia fecit
haec magna cum diligentia fecit, or
haec magna diligentia fecit.
Use ' rum ' unless an emphatic adjective is added to the noun.
A great many adverbial phrases of manner occur without 'aim.'
iure, iniuria, vi, fraude, silentio, arte, consilio, casu.
hoc, eo, nuUo, quo modo ; hac, ea, nulla, qua ratione.
hoc consilio, aequo animo ; mea sententia ; sua sponte ; nullo
negotio; pace tua; ea condicione; magnopere (=magno
opere).
Means or Instrument ;
gladio interfectus est.
(2) Ablative of Attendant Circumstance.
bonis auspiciis. Under good auspices.
longo intervallo sequitur.
This Abl. is closely allied to Abl. Absolute and both are closely
allied to Abl. of Accompaniment.
(3) Ablative of Accompaniment is used with cum.
cum Caesare venit. cum telo venit.
(o) Observe the forms mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, vobLscum.
^
88
THE ABLATIVE.
Ih
(h) In military language 'ritm' may be omitted when an adjective
except a numeral, is added to the noun.
omnibus copiis ; ingenti exercitu ; magna manu.
cum exercitu ; cum tribus legionibus ; cum decima legione.
(4) Ablative of Price.
Euro patriam vendidit
vile est viginti minis. It is cheap at twenty min.T.
multo sanguine Poenis vie- The vio^^ory cost the Carthaginians
toria stetit much blood.
(n) The words mag^o, plurimo, parvo, minimo, vili, tantulo (so
pretio), are used to deno.j Indefinite Price.
(5) Ablative of Measure of Difference;
Used with Comparatives and words implying comparison.
tribus pedibus altior ; uno die long^or ; dimidio minor, a half less;
tertia parte maior ; paulo post— a little (while) after (afterwards).
aliquanto post
(a) Compare the use of quo eo; quanto tanto; in 128 (quisque).
(6) Ablative of Quality or Description, with an
Adjective.
vir summo ingenio ; summa virtute adolescens ;
corpore fuit exigio, magno capite.
(«) Compare 105 (5) and 108 (e).
(b) A Genitive yf a noun may take the place of an adjective,
sunt specie et colore tauri.
(7) Ablative of Specification or Respect.
rex nomine non potestate erat
altero oculo captus. Blind in one eye..
p£de claudus. Lame of foot.
capite deger ; moribus similes ; minor natu ; natu maximus.
This use is closely related to 'The Place Where.'
(8) Ablative Absolute.
EXERCISES. Q9
112. C— LOCATIVE ABLATTVE.
(1) Abl. of the Place Where. (95 and 96.)
(2) Abl. of the Place from Which. (94 ami no, 1.)
(3) Abl. of the Route by Which.
duabus simul portis eruptionem fecit.
(4) Abl. of Time When. (80.)
(5) Abl. of Time Within Which. (83.)
113. SPECIAL RULES.
The following Idiomatic uses of the Abl. may he explained under
one or other of the preceding rules.
(1) See 29.
(2) The following Adjectives take the Abl.
dignus, indignus, contentus, praeditus, fretus ; (juul liber).
The Abl. is one of Specification or Imtniment.
dignus morte ; sua sorte contentus ;
ingenio magno praeditus ; virtute fretus.
(3) opus est and usus est There is need.
Take the Dat. of the Persoti who needs ; the Aid. of the
Thitig needed. The Abl. is one of Specification or
Instrument.
opus est nobis auxilio tuo.
114.
Ablative with Prepositions.
a or ab.
cum.
prae.
absque.
de.
pro.
clam.
e or ex.
sine.
coram.
palam.
tenus.
\\n'
M
EXERCISE LVII.
1. They obtained their request for' a truce' by deception *
2. Caesar thought the cavalry were terrified by the recent* battle
and ordered them to follow t}ie line.
3. Terrified both by the speed of our arrival and tlie departure of
tlieir friends, the (Jermans fled immediately into the camp.
90
EXERCISES.
4. They li hI left homo and liad crossed tlic Rhino witli all their
jK)s.ses8ions.'
5. Tho rest hurled themselves into ti>e rivi-r ami tliero overwhelmed
by fear, weariness and the force of the river perislied.
6. The man is 8ai<l to have Inien ten years you.iger than his brother,
7. The tower was forty feet higher than the fortifications of the town.
8. They were more than a thousand miles from home in a hostile and
unknown country, hemmed in* on all sides by impassible rivers
and mountains, without generals, without guides, without
provisions.
> I obtain my request (or, impetro, 1- ' IndutUe, arum.
trecena, tls. > fortunae, arum, 'includo.
■'< frauB, ftaudla.
EXERCISE LVIII.
Periodic Sttlk.
1. Having thrown a large quantity of arm- lown from^ the wall into
the trench and having nevertheless concealed and retained a
third part in the town, the gates were thrown open''' and they
enjoyed^ peace on that day.
2. On the first arrival of our army they made numerous sallies from
the town and engaged in slight* battles with our men.
3. Thinking that our men would withdraw* the garrisons or at any
rate would keep guard carelessly, they suddenly made a sally
from the town in full force with those arms which they had
retained and concealed.
4. The Aduatuci, of whom we have written above, were coming with
all their forces to aid the Nervii, but hearing of this battle, they
turned back home again.
5. They themselves wer:, sprung from the Cimbri and Tentoni who,
when marching into our province and Italy, left that baggage
which thiy were not able to take with them this side of« the
1 iver Rhine and kft six thousand men to guard it.
6. The Germans after trying every device' were neither able to con-
tend in force with the Menapii on account of their lack of ships
nor to cross the river on account of the outposts of the Menapii.
Accordingly they pretended to return to their homes and dis-
tricts. But after advancing a three days' journey they turned
back again : and as the cavalry covered all this distance in one
night they crushed the Menapii (still) ignorant (of the facts) and
not expecting them, for having been informed about the depar-
t„re nf the (lermans by scouts, th.y had gone back without fear
across the Rhine into their own villages.
> Down from, de. ' patOfaclO.
' Having tried all (things).
'ntor. 'parruluB. * deduce, "citra.
PRONOUNS.
91
"if'
LESSON XXV.
PRONOUNS.
IIS Personal.
Tlio personal pronouns are exproased only for the sake <»f em-
phasis (jr contrast.
puerum ego laado, tu culpas.
The personal pronoun of the third person is supplied by the
demonstrative.
nostrum and vestrum are used only as 'Genitives of the Whole.'
unus nostrum.
Otherwise nostri and vestri are used.
memor nostri. Mindful of us.
ii6. Demonstrative.
is, idem, hie, iste, ille.
is is the pronoun of mere reference.
Its great use is in the oblique cases representing him, her, it,
them.
Note.— ea lenitate usus sum ut. I displayed such leniency tliat.
non is sum qui amer. I am not the man to bo loved. (See
156.)
epistola filiae quam filii The letter of the daughter is dearer
est matri carior. to the mother than (tiiat of) the
son.
unam rem explicabo One thing I will explain, and tiiat
eamque maximam. too, a most important one.
et is = and that too.
117.
idem — the same.
Note.— Cicero maximus orator And likewise, and at the sam-- time,
erat idemque maximus and also.
philosophus.
1x8.
(a) hie — this near me.
iste — that near you ; tliat of yours,
ille — that yonder.
...i.
92
PRONOUNS.
(/') hie -my frioiul here, my client.
iste -your friend there, tiie ilefeiidant.
iste—is often used in contempt: 'that fellow,' 'that miser-
able fellow.'
ille— is a term of compliment and empliawin.
ille Caesar. The well-known, the famous Caesar.
ilia antiquitas. That far otl' pa8t, the good old tiuieH.
(r) hie — the nearer, the latter ; ille — tiie more remote, the former.
pax, \ictoria ; haec, ilia.
{(l) neque hie neque il!e— neither the one nor the otlier.
et hie et ille— both the one and the other.
hi . . . iUi=alii . . . alii = some . . . others.
ille (and sometimes hie) = the following (in s]K>ech).
illud magis vereor'ne. It is the following rather that I
fear, lest.
1x9. Intensive or Emphatic.
ipse,
ipse— self ; ego ipse— I myp°lf.
triginta ipsi dies— exactly thirty days, just thirty days.
adventu (suo) ip.'O — by (his) mere arrival.
ego ipse eum vidi — I saw him with my own eyes.
mea ipsius navis — my own ship, tuae ipsius naves ;
vestrae ipsonun naves.
120. Possessive.
meus, tuus, noster, vester, suus.
SUUS is Reflexive Possessive, referring to the subject of the
main verb == his (own), etc.
Otherwise his, her, its = eius ; tIieir = eoruni, earum. (See 10.)
121. Reflexive.
The oblique cases cf egO and tu are used as reflexives.
me servo ; vos servate. Also me ipsum servo ; vos ipsos servate.
122.
Sui and SUUS may be either
(a) Direct Reflexives.
se amant. suos libros habent.
when they refer to the subject of their own clause, whether
principal or subordinate ; or,
PROVOUVS— EXERCISRS.
(^) Indirect Reflexives.
93
: ii«*
■1'
me oravit ut se servarem. Ho iR-sougl.t m- in khv.. l.in).
a me impetravit ut amico suo He c)l)(,iinc.l his n..j.u«t f,„,„ ,„.•
P""""*"- that I Hh<.ul.l span, hJH fii,.,,.,.
when they stand in a sulwrdinate clause and refer to tlie
subject of the principal clause.
Note.— 1. s. amare non est laudabUe. Sdf-Iovo is not praiHoworthy.
suos amicos amare. To love oho'h own frieiulM.
sibi placere. f-^ulf-satisfaction.
SUi and SUUS sometimes = one's self, one's own, where the
reference is not to any particular person.
2. sua sponte. Of his own acconl.
virtus per se et propter se Virtue is t<. I,,- ( ultivated .«
colenda est. u^elf and for *7.s own mike.
'23. Reciprocal.
Latin has no Reciprocal pronoun '->ach other, one another).
They use instead
inter nos, inter vos, inter eos, inter se.
Belgae obsides inter se dedenint
inter se cohortati^ exhorting one another.
alius alium is also used to express the same idea.
EXERCISE LIX.
1. The proud generally consult their own interests.
2. A slave of mine has run away ; he is in your province.
3. You lost Tarentum, I ..ve retaken it.
4. He has killed Iwth his father a.xl his nu.ther; the f,.rnur hy
poison, the latter by starvation. ^
5. This' only is true wisdom, to command oneself.
6. He waa caught and killed on the very hanks of the rivei-.
7. You are the one who commended me.
8. They conversed together. We love one anothei-.
9. The mind perceives that it is moved hy its own power.
10. Justice should Ix; cultivated for its own sake.
'The Demonstrative, like the Relative (see 12.^ [2]). agreen with the predicate ..oun.
This WM the reason why =ea erat causa cur.
94
RELATIVK — SPECIAL POINTS.
LESSON XXVI.
124. Relative.
qui, who ; quisquis, quicumque, whoever.
The Relative ngreos with its antecedent in (lender, Number, and
I'erson, but its Ciiiie is determined by the cunstructiun of its own
cliiuHe.
125. Special Points.
( 1 ) pater et nutter qui adsunt (pi. luasu. ). See .30, ( 1 ).
iaus et gloria quae sunt amandi (neut. pi. ) See 30, (3).
(2) Thebae quod caput Boeotiae
est.
ThebeH, which is the capital of
Boeotia.
The Rel. pronoun agrees with the predicate nuun instead of
its antecedent.
(3) qui est bonus, amatur.
eos, qui sunt boni, amemus (let us love).
The antecedont may be omitted ; but only when it and the
relative are in the same case.
(4) servum, quem habeo fidelissimum, ad te mittam ; or,
quern servum habeo fidelissimum, ad te mittam ; or,
quem servum habeo fidelissimum, eum ad te mittam.
I will jnd to you the most faithful slave I have.
(u) The antecedent is often put in the relative clause ; regu-
larly so when the relative clause precedes.
(6) A superlative or other significant adjective, especially
those denoting number or amount, is put in the relative
clause.
elephanto, qui unus superfuerat. Riding on the only elephant
vectus. which had survived.
(c) When the relative clause precedes, the demonstrative
pronoun {fum) is inserted to point a co" rast or to
emphasize the antecedent.
(5) The boy you saw. puer quem vidi.
The relative is not omitted in Latin.
quae res
(6) multae civitates a Cyro defecerunt :
IDIOMS IN (lONNKCTION WITH TIIK UELATIVK.
95
:
Miin^ stftt..^ 10V0U..I from Cyrus mid ilii.s (circiiinHtaiic.) wax 11
cuuw! (»f wur.
' id <i)i<,<r or 'qnce rrn' is uHod when tho rofo-Jiice is iidt to u
single word hut to n whole chiuse.
(7) clamoribus pugnantium per- Fiightencd hy tlm KJiouts of th.;
ternti. comhutantH of those lighting
of tlioHo who were figliting.
Tho imrticiple alone without the addition of tho doniotmtmtive
indicates n group or cIush.
cedentes aggressi. Having attacked tliose (who wen;)
retreating.
* is cedentes aggressi. Having attacked them (mentioned
before) while retreating.
But even in the latter case tho demonstrative is usually omitted,
especially when the participle haa no other words attached to it.
126. Idio'ns in Connection with the Relative.
(a) Such is your prudence.
Witli your usual pru-
dence.
I
qua es prudentia.
quae tu& est prudentiA.
pro tua prudentia.
(b) Hf; is the same as he lias idem est qui semper fuit.
ever lieen.
' as ' is a relative pronoun.
(c) He was the first, last, only primus, ultimus, unus or solus haec
one to do or who did it. fecit.
(d) I love one, or, a man, ' . '10 eum, qui haec facit, amo.
does this.
I love men who do this. eos, qui haec faciunt, amo.
hominem or homines would mean 'men,' not women or
animals.
(e) My conqueror.
The truth.
qui me vicit.
(ea) quae vera sunt.
To those who questioned "j
}h-^ replied.
him
To his interrogators
Those killed.
J
rinterrogantibus
\ respondit
(ei) qui interfecti sunt
%\\
96
■XRRCI8R8.
(/) What wu can, l«t m .1... ea qu«e. \ ^„„„u,, facUiinus.
id quod. I "^
'Whnt' in li Ut'Intivo proimiin.
(>/) VVp ttpi-ikk tliat we (Id know, id quod tctmus dicimus.
{h) (le, aM you all know, Iiuh ille, id quod omnes scitii, dotnum
ootnv home.
For Idiomatic uhuh
rediit.
of tho Relative with the Subjunctive,
EXERCISE LX.
1. (He) who easily l)clioveH, is «aHily <leccived.
2. What is right, is praiHed.
3. I have planted a tree, the fruit of which I myself shall never
l>ehold.
4. I hope that with yimr UHual prudence you will pardon them.
5. He took with him the most faithful slaves he had.
6. I shall pluck the most beautiful flowers I see in your garden.
7. He rejects glory which is the r «st honorable fruit of true virtue.
8. The island is washed by the sea whicli you call ocean.
9. We all know ho is the sair.i as he has ever lieen.
10. He was the first who undertook to finish tho business.
11. They were the last to arrive.
12. We are tho only ones whom he spared.
13. Tho Volsci lost the best city they had.
14. Caesar in accordance with his usual sense of justice said that he
pardoned their thoughtlessness and gave them the opportunity
of departing home.
15. We wlio were the first to come to your aid m your youth will Ik;
the last to desert you in your old age.
Plant. sero, 3, sevi, satus.
Pluck. carpo, 3, carpsi, carptus.
Reject. repudio, 1.
Sense of justice. iustitia, ae.
Thoughtlessness. imprudentia, ae.
INTKRROfJATIVK- INDRriNITR.
•r
X27.
LKSSOX XXVII.
Interrogative.
quit iukI qui.
<,uiaestille? Who jh tlmt ni.u,?
quid fecit? Wl.ut.li,llu.<l,?
qui vir est ille ? Wh.it kin.l of ,i nm.i i. h, '
qui puer fecit ? Which \ny <li,l it »
7«M In iiHo.1 as n «ul)staiitivc, ./i/i ns an mljootivo.
ecquif-iii there anyoiic who ? Ii„k.finito Intc■^ro^ativ.^
quisiwrn-who, pray ? who. in.lee,! ? Emphatic I.!tori.,«atu«.
uter— which of two?
zza
Indefinite.
quis-anjono ; is tho wonk.-> t of tho in<h.fi,.iteM. an.I i« .,««! after
SI, nisi, ne, nam, quo, quanto.
aliquis sonio, soniebiKly . is a little iium; iiulefinit.* than quis.
aliquot—snnio [k-ihohs, several.
quisquam, quispiam— anyone.
qnisqnam, and its corresponding uljoctive, 'nllus,' are
generally used in negative and conditional Hentonces, in
mterros'ativo sontencos in»i)lying a negative, and m
clauses involving comparison.
num quisquam haec dixit?
num quemquam vidisti?
si ullo modo fieri potest,
num quidquam morte tristius esse potest?
quidam— a certain one. homo quidam.
Sometimes = a sort of, a kind of.
quisque, and, more emphatic, unusquisque— each one.
sui cuique amici can sunt
quod quisque scit, dicat. I^t each one tell what he knows.
quo (or quanto) quisque est melior, eo (or tanto) est beatior
The iKJtter a man is, the happier he is.
For quo. . . eo, see 111 (5).
optimus quisque. AH the best.
quinto quoque anno. Every four years. (See 90.)
quivis, quilibet— any one you j)lease.
M
■xRRCinn.
Ifcith (midmiiIm w»«ro.
uterque— (^Arh of two : Inith
uterque contui erat.
ftinbo — iioth toguthor.
nem6— lu) one
No mortal— nerad mortilis ; "n Romnn -tiimd Rdminus.
netcio quit -Home one or oth«r. misit netcio quern.
Homehow or other ; in nomo wiiy or otlier-- netcio quo pacto
or modo.
•liut —alius — < >" o — another.
•Iter— alter— t mo— the other.
alii -alii— aome uihern.
alteri— alter! -the one party— the other party.
aliua alium cohortati. ' Kxhorting one another.
One ditl one thing, another another.
Kc mu iiee in one direction, others in
another.
He is of a different disposition from
you.
His opinion i« different from yours
aliua aliud fecit
alii alio fu^iunt.
alio ac tu est insenio.
aliter ac tu s^ntit.
ceteri — the rest, all ''le others,
reliqai - the remaining, the rest, the others,
•ingfuli— one by one. noa singuli— we as indiviihials.
universi— all together, nos universi— we altogether, wo in the
mass.
EXERCISE LXI.
1. The more wealth a man lias, the more he wants.
2. The more hurry tlie less speed.'
3. All the most learned men believe in the immortality' of the soul.
4. The enemy soon fled ; : 'me in one direction, others in another.
5. Some ptrscns devote themselves' to one thing, others to another.
6. Which is the wiser, Caius or Balhus ?
7. Both armies were led into the field at the same time.
8. He holds a different opinion from you on this (question.
9. Every man ought to defend his own friends.
10. Some are slaves 'o glory, others to money.
11. You may say anything you please here.
12. Did you see anyone at your home ?
13. Does any man believe liars ?
14. The best men always die with the most resignation.*
roHRRI,ATIVM.
90
16. Whcxivor yh'ldi. to tho ..urniy Rhnll U- (.iit t<> cl.ath.
17. Ho was braver than nny of hin fiit-mlN.
IH. The Uitter tho day, the U-ttcr tho «1«'..«|.
'^" ^olmamlT^""" '"" ^'"" ''"*' '' '^ ''"' ''"'^ "^ " «'""^"' "»
J*i*t.r" J^""" '" '- ''""'""^ <*»>■ 'WTMi dan with r-t. .mqum
LESSON XXVIII.
129.
Idem eat qui semp^- fuit.
tilit est "-yis lemper fult.
Correlatives.
Ho JH the Bftme nn he alwayn wa^.
H«! is of the Hanie charactfr aH he
always was.
tanti hodie sunt fluctus qiuuiti Tho waves are as large to-dny as
. • (they wore) yistenlay.
tanti erant fluctua quantos nun- The waves were such a.-* I ha<l n.ver
quam antea videram. 8eon before.
tot erant mUitea quot maris Tho sohliers were as ma„v a, tl.,-
*"*^""' waves of the sea.
quo anno natua est Cicero, Marius was born in th. Hanu- yar
eodem Marius. as Cicero.
(a) TI.0 Relative Pronoun or Adjective has its own agreoniont ..r
government.
(b) The Relative Clause may preced.; when you wish to emphasize
the Antecedent Clause.
X30.
Such.
Such. . . .as, manning size or quantity -tantus. . . quantus.
Such as, meaning kind or tjuulity ^^^talis qualis
Such = of such a kind, n.ay Ik, re.,<lerc,l In eiusmodi] huiusmodi.
istiusmodi.
coniurationem huiusmodi nunquam audivi.
I never heard of a oonsp.racy of this kin.i = su(h a conspiracy.
• Such ' when an Adverb = tarn.
''I
r I
100
CORRELATIVE ADVERBS.
Such good nifii.
As good as you.
So good <a man as this.
This good man.
This great multitude.
So great a multitude as this.
haec tanta et tarn perniciosa
coniuratio.
tarn boni viri, or
tales tamque boni viri.
tarn bonus quam tu.
hie tarn bonus vir.
I hi
[haec tanta multitudo.
This great and dangerous con-
spii-acy.
ea celeiitate milites ierunt ut hostes impetum sustinere non possent
(Compare 15U.)
131.
Correlative Adverbs.
CO naves redierunt unde profectae sunt.
ubi natus es tu, ibi ego, or quo in loco. . . .eodem.
where — ubi theie — ibi here — hie
whence — unde thence — inde hence — hinc
whither — quo thither— eo. illuc hither— hue
in which direction— qua ; in that or this direction — ea or hac.
132.
My opinion is the same as yours.
1. ego idem sentio ac tu-
ac = quod.
2. ego aliter or ali& sentio ac My opinion or opinions is or are
tu. dilTerent from yours.
3. res contra quam (or atque) The matter turned out contrary to
exspectavi, evenit. my expectation.
(fi) 'ac ' is sometimes used instead of qxi with idem.
(b) 'ac' i.s regularly and 'quam' sometimes, used with alivs,
aliter, contra, and with other words where ' cmitrust ' i.s marked.
ac is used before consonants, atque before vowels.
133.
Fighting and winning the victory are (juite dilTerent things.
It is one thing to fight, it is another to win the victory.
pugnare est aliud, aliud est vincere.
EXEKCISKS.
101
I.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
t
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
IG.
17.
18.
EXERCISE LXII.
He .says this is not the same a.s that.
The waves were such as we had never seen before.
You are of the same character as I have always In^^lievcl you to be.
The rule of expediency is the same as that of honor.
He said that both you and I were the same as we liad ever been.
Tiiere arc as many opinions as (there are) men.
Will not your ship carry as heavy a cargo as mine ?
Tlie storm was sucli as we liad never seen l)efore.
Such guilty men as these were never pardoned before.
Do not believe that you can return as easily as you marlc your
journey.
Our opinion alraut this matter is the .same as tliat of the judges.
The battle turned out contrary to everybo<ly-s expectations.
Sowing and reaping are quite different things?.
To-morrow fighting will be the same as victory.
We have crushed this great and dangerous conspiracy.
The thing has been done in the same manner as liefore.
He died in the same place where he had lived in l)oyhood.
Neither our objects nor our hopes are the same as his.
•9t
41,
102 THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDEPENDENT SENTENCES.
LESSON XXIX.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
134-
The radical distinction between the Indicative and Subjunctive
is that the Indie, deals with Facts, the Subj. deals with Concep-
tions of the Mind.
The Indic. deals with facts as •
(a) Statements. valet— He is well.
(h) Suppositions, si valet— If he is well,
(c) Questions. valetoe ?— Is he well ?
The use of the Subj. implies that the speaker or thinker is
dealing with what is to his mind at least not facts or certainties
but conceptions, doubts, wishes, purposes, results, or statements of
others which he cannot or does not care to regard as facts.
The following contrasts will serve for the present :
valet— He is well. valeat— May he l)e well.
imus— We are going. eamus— Let us go.
dicit -He says. dicat— Let him say.
vgnit- Ho comes. veniat— May he come.
quid dico ?— What am I saying ? quid dicam ?— Wliat am I to say ?
milites misit qui urbem ceperunt. He sent soldiers who took the city.
milites misit qui urbem caperent. He sent soldiers to take the city.
The Subj. is used extensively in subordinate clauses and in very
many cases the form of the English affords no key at all to its use.
135. The Subjunctive in Independent Sentences.
The Uses of the Subjunctive in Independent Sentences are :
(1) Hortative : used in the first person plural.
eamus— Let us go. patriam amemus -Let us love our muntry.
ne hostibus cedamus— Let us not yield to the enemy.
(2) Jussive : used in the third person,
exeant— Let them leave, abeat— Let him go.
ne audeant — Let them not dare.
vSniat or utinam vSniat.
utinam vgniret.
utinam venisset.
THE SDBJUNOTIVE IV INDEPENDENT SENTENCES. 103
(3) Prohibitive : used in the .second person. '
ne multa discas sed multum. Dc i,„t learn man v things hut nuuh
ne rogaveris. l)o„'t ask.
The Perfect seen.s to be the more hasty, peremptory mode of
address and to be accompanied with strong excitement or enu.tion.
The Present is used where there is an absence of agitation and
largely with verbs of mere mental activity. Compare 1(5G.
(4) Optative:
May he come.
Would that he were coming.
Would that he had come. I wish
he had come.
ne v^" -at, utinam ne vgni- May he not, etc.
n tc.
A wish that may be fulfilled is expressed by t!ie Prr.,. Siibj.
A wish that cannot be fulfilled is expressed by the In. f or
Pittpf. Subj.
The Imp/, is used oi present time ; the Plnpf. of jutst time.
' Utimtm ' may or may not go with the Pres. but always accom-
panies the Impf. or Plupf.
(5) Deliberative:
quid faciam ?
quid facerem ?
hunc ego non dfligam ? Am I not to love thi.s man .
(6) Concessive: where s<,mething is granted f„r ar-u-
nient's sake. *
sed haec omnia falsa sint. But granted tliat tluse things an-
false (wiiat then?).
(7) Conditional : with the condition (■xi)res.scd <,r under
stood.
What am I to do ?
What was I to d
<)?
dies deficiat si velim nu-
merare.
credas.
crederes.
videres.
The day -would fail nic if J should
wish to re«)unt.
You (one) would believe.
You would have believed.
You might have .seen.
104
EXKUCISKS,
(S) Potential : «'xprossin«,' a possibility.
dicat, or dixerit aliquis. or Some ono may say.
quispiam.
vix crediderim.
hoc affirmaverim.
I (an s(arc(>ly lielieve.
Tliis I W(i\il(l assert.
(I)} Or used ;is ;i polite or softened foim of expression.
velim adsis.
vellem misisses.
I wish, or could wisli, you were here,
I could liave wished you liad sent.
It may bo difficult sometimes to say under which head a particular
subjunctive should be classitied. It is the spirit of the subjunctive
that should be grasped. There i.s an intimate connection running
through a'.l these uses. With slightly dill'erent shades of meaning,
acconbn.,'to the conlexl, ' hoc forint' might be '!et him do this'
(Jussive) ; ' may he do this' (Optative) ; 'granted that he does this'
(Concessive); 'he would do this' (Conditional); ' he may do this '
(Potential). Si'-ne prefer to consider ctederets, vidtns above as
Potential rather than Conditional.
EXERCISE LXIII.
Wliat are we to do, soldiers? Are we to yield to a treaeherous' foe?
Would that the geueral-in-ohief himself were here to-day to lead iis
against this foe ! Let us conquer or die. I^et us not fall mto the liands
o? the most cruel enemy to he put to the sword or sent to slavery.
(Jranted that tlieir general is a man of consumumte ability, and that the
soldiers are men of the greatest courage. Are we to forget all our own
glorious achievemei ts and our own great generals? Who can heheve
that they are bettor armed thati we, or can maintain the contest longei-
than a d'av ? Oh that this day you may show the same courage under
my leadership that vou have often shown under other leaders in previous
hilttlea. Do not expect to see your homes, your wives, children and
friends unless vou win- the day. I could wish more were here. Ihen
vou might see the eneiiiv less eager for the fray. Let them not dare,
however, to trust in their own valor and disregard' the power of the
imiiioi'tal gods.
'perfidus. =Teiise. "contemnere.
LIMITATIONS OF THE PKRIOD.
105
136
LESS(JN XXX.
STYf.E.
Limitations of the Period.
We have stated in general terms the <li.stinKuisIiingchHrHcteri8tics
of Latin prose as compared witli English prose. We luive also
stated that the Periodic style is largely used in Descriptive and
Narrative prose. It is likewise the characteristic style of t'.e body
of Oratory. The principles underlying its use are as follows :
The thought involved in a Period must represent a unit. The
subordinate ideas must be connected in thought with the main idea
and serve to illumine and give it its proper setting. The thonglit
of the r "iod nnist be absolutely clear— non ut iutelkgere iH.ssit
sed ne o-nnino possit non intellegere cuiandum- and its clauses
must be duly balanced. To clearness in thought and due balance
and proportion of clauses must be added a third characteristic,
harmony of sound and rhythm. This last, though easily n( .ticuable
ui the great masters, is the most difficult to attain. The greatest
care nmst be exercised that this indefinable charm to all drscoinse
may in some measure be consciously produced. Tii^autiful and
majestic as the period undoubtedly is its too fre(|uent use would
grow monotonous. The great masters knew that its beauty was
enlianced by avoiding an excessive use of it.
137-
We will now consider style under two different aspects.
1. Style as developed and characteristic of different antliors.
You are aware that in English literature, writers of the same
class-historians, for example-differ es.-entially in tlie individual
style of their writings. Much depends on the m. ntal trainhi-,
temperament, disposition and cli nicter of tiie individual. Tlir
characteristic qualities of the writer are conmiunicated to his
expression. Style is a matter of individuality. A writer or speaker
develops a style of his own, which will be characteristic of his
discourse in general.
So in Latin literature. Th'^ I^tin historians, Caesar a, 1 Livy
for example, differ widely ir tyle of their writings. Caesar is
IOC)
LIMITATIONS OF TIIK PERIOD.
plain. .Hin.plo and .lireot. His i.nict'ml sa-;uity ,im.1 .lindn..sK ..f
jMin-nsi- iuv stHiiipod upon lii-s n.irnitivo. M.- nv.uIc \hr. Instmy
of his c.iinp,ii-,Mis witli tho Kiinu! airoetm-ss and pnTisi..n witii «liicii
he canied tlu-ni out in tl.o liuld of war. Tli..n-I. lu.kin- in -low
and hrillianco and polish, necessarily so from the linun.staM. es of
their eoniposition, his wrilinj,'s contain the essentials on which the
he-inner must l.uild. His siniplRity. clearui-ss, .lirectui'ss, as well
as'tho purity of his langua-o and .^tylo represent the model on
which all sound historical writing nmst ho hased.
Livy, however, represents a higher stage in the snUle .pialities
of prose writing. While clear and powerful he is also anim.ited,
elaborate, polished. He had the advantage of heing ;i horn rhetori-
cian. He is tilled with the' grandeur and dignity of his suhject.
The glory of the Roman republic, the greatness ef tlu' m.-n and
events he has undertaken to portray demand a lofty, dignified
recital. His narrative is full. His style combines in the highest
degree all the excellencies of Latin discourse, (ir.ace, dignity,
v.iriety, life, vivacity mark every page. We feel the subtle charm
of its beauty, harmony and v riety but cannot explain it. He is
the tinal master in historical writing.
2. Style as applicable to different subjects .and ditlerent species
of prose writing.
In Knglish the style of dialogue is not the same as that of history.
The studied phraseology and high .sounding diction of oratory
would ill befit the confidential spirit of epistolary writing. Dia-
logue, history, oratory, epistolary writing and philosophical discus-
sion have each a stylo adapted to its own character, and in history
:uid oratory where the subject and the mood of the si>e.iki'r fre-
tpiently vary, the style also nmst vary to be in ha.niony with these.
This is the reason why, as we have already statetl, all historical
writing is not periodic in its character. The endless prairie is :in im-
posing°sight to the traveller who beholds it for the lir.st time, but its
massiveness and bald uniformitv soon cease to charm and he longs
for a scene diversitied by mountain and valley, hill and dale, forest
and plahi.lake and stream, each revealing and eniiancing the beauty
and colour of the other. So in discourse. Even the period would
lose its stoteliness of form and charm of sound and the narrative
ORATORICAL «TYI,K.
107
bucoiiieaii uniiitorestiii.,' nioiiotony, void nf nil lif,; diirl iiiitiirftliiosN,
iiniusM eacli cliaiiginy hcuiu! and inixul wens clnih,,! in ,i l« , ..minii-
stylo of fuiiii and dicliun. It i.s tliin cliaiattcri.slic tliat ^'iv.s to f lu-
sty Ic of Li vy its gloat cliarin, liis liaj^jy adaptation of ■ f ylo t<i the
ever-varying [.liasi-s (.f tlio narrative. This, in fact, is tli.- ewseiice
of style, viz : the skilful aihiptation of expression to thought.
138. OllATORICAL STYLE.
Id (piidcni porspiciMim est non onnii causae nee auditori nofpie
tenipori coiigruere orationis ununi genus. Nam it causae capitis
aliuiu (luenuhini verltoruni .sonum re(purunt, aliuin nriun jtri vataruni
atfjue parvaruni : et aliud dicendi genus delilierationcs, aliud laudu-
tiones, aliud indicia, aliud senuoncs, aliud disputatio, aliud historia
desiderat. Cicero de oratore III, 55.
Oratory is such a complex type of discourse, enlisting in its .ser-
vice thought, emotion, and impulse alike that only the niostmeag..)
treatment can he given it here. As coniiMvred with English oratory,
Roman oratory may he said to he in general more exclamatory, and
to deal more in the rhetorical (piestion. It appeals more to feeling
and less to reason. It has a fire and energy unknown to us. This
was undouhtedly due to the jjassion of the times, was a residt of
the spirit of the national character, and was on a par with their
political and social life in general. The Koman.s realized to a
greater extent than we do the powc of oratory to move and influ-
ence men, and so were more a.s'.iduous in its cultivation. The
whole field was studied and the principles evolved carefully ])rac-
tised. As exemplified by the masters the wliole range of fading,
from light jest to tragic vehemence, had its accompanying tone,
gesture, expies.sion, and style of discourse.
In oratory, as in lii.story, the Periodic style is largely used in
description and narration. I.'he period of oratory differs, however,
in some respects from the period of history. The diction is more
studied and ornate. The antithetic balance of clauses [)lays an
important part. Eui)hoiiy, m.)dulation of phrase, and rhythm are
more necessary for a hearer than for a reader and must be most
carefully considered. Perspicuity in the period is even more
necessary in oratory than in history. The meaning of the orator
must be grasped with the utterance of the words. The meaning of
tii
108
ORATORICAL STYLK.
tho luHtorian, if not cloar at the tirst rumliiig, luuy Iw icvealud by
a Bucoiul.
The exigencies of oratory make itiauy limitations on tlio use of
tho period. In the recital of detailed faits, in the (|iiick play of
quGHtion and answer, in all expression of strong fooling, anger,
indignation, invective, irony, etc., the period either has no place at
all or plays a very unimportant part.
Cicero is tho great model, iinsurpassod and unapproachaMe in
the oratorical, epistolary and philosophic stylos. Even ho attained
to this eminence oidy after years of earnest study under eminent
Greek rhetoricians, and by the most strenuous endeavor on his own
part. Only by constant study and memorizing and reciting alo\id
of fine passages can we drink in the nujsic of his periods and hope
to reproduce in some slight measure the sweet euphony of words,
the nice balance and modulation of phrases, the proportion and
sonorous ring of sentences.
As in all art, the acquirement of style in writing is a matter of
growth and development. Tho aptituilo for it may be very small
or very great. The highest results are only attained by geniuses.
But for all the only hope of success lies in constant observation
and imitation. The writing of all Liitin prose, and particularly
continuous prose, is an art and subject to tho jirinciples underlying
art in any other deiwvrtment. Tn the writing of Latin prose tho
higher qualities are, we might almost say, beyond tho attainment
of the best modern scholarship. In it few geniuses are developed ;
it ever continues t(» be a conscious eflFort. There is a standard,
however, to which every student of Latin prose should and can
with reasonable application att^vin. Every student should know
and be able to put in practice the great essentials, and these
inchide tho proper and effective expressi<)n of the thought with a
certain grace, freedom, and precision. From the very beginning
he must observe the distinguishing characteristics of all good Latin
prose and leave to future study of tlie gri'.it masters the doi,'ree of
artistic excellence to which he may attain ; and it is surprising
what constant practice and care will achieve even for tliose endowed
with the most meagre natural gifts. In this, as in all art, the
Aristotelian maxim holds, "A man becomes a harp-player by
playing on tho harp."
iSBS^^:*'^^-
RPIRTOr-AKY STVr.E- KXKIiCISKH.
109
139.
KPISTOLAIIV styij:.
In cciiiHonanco with tlio fdiniliur clutnicter <.f opistoljuy discourse
itH Htylo iH churacturizu.lhy tsis.-, Ninij.lii-ity, mid fifcdmi, frmn nil
ftjipearanco of studied effuct or rhotoricnl ullurt. Kv.-ii Hi.; arniiigo-
meut of words is of the simjtk-Ht und most imtiiral uid.r.
LKSSON XXXI.
N.n. -The exercises on thiHlesitoii may he |><>Mt|H>ii.(l until l...s«,,ii., xxxvi and \\\u:
have been itudieil.
140.
The following Hhoit letter from I'liny to his friend Ivil.ius .Iumus will
serve to illustrate the free, eiisy, familiar style of cpistuluiy wminj; : —
C. Plinius Fabius lusto Sue S.
Olim mihi nullas epistolas mittis. nihil est, inquis. quod scribam.
at hoc ipsum scribe, nihil esse quod scribas, vel solum, illud unde
incipere priores solebant, 'si vales bene est ; ego valeo.' hoc mihi
sufficit; est enim maximum, ludere me putas? serio peto. fac sciam
quid agas, quod sine soUicitudine summa nescire non possum, vale.
C. Plinius sends greeting (s.=salutem dat) to his {d.;.. friend) l''al,ins
Justus.
You send me no letters of late. I have nothing to write, sav yon.
Well, write just that, tiiat you have nothing to writ.-, or merelV that
trite oM phrase with whi('h y(mr former lelleis used to I.e-in, 'if you
are well, it is well. I am well.' That satisfies me; indeedk is a givat
deah Think you I am fooling? 1 am really in earnest. IJe.mueand
let me know what you are doing, for 1 cannot he ignorant of tjiis with-
out the greatest anxiety, (ioodhye.
EXERCISE LXIV.
CiCKKU TO MaHCELHS. (JKKKTINC.
Although there was^ nothing new for me to writ.r to \ou, and I was
ratlier begmning already to look for a letter fn.iii von ( ~ voui) or evm
you yourself, still when Theopliilus was setting out 1 could not help
110
RXEKCIHRS.
Kiving mnw kiml <if ii li-tfor' to him. ll«' Hiir.- thoii iuid .'..iih' Iioiik- «s
HiHui iiH {MmMilde ; fiii, hilii-vi' nu-, your iirrival will Im- pltMHing not only
to (IS lint to fVfiylKMl^v. 1 know, i»f toijim-, that ytm will »i-r inudi that
will ilispliNiHf you, still I mil coiituloiit you <iui"Ik! of fin-iil xt'ivico to
tlio ropultli(Mit lliiKcriwiB. 1 hIiouM vuiy iiiucli liko 30U to inform iu»
whfn to look for you. Tiik*' good run' o"f yuur hi-iillli. (ioml l»yu.
((iivc-n (It) Kuiiie, Juno Ist.
■ III Itonian letters teniet were often U!hm1 a|i|illc«lili' to the time ot llir receipt of th%
letter. The reader loolcuil liack to the time at which tne letter won written.
' I was not able tu give nothing of » letter.
EXERCISE LXV.
The (ollnwiti); letter i* from one of llie {Mpyrl iinearthetl inme time a|;o liy Meian.
(ireiifel ».i ' limit from tlie uneient eily i)f Oxyrhyncim, in K(fypt. It i»n letter from »
Ik).v, pviilently a |>ette<i darling;, to Hix father, and nouii'lii NlrunKely iiKxIern, though it
iH at luaat (ixteeii hundred yeui« old.
ThKON, to H'< FaTIIKK, ThEON. fiKEETIXIi.
It Wfts a lino thing of ym .lot to take inc with you to tlu; citv. If
you won't take me with you to Akxaiuhia I won't wrilo you a fetter,
or Hjteak t.i you, or say gootl-by to you ; and if you go to Alexandria I
wont take your haiiA, nor ever greet you again. That is what will
hajnien if you won't take me. Mother said to ArchelauH, ' it quite
upsets him to Ih) left .lehind.' It was a giKxl thing of you to send me
presents on the I'itli, the day you sailed. Send me a lyre, I implore
you. If you don't, 1 won't eat, I won't drink ; there now.
EXERCISE LXVI.
Baf.iu's to C.\iirs. Greetino.
I received your letter dated at (given from) Athens, in which you
said you iiiteiuled to go to Corinth to see the games. Do you, I intreat,
be sure and let lue know whether you saw our friend Brutu.s there and
when he intends sailing to Smyrna. I am now on the most intimate
terms witli Calidius. I have asked him to dine (ceno, I.) with me
(apud me) the next time he comes to the city. My father and mother
have gone to sjieiid the winter at Naples. You laugh ? It is no laugh-
ing matter (ndiculus). I need your presence here at an early date
(adventus maturas). What else shall I write to you? What (else)?
There are many things, but for another time. If you wish to know
what they are, "be sure and repl}' (rescribo) at once. This at any rate I
ask you to do, and also to inform me when I am to expect you. Take
goml cart" of your he.'ilth. Bnindusium, Dec. ."ith.
^ I..* ".
FINAL II.ArSKH. |H
LESSON XXXII.
FINAL CLAUSKS.
'^'' ut, ne, quo.
j;;-::"'^--^^ -^y ^'^ ^^vr^-^'^. i'^^ „, ,^,,^,^^ ^^^^^
Nrrn- n.e. the i,^,utir. U Lai in ,. r,;,.... ,„„;,.,.:
142.
Thco arc iu all ,i.,ht v„.j, „f ux,,ros,sinK |..<r,M,s...
He Hciit Hm!Mwsa,lois. . to su,, fur jh,,,.,.
legates misit . . .qui pacem peterent. (Rel. ..tl. s..,.i ,
...utpacempeterent. (ut witl,,s„|.j.,
.. .ad pacem petendam. ((;,.ni,Hliv,. )
...pacispetendae causa. ((;,.n,n,Iiv,. )
• ■■ pacem petitum. (Snpii,.. )
, , •• pacem petituros. (Fut. I'ut. ru.v )
i^T^'^' ''" ''^""' ""'"'^^ l..sul.s,ir,.,...l f....M..
. topersuiule the (ikiiiv.
ad hostibus persuadendum.
hostibus persuadendi raiisa
H.. s..nt soldiers • . to pl„n.k.r-^fo.. t].e sak. of ,,1 i..,„„,
ad praedandum. "
praedandi causa.
143.
elves fortissime pugnaverunt ne urbs caperetur.
that the city inigi.t not he taken,
to prevent the city l.ein;,' tak.ii
ne = in ..nier that. . .not; it expresses NV^ativ. P„,.|,os...i
Tt is often translated hy 't,. avoid.'
'to prevent.'
113
PINAL CLAUHRfl.
In Kiiiiil t'lnuM-H tluit ..nut ne.
tliiit . notMxIy ne quis.
ihiil . . . nothing - ne quid,
that . . . no = ne ullus.
thut . . . never = ne unquam.
144-
Wh«n n Hocoiu! hml cl/utau in luldud it is intriMluci'tl l»y ' nrrr^ or
* nfo.'*
ne capcretur neve interficeretur. 'I'ha In- might imt !•*• takt'n nor
k.ih'<l.
ne urbt caperetur neu quis inter- That the < it y might not l>o laki-n
ficeretur. un<l that no one might Ik- kilUd.
145.
Inntuml of thu Rolativu Pronoun, a Kulntivu Ailvorh may intro-
iluuu iltu tiiiul claUNu.
ubi = ut ibi; unde = ut inde ; quo ut eo.
They had no plato t<i iRitako thfinsclvivs to.
non habebant quo se reciperent.
Thoy had not whither they might betake thi-ms«lveM.
Z46.
miUtibus praemia promisit quo Ilepromi"<edrewardstothesoldiersthat
fortius pug^narent. tliey niiglit Jigiit more inavely.
Use 'quo* foi" ut when .-i coinpanitive follows,
quo -hy wliicii, wherehy.
147.
As has been said (see 39), a final clau.se is often i)l;iced after the
principal verb when the purpose of the act is loyically subsequent
t«» and of more coiiHeciuence than the act itself, and in this case
such words as iUcirco, 06 earn cauattm = for this reason ; <•(> ronKllin —
with tlii.s object, are very often put in the princi[)al clause to pre-
pare our minds for and emphasize the final clause.
But when the Final clause represents the Aihj-tiny; Aitn or
Motive, and is closely associated with the mind of the subject, it
* OccMionally by neque when ut stonda in the firat clauM.
HKyiKVrK or TUNHKM.
113
;
t«k..H ifH logical iMwiti.m Wfnrv tin, prii„i|.nl v.rl. kimI in r|„m. ,,on.
liuctitin nfUdi with tlii> .suhjttf.
hoc proeho facto, ut rehqimn coptM HelveUorum sequi posset,
pontem m Arare faciendum curat atque iu exercitum traducit.
148. SKtjrKNt'K (H' TKNSKS.
Itoviiw 14.
Hi- tn'inls 1
Ut! hiiH Hint I
ft.-H,lls.„.l j -''''"•'•N»"tak.-llu.rily.
ir«' Will l.av.. srnt ' " """ ""■> •"•'> •"•*" th«' <-ity.
H«! was srndiri)^'
Ht» Hrnt
ill! Iiail sfiit
- Ut urbem capiant.
Mol<li«Ts, to Juke (he city.
.' - tli'it thiy iiii>,'lit t.ik.' thf city.
= Ut urbetn caperent.
1. Tlie first groiij) .,f f„nr toiisos take tlio miiiu; w..r<l (may) in tho
filial claiiHt! : thi! last jTroiq, „f three t/iko tho Banie, but dilfennt
from tho former (might).
The teimes divide themselveN into tw.. clasHen :
The tirst, i'rimaky; tho Htcund, histokic.
There are two Perft-ct ten.ses.
amavi {<>) I Jiave loved ; I'rcH. Pf., a T'rimary tiiise.
('>) I lovc<l ; Historic I'f., an Historic tenne.
The Primary tenses nre-Pres., Pros. Pf., Fut., an<l Fnt. T'f.
The Historic tenses are- Impf., Hist, Pf., and Plupf.
2. The law of Se<|uence o{ Tenses is established for yonr iruidance
in sentences wliere you have an indicative in the principal, and a
subjunctive in the subordinate clause.
A Primary tense is followed by a Pritnarv.
An Historic tense is followed by an Historic.
The first case is called Primary Sequence.
The second case is called Historic Seqiieme.
3. The Historic Present may take either sequence. Primary, by
virtue of its form ; Historic, by virtue of its meaning.
%v
114
EXERCISES.
4. In ordiiiciry final clauses only two tenses are used.
Present Sul)j. for I'riniary Sequence.
Inipf. Subj. for Historic Sequence.
149.
In all the different uses of the subjunctive mood contemporary
action is expressed either by the Present tense in Primary secpience
or by the Imperfect tense in Historic secpience. Contemporary
action is regarded as in essence continuous action. It is continuous
during the period of tune rej)resented by the principal verb. This
observation is of great value in sentences where the English is no
guide to the Latin Idiom. '
EXERCISE LXVII.
1. Translate in all possible ways :
(a) He Nfiit soldiers to storm the camp.
(/<) He will send cavaliv acioss the river to phmder.
(c) They said he oii^lil to have returned to tlie eity to stand for
the coiisiilsliip.
2. Tliat he miglit take the cnnip more easily he sent two thousand
cavalry along vvitli the infantry.
3. He kept his men in camp all day that no one nn'ght announce
anytliing to the enemy.
4. To avoid being banislied he w as pretending to be mad.
5. He has lived virtuously that he may die with resignation.
6. He told many falselioods about his age that he niiglit appear
younger than he really was.
7. He sent his lieutenant to see (74) that a bridgt? was huilt over the
river.
8. He praised men in his lifetime tliat lie might lie jjraised by them
after his death.
9. Caesar sent the cavalry to puisue those who had fled.
10. He will return in the niglit that none may see him.
11. He eonimilted suicide liiat lit; miglil never see his eountry over-
thrown.
12. Since the woods were burned down, the enemy had no place to
betake themselves to.
EXERCISES.
EXERCISE LXVIII.
116
3,
4.
5.
6.
He promised to return hy the fi'<% .i ,.• „. ,„.-]„. . i ,
against the enemy. '-• '" "ulcr t.. ai.l (hem
"™rsrr'^''"™ ■ '■■•"■■> •■•• "-"'
Settnigoutnito another (luarter for the i.i.tiwiv,. f i .• .•
men, he came upon then! fighting ' ' ' "^ <xho, tu,g h,.s
Caesar determined that he ouirht to nuni^l, il,...., n
Toprevent the enemy from cai)tniinL' tlip <it..l,.l .i„i i
e..a.d u,e .ow„.p4ie b,„k„',,„„;*„;;'u,i;;'i' ;'i,:',s,;"f„;,';"
"hi:r„'i;Ln$ri^;'rj.:r: ""«"' '■"- ■•'" •» "-"■ ■'■«
''Se"vl'„'37™ri!.T: Sit'"" """""■ """ «-">• "' '™»...
Tli.y lin.l „o uthcr ships in whi.h t<, sail 1„,„„:.
This i-s tlio place for you to hold.
EXERCISE LXIX.
have fled t„,„, the „„,e pZ ", 5. Mh". ™ ."';;:'■ ''l™' « ■'"" ', I"
.dlBl^n«°i* ',*"*• '«"*"^**a°^- *•»«>■ he expresBed by rel.pron. «praedlco 1
•dissipol. 'membrum. "Adapt to Latin idiom. "One Lie verb dfrtn,^'
C01l«ero. ''Tranriate by "are gathering." ..himself ""««»"« ^^'^ dirlpio.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
116
CONSKCUTIVK rLAUSKS.
LESSON XXXIII.
CONSECUTIVE CLAUSES.
150. ut, ut non.
A consecutivo clauso is one which expresses consequence or result.
The citizoTis fouglit po hravcly that the city was not taken.
Our men advanced with such speed that the enemy were not able to
sustain tlie eharite.
He was so {.'ood as to l)e loved hy all.
In all these cases the consecutive clause is translate<l hy vf. vith
snhj.
tam fortiter cives pugnaverunt ut urbs non caperetur.
ea ceieritate nostri ierunt ut hostes impetum sustiner« non possent
tam bonus erat ut ab omnibus amaretur.
151.
In consecutive clauses— that not = ut non.
tliat nolxidy^ut nemo.
that nothing :=ut nihil,
that no = ut nullus.
that never =ut nunquam.
152.
ut non captus neque interfectus sit. So tliat he was not taken nor killed,
ut urbs non capta nee quisquam So that the city was not taken nor
interfectus sit. was;uiyone killed,
nor; and not = neque.
nor any one; and no one = nec quisquam.
nor anything; and nothings nee quidquain.
nor any ; and no = nec ullus.
nor ever; and never = nec unquam.
153.
A relative pronoun or relative adverb may also introduce a con-
secutive clause.
Nemo tam audax est qui hoc faciat. No one is so bold as to do this.
SEQUKVCK OF TKNSF.S.
154-
117
'So' m,Hlihi„g an H.Ij..otiv.. or a,lv,.rl, = tam.
155. Sequence of Tenses.
" "'= f' »i..g 1 ,ts »,„ „b.orv«d " " "'""'"■'" «""'«
definite act or fact. ^' '■^'l"-^''^^'"""g a single,
(3) Future >Suf>iunrth-r<i -.r.. f, ,...., i 1
with thesubj. of •'..,«, 'aV ^^ oon.hnn,,, tl.e f„fc. ,„rt.
ainatiir fuerim, essem.
fortiter lP"&"averunt havo fougl ._ [that thcv arc- „raiso,l l.v
Ipugnaverunt-fought j ^11 ' '
milites tam fortiter
pugnaverunt-fought ; ut ab omnibus laudarentur--.o..e p..aise,l
Conhnuous or conhmporamous „rti,n,
utab omnibus laudati sint-were praised.
* / nijln ileji » //e ,„.^ ^r fad
tam subito impetum fecerunt ut hostes statim fugerint
milites tam fortiter .( p'uln^a'^erunt ^ tltT '',f ''"" ^""^ "
(pugnav:r/'';:.a- e It ^^^'■^^' ^- '■^"■•^- -
milites tam fortiter pugnaverunt nf «;o-
pugnaverunt ut, nisi nox mtervenisset, hostes
terga versuri fuerint-^
ti'at, unless nigl.t had intervened,
tlie enemy would have turned their
hacks.
■4!
••iff
•ffSi
■^5
118
EXERCISES.
EXERCISE LXX.
1. He lived so virtuously that he died with resignation.
2. Hi! was so diligent that he lost no time in play.
3. The multitude of stars is such that they cannot Iw numbered.
4. Ho said tiiat ho had lived so as to quit life with resignation.
5. As (ut) wc have said before, the storm was such that no ship could
reach the harl or.
6. Caesar fired the woods so that the enemy might not have any place
to iKitake themselves to.
7. The cavalry charged sc fiercely that the enemy had no time to
prepare themselves for battle.
8 He told so many falsehoods that no one believed him then, and
that no one will ever believe him hereafter.
9. He was so ready to forgive those who injured him that after his
death he is pr iised even by liis enemies.
10. The enemy charged so fiercely that had not reinforcements come
up, not one of us would have escaped.
11. He was so good a man that we are never likely to see his equal in
this world.
V2 I returned home with the intention of benefiting you and yours,
■ but so hated am 1 by» your enemies that 1 am likely to injure
you, whom I wished to benefit ; and benefit your enemies, whom
I wished to injure.
13. We were hurrving on, expecting soon to meet the enemy, when
we saw tlie sf)v, whom we had sent ahead, coming back without
any arms ; be was severely wounded on the head, and was so
weak that be could scarcely walk.
■So hated am I by=tailtO OdlO sum, with Dat. (99, [8]).
rr.AUSEs OF rir.\RACTKRisTic.
119
LESSON XXXIV.
156. CLAUSES OF CHAltACTKIilSTIC.
Coinpaio
non is sum qui hoc feci r ..... . * 4 1
non IS sum qu. hoc faciam. I .-un not tho n.an t„ ,1„ it.
The relative clause with the In.lic. ,nake,s a plain .staten.ent c,f
fact about an antecedent which the relative directly reprel"."
The relative with the Suln. charact.'r.V.w « .1 c
Such clau.ses are introduced by
"r^t^r^ "^' ^^* ^"^^ """-• ^"- ^^'^ est qui;
sunt qui putent. There are some who thiuk
nemo Zl """""T. '''^^^ ^"^^^ '^""^^ ^'^ ^'-^''t.
nemo est qu. putet. There i.s no one who thinks
mhd est quod dxcere velim. There is nothing which 1 oar'e to say.
In all these clauses the relat've mein^ ' ,>f „,. u 1 ■ ,
as to/ and the Subj. is closely allieTto the S^H ' P '"■ ^'"^
clauses. ""^ ^"'"•I- "' Consecutive
157- 'qui • is similarly used with the Subj.
(a) After dignus, indig:nus, idoneus.
oignus est qui ametur. He is worthy to l,e loved
Idoneus est quern imiteris. He is a suitable person for vou to
(6) After comparatives witli quam.
imitate.*
I" He is too great to be resisted.
Sit. -i greater tlian to wl- - •
able to be resisted.
I al ' " '
• The same Latin and the san^e Kn^lish mi.h, ..o ns.^. ,0 ..enot. PunK>sr
120 EXERCIBES.
158.
TiKlcr claiisos of Clmmctoristic belongs tlio plinise
quod sciam. As fur as I know.
Clansos of Charactoristic m.iy b j introduced by 'f/in** ' = «;»«; n<ni.
nemo est quia sciat Tlicic is no orin but knows.
' but ' is an Indofinite Nep; itive Ilobitive.
1.
.J.
:\.
4.
;").
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
M
10.
EXERCISE LXXI.
Tluif arc soino wlio say that I have been too lenient a consul.
He was not the man to be t(!rri<ieil \>y danger.
How few there are who dare do tliis.
He was not a ."uilable person to be raised to the throne.
Tlifir deeds are too great to be told.
The st..iies were too largo to be niove<l.
The ships were too strong to be injured.
I am not the man to obey unjust laws.
No one, so far as I know, will deny Miat duty is sometimes at
variance with interest.
These favors are too great for me to refpiite.
Nor is there anyone who \\()uld say this.
There was no supply of ships such as was suitfble for this purpose.
They did nothing which was unworthy of themselves.
Tliey committed no act which would reflect discredit on them-
selves.
He is not the man to tell a falsehood.
Tliere was no one to whom he did not give a rewanl.
Lenient. mitis.
How few there an; who. quotusquisque est qui (sing.).
To be raised to the throne. regnum excipere ; rex fieri.
Favor. beneficium.
Retpiite. gratiam referre ( 1 )at i ve ).
SUHSIANTIVK CLAISKS.
121
LPXSOX wxv.
SUBSTANTIVH CLAlSfX
159. With ut and ne Definitive or Explanatory.
^^^Huc^v.bsU.ttake'ut'o/:^^^^^^^^
ask, i„treat-6ro, rdgo, peto {ah), opto, prtcor („M ;
a.lv,se warn, exhort-moneo, admoneo, hortor, adhortor •
|H3r8ua,le-suadeo, persuadeo. (l>at ) ' a°"0"or ,
cammand impero. mando, praecipio, edico. (All g.n..,,. Dat )
.lem-o-decerno, statuo, constituo ; '
Btnve, effect-video, provideo, (take care) ; facio, efficio ; impetro.
(ol.ta.n a re.jue.st), id agO--I make it n.v ai.n ; operam
do— I take pains to;
allow— permitto. (Dat.)
ea^."' " """'""" '""^"'"' ""' ^"'^»' -nstruetioM i. pn.hal.ly the
160.
The following, however, take Ace. nith In
mentary Intin. See 27.
Hn. or Supple
(folS;.'"^'"' '"''°' '°"°'' ^'"°' P^*^°^ *'^"-)J Prohibeo.
[•bid),
161.
veto
set uiit lor (.aul.
of^^Ii '"^ "^r "" '''"" ''' *'"' ^"«"- '^'^^ '» the subject
"f the mam verb ; otherwise use ut with subj.
122
IMI'KIISON \l, VKKHH AND I'llUASKH.
II.
162. Vorl)s of K. iiriiiy : vereor, timeo, metuo, pericu-
lum est, »'t.'.
vereor ne veniat.
vereor ut veniat.
veritus sum ne ventret.
veritus sum ut veniret.
vereor ut rediturus sit.
I fcivr (tlml) In- will conif.
I ffiir (llmt) lit' will iiui cnmi'.
1 fciiri'll t llilt ll<' Wullltl rdlllc.
I fi'iiriMl lliat lie \Miiilil iiiil I'liinc*
I amiifiiiid In- is not likely In rilurii.
With verbs of Fwiriiig ne - that or lost ; ut tliut . . . ii(»l.
III.
163. Impersonal Verbs and Phrases.
accidit ut ego abessem. It ImpiMiuMl thai I was absent.
fieri potest ut erremus. It is j>.)ssil.l.> that wr are niistaki-n.
fantum abest ut cum culpem ut So fur am I from Idaminj,' him that
etiam laudem. I even coiinneiul him.
Such vtM-bs aiul phrases are :
It happi-ns that - accidit, evinit, contingit ut.
It was ailiK'tl that— accedit ut.
It follows that— sequitur ut ; the next thing is -proximum est ut.
Thus it hapiK'us that ita fit ut.
How liai)iHMis it that?— qui fit ut?
It is ]K>ssihle that— fieri potest ut.
It is (luite impossible that— nullo modo fieri potest ut.
It remains that -reliquum est, restat ut.
So far from . . . that -tantum abest ut . . . ut.
I will not allow myself to— non committam ut.
To succeed in ; to contrive to — efficere ut.
Necessarily— necesse est (ut).
The eonseiiuence of this was— ex quo factum est ut.
The siii>f. i« sometimes used with necesse eat, oportet, licet, vellm, nolim an<l
ut i» (feiierally omitte<l. licet Venias you may coiiie.
•When the thouirht requires it the Perf. Subj. is iis>e<l after verhs of ffarliiK.
vereor ne Romam, sic ctmctantibua nobis, Hannlbali ac Poenis toties
servaverint maiores nostrL
vereor ut satis diligenter actu ^ in nenatu sit de litteris meis.
KXKUCIHKS. |o;5
164. Substantive Clauses introduced by Quod
followed by the Indicative.
((I' magnum est hoc qaod victor victis pepercit.
quod = tlnj fii.t timt ; llmt.
(/.) At tho lH.Kinni„K <.f a H.-ntunco S/W H...,irt,MMs has tl...
forco of ' (iH ruganlH tlm fuct tiuU.'
quod meAgamemnonaaemulariputas. falleris.
NoTE.-DiHti..Kui,sh carefully l,otw««n tl.u soi.U.imu.s of .• ,.1,
group in Ex. LXXII, H. I„ 'W,. wanuMl nuM.. nm ,., ,r.,s.s ,1...
river, tlio Inhn. rci)r(.H,..itH nn Imperutivu in O.R. ,!„ n.t .mss
the rivur— ; in Liitin it is oillcd Oldi<,w I'.fili,,,,.
In ' Wo warned then, that they cuhl n<.t cros.s the riv.T ' the
verb 'warn' is used like u verb of ..«yin« ; the Sulmlan.ivo daus..
reprosentH a Declarative sentence in O.K. -you .annot .toss (Im-
r.yer. Observe, therefore, that a verb does not necessarily ahv.-.ys
take tho same construction after it.
EXERCISE LX^'II.
A.
1. Thoy pcrsnaded their neighlH.rH to adopt th- sa,,,.. ..oli-v,' l.,o„
xi^v. Model.';" "^"^ "'"' ""' '"" "'""« ^i"' »'"••"• <Hx
2. With n.a.iy tears he end.raced Caesar an.l l«.gaM to implore hii..
not to pass too seven; a sentence^ upon his bn.tli.r.
3. When they did not obtain their .,|uest to be allouvd to u„ i,,.,,,..
without gnn.g h..stag..s th.-y „.ked hi,„ lo ,,ntnt th.^n t ■
<lays' tune to consult their friends. *'
4. When Caesar sent inessenLrers to .iemaiHl that th.-v «iv.. ov.r th.-ir
' Adopt a priicy = conaUlum Inlw
' Not to decree anything' too 8e\cr' ncerninu.
1. We warned them not to cros.R th(; rivpp
We warned them that they could not cross the river.
2. We were persuaded to come here.
Wo were persuaded that he would not come.
124
EXKIM'IHKH.
3. Ho was Wiiriif.l not to trust tlir (iiiiils 11..1' 1,, |„. sc. ai tht'ir
CUIII]).
Hf was wariicl tliiit it was (laiiL;.iniis i,, aiiiinia. Ii Ion ni'ar lliu
4. Tit- tl.tfiiniiH'il li» fihi«li tlic «urk al .■.
Hi- ilcl.iiiiiiii'il tliiil till- mail sIkhiIiI (»■ |uit I-mUmiIi.
H.- (I.teiniiiif.l tliiit it was l.o,st fur all tlu> shins to !«■ <lrawii up.
mIii
III
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
S.
0.
lu.
6.
I.
8.
1).
10.
Ho ilfltriiiimil that ho (Uight nut to lusitalo lonpi.
EXERCISE LXXIII.
He pt-rsuailos him not to go Ho \^.^H |>.is„a.K..l him not to go.
He will i)or«ua.lo hiiii not to go. He poisna-lo.! Iiim not to go.
Tiioy ask to Ik> allowed to journey through our iiroviiiic.
They heggod him not to move liin .amp nearer them.
They \\<\\ semi messengers to entreat him not to ailvancr further.
He ohi....ie(l his reiiuostlo In' spared.
We will take pains to aseertaiii all the enemy's plans.
Ho forbade the soldiors to go outside the fortitieations.
He was warned not to land from the sliip.
We should make it our aim to . • ';. «)ur friends.
Caesar domanded the surren "c i ^heir arms.
EXERCISE LXXIV.
Wo should have no fear aliout his coming.
We did not fear that the enemy Mould lomjuer.
They said they were afraid their brother w ould novor return home.
It is possible that he was ab.sent.
So far was he from obtaining his re<iuest that he was ordered to
leave the country inniiediately.
Is it possible that an honest man has been acei soil of theft?
It was quite impossible for us to be mistaken.
He .succeeded in having the : mh aecpiitted of the charge of treason.
The result of this was that they could not so easilv be.'iii war on
their neighliors. " "
Cae.sar determined that Dumiiori.\ should not be allowed to cake
the cavalry with him.
EXERCISE LXXV.
Prriodic.
Being defeated in a slight battle Hamilear askofl the Roman consul
to make a short truce that he might bury the dead. The consul rudely
r.-|)Iip(l .that he ought to mi,..l ,1... ij^i
1:
time iHtff th.' Ruin;
with tho living. ■'^'"kI".'t h,- w.m.il ,,..1 mhI, iIi..|,,„| l„it
EXERCISE LXXVI.
AH.a Th..mi.stcKlesrh„w, ' n' iiHs,',' ,/''''> ""-'^' '"" — "!«• m,.o
the king. U-ih.' intonrnlt I u ni "' '""" ""^' ""V"'k tli.it
»«ttie;in.i,h'tr.yap' ::;,u^^^ "v-—" ""-i .-...';.• ,i.;.
the Hunu, tin... 1... .Jnt a ..',,!.,.';'"."''''' '■•""■"«" •"""■■l. At
»"■ .li,l not rsoaiH, quickly hT- til \m'^' ".' '"'""" '''"' "'" "
therefore fle.l, Ll ' ms T ;n V d!" V?^ '"• .l.moli.|....|. X.,,..,
AtheniauB. intmistock-. luvstrvid the victory i., the
EXERCISE LXXVII.
they bc.,,an to rehuil.l tlieh^ ..a/nl ,,'''/; '■"';>""•" ".•^"''"••- '^••""
the U(-e,ko„,o„ia„H took an. s , if . '"' " """• '"'*^ """^'
of these fortifirations se.V • v ' .' '/" '"'■''■"! ""' ' 1'''""^
not to huih, the svalls. jl^^l^X^tZ-^r'T'T T". ^'"';"'""^
foHowing slnitageni: He ahj.nr „i,|. „ i ' ''""'^••'' il""i l.v the
«a,lor to Sparta.^ Thither he ^atK • ' "T "'.'^ ^'"' "'^ "" "•"'-i-
HUggestion lingere,! hy ,e way .so, ""''' '"1', '"' "'"'-«"<- at his
the Athenians, .ne,,/wo,V, ar.:i , if. ''' '""'"''"• . ^" "■" """.i.in.e
ThenustoeleHsai.l that fl.ei, st.u , ,'., u'''''''''^'''''' "'"'"^ ""' "'"tleV
to 8en<I messengers of th 'i ,n t ,1. •" '""> """ '""' '"""•'' ""'»'
At the sa. ,e he ...strue , ' tl u.'" ■"''^''' '" 'r^'"' "- "•""••
!SKat_;:;-ir'Th^;-
The wans were ^nisheu'i S;^.!^;-!^;;;:;:^^;;;: -;;„-:...•
EXERCISE LXXVIII.
While en route to the Great r..W« fi.
among whom was the famous T B He ^TTn'^l " '.'■""' "^ '""""'''
of all men whom thev had been look" ...V:. ' ''''''.'''•."''^ ''''' '''•'<'
then, to camp right where thev Zn Z, l' "'"";"''-;,'' ''•■ a.his.d
tngly made and on learning that th i 1. ; . ■ ^'""'* '*"'" ■•"•^•'"••'-
beyondthe mour.tains he a.his'th.r, "".""!' '^'''^ ^l.e valley
«t.ll were distant fro.n it more'tLante lilln^d tlldi ^'' '^"^^ ^^ ^'"'>'
120 COMMANDS ANI> PROimUTIONS : (JUIW AND QfOMINUH.
LKSSON XXXVI.
COMMANDS AND PROHIIHTIONS : ^r/A' AND
QrOMlXUS.
Z65. Commands.
Tho ImjMjrative in the Prosont teimo is ubcJ in coininiuulH And
oiitreHtiuH. Tlio Futiiro iinpenUivu is umchI wIuto thu tinio is dis-
tinctly future and uttpucially in laws, wills, truutii-H, t>tc., which
rufur to the future.
But to meet tho claims of politcnoMs, courtesy or friendship
where the imperative might sound harsh, the following ]>eriphra8eH
are used ; thus, instead of scribe, write
scribas velim— I would have you write, I should like you to write.
tu, quaeso, ad me scribe —do you, I entreat, write to me.
fcribe lis— write, please, sis = si vis, if you please.
fac or cura ut ad me scribas— be nuro to write me ; or in the case
of tho plural— vos, oro et obsecro, ad me scribite.
Such forms naturally occur very frequently in epistolary writing.
166. Prohibitions.
' ne ' with the Imperative to express a Prohibition is not used in
the best classical prose. Its use is strictly poetical.
The following forms are used :
(a) ' ne ' with Pres. or Perf. Subj. See 135 (3).
(6) Far njore commonly and as deferential, dignifie<l forms.
noli, nolite with the Infin.
cave, cavete ne with the Pres. or Perf. Subj.
noli hoc facere. ) , . 1 *i ;
, . > do not do tins.
cave ne hoc facias. j
The distinction between the use of the I'res. and Perf. Subj.
after ' cave ne ' is the same as in 135 (3).
167. quin.
quin=qui (old form of Abi. quo), ne {noo) ^ whereby not, thai by U not,
or in some cases, qui (quae, quod) non.
WOKDS AND PUHMKH P0LL0WK1» IIV yr:!«. 127
(1) quin limy .l.i.oi.. N.-^rativ.. i;,.s„it ^t non.
nihil est Urn difficile quin in- NuilnnK- ., ., .i.,M..„|, „„„ it
Tettigari possit. .auMot U. .I,.....v.„..l.
f*cere non possum quin lit- I . annm help «.„.linu a Ihict.
teras mjttam. *
fieri non potest quin Balbo I cannot h.!,, .u.linrf Hall.UH.
Miuvet.
(2) quin niuy intr(xJur»* a Cluu.se of (•hHraru.ristic.
ni.«A-.* -^ qui (quae, quod) non.
nemo est quin credat. TIkt.. is „o o,,.. l.„t iK-iieL.
(3) quin may introduce n .Substiintive Clause.
('«) With v..H,H and pl.nisfH „f .l.-ulitiiiK' a.i.l ..mitting.
non est dubium quin hoc facere possint.
quis dubitat quin hoc verum sit.
non erat dubium quin venturus esset.
nee multum abfuit quin omnes interficeremur.
And M'o were very noar l.iiiig all kilkd.
(4) (h) With verbs of preventing, lundeii.,.4, opposing.
retineri non poterant quin tela conicerent.
Thvy could iK.t l)e reHtraiiic.l from hurling their javelins.
This kind of diiuso is akin to a final clause.
7»'H requires tha^ the Principal Verb or Phrase must bo Ne-'u-
tive 01 Virtual Negative.
168. Words and Phrases folloved by quin.
nemo est quin; non dubito quin; non est dubium, or. dubitandum
qum; quis dubitat quin;
fieri non potest quin-it cannot be hut that.
temperare mihi non possum quin-I cannot refrain fro.n.
mimmum abesse ) rtn » v
nihil praetermittere quin-to leave nothing undone to.
facere non possum quin-I caiuiot help ; I cannot hut.
quid causae est quin— wl^at reason is there against.
Note.— diihito may als > take the Infin.
hoc facere non dubitat-ho does not hesitate to do this.
m
I'',
128
EXKUCISES.
i<39> quominus.
qudminus=-quo minus =ut eo minus /'// which th>{,xs; that hi/ Hthifess.
Is used with verba and phnist-.s of Pruveutiiig, Iliiidoring, Oi.pus-
ing, in Substjvntive clauses akin to final clauses.
naves vento tenebantur quominus Tlio sliips were i)revfnte<l by tlu;
in portum pervenirent. wind from iiiuaiing tin- liaibor.
per te stetit quominus ad urbem ^du were tlio cause of my not le-
redirem. tinning to the eity.
quid obstat quominus hoc facia- Wliat prevents us fiom doint: this,
mus, *'
The verb or plirase is generally negative or virtual negative.
The following verbs may take qit(tmin}is:
deterreo, obsto, impedio, and some others.
recuso quominus = I protest against ; I object to.
EXERCISE LXXIX.
1. It cannot l>c denied that it is more disgraceful to deceive than to
be deceived.
2. She never saw him without calling liim fratrieiile.'
3. He could scarcely be prevented from going on board' the ship.
4. Who doubts that virtue and vice'' are contrary to each other.
5. It cannot be denied that it is disgraceful to tell a falsehood.
6. I shall leave notliing undone to finish the woik.
7. I cannot help complaining of the cowardice of the sailors.
8. There is no one but believes that he was foully^ murdered.
9. They were very near l)eing all taken prisoners.
10. I cannot refrain from thinking that he consulted his own interests
only.
• firatrlcida, ae. ' conBcendere in with acc ' turpitude, inis. * nefarie7
EXERCISE LXXX,
You were the cause of our not winning the day.
Nothing prevents yon from doing this.
It was owing to you that he did not l)econie a candidate for' the
consulship.
No one is so iron-hearted' as not to love his own ciiildrcn.
The ships were within a very little of being all built.
6. It cannot be doubted that the world was made b}- design* and not
by chance.*
7. I cannot help accusing him of theft.
IVTKRnoOATIVKS.
129
8. ^\'l'" <loul.ts that it is l,ctt..r f.,r ..g to .li,- fn-c than tn live slaves :
.». U <^ shall li Mvc iiothii.^L; iin.h.iie to effect his releas.. »
hi Th.Mv is iH) (iuul.t that he int.-n.ls to violate th.. laws.
'petere. =ferreua. ^consiUum. 'casus, ub. Ho release = to fr^^
EXERCISE LXXXI.
Anirer, invective does not stop to \te politp.
Refer' the matter to t lie senate vim «iv. f,.- ♦!,.»• i
an.i, if this onie,. .ieen.s3 thr^; ^1:;;.^^ h^ ^^^s^:^""':^;:
Sfiyyou will I.OW* to their (l.cision.-' I will not refer it ■fl??f ' ^
tnu,-- to nnprineiples- and yet I will IS. '^^' A t.^;:;;;;;
hat these gentlemen think of yo„. do out of the eity. ('am^ t^
the republic from fear; -'o off into exile if tlii« n« fl,„\ ,
waiting for. Why not,« Catiline ? Trr^u not lii er S ' T^o T" '''■?
observe the silence of these men y They tUVa^MSrihey'Sff
B.
Since this is the case,'" Catiline, procee.l" whither vou started -^ Co
ou of the city sometime :'3 thegatisare open :Udepa t IKoo loS
that Manlian camp has been wantint:'* vou its wneVnl T„L.„ ^"o 'ong
'refero. -see 30. 'Tense * obtemDerara~ 5a>ihnn.<>» _v I
"•intersum inter, ''versari. purgare. ■» see 205.
170.
LESSON XXXVII.
INTERROGATIVES.
Single questions may be introduced by one of the three parti
cles v,^. n,nn, nonne, or by an Interrogative Pronoun, Adjective
or Adverb. '
QUESTION.
putas ne ? Do you think so ?
nonne putas ? Dont you thing so ?
ji /'^" >"" think so?
ANSWER EXPECTED.
puto, or non puto.
puto.
nam putas i
V
(Vou don't think so, do you? /"°" P"*°
ne .simply .-isks for infonuation. It i.s an enclitic, and is appended
to the iiioJit eiuuliatic word.
9
li
130
INDIRECT QUKSTIOMS.
nonne expects the answer 'yes.'
nnm expects the answer ' no.'
The answer is generally in the shape of a repetition of the verb.
• Yes' may also Ite etiam, ita vero, sane (certainly) ;
' No,' minine ; nequaquam, by no nieans ; non, alone or combined
with other words, as minime ego quidem.
171. Interrogative Pronouns, Adjectives and Adverbs.
who, what— quis, quisnam ? quid, quidnam ? ( Pronoun. )
which, what— qui, quod ? (Adj.)
which of the two — uter ? which one of a series— quotus ?
how great — quantus ? liow many— quot ?
of what kind— qualis ?
where — ubi? whence— unde? whithei -quo?
why— cur, quare, quamobrem? (wherefore).
when— quando ? (cum is never interrogative).
how, in what way— qudmOdo, quemadmodum ? qui, as in, qui fit ut ?
how — (with Adjs. or Advs. ) quam ?
how often— quoties ? how long— quamdiu ?
how far— quousque ? how greatly— quantopere ?
quae tandem causa ? — what cause, pray ?
172. DOUBLE QUESTIONS.
utrum ibis an manebis ? Will you go or stay ?
servine estis an liberi ? Are you slaves or freemen ?
Double questions are introduced by
whether or ; or not.
utrum an ; annon.
By an ellipsis ' an ' sometimes stands alone.
It is generally attached to the more probable of the two questions.
173.
INDIRECT QUESTIONS.
Indirect Questions (Dependent Interrogatives) are Substantive
Clauses.
The introducing verb is generally one of asking or telling, but
many other verba and phrases admit of an indirect question after
them.
INDIRBCT DOUBLK QUESTIONS. 131
An Indirect Question is always put in the Subjunctive.
It may be introduced by
(a) An Interr. Pron., Adj., Adv. or Conj (q^uire).
Who did thisT-Direct Question-quis hoc fecit ?
I do not know who did this. -Indirect Que«tion-nescio quis
hoc fecent ^
I asked him when he was going to return, quando esset redi-
turns quaesivi.
He told me how many there were, dixit mihi quot essent.
(6) nnm or ne: without distinction of meaning= ,/or whether.
Occasionally after q^uiero by nonn« = whether not.
Epaminondas asked whether his shield was safe.
Epaminondas quaesivitl^^*"® ***®* clipeus.
Inum salvus esset clipeus.
NoTE-quaesivi quid facerem. I asked what I was to do. repre-
sents a Deliberative Suhj. quidfacerem? What was I to
do ? as an Indirect Question.
174. INDIRECT DOUBLE QUESTIONS.
I asked whether they were slaves
or free.
Or not, or no=necne.
utrum servi ea-tnt an liberi quae
sm.
Indirect Double Questions are introduced by
utrum ... an
— ne ... an
— an
— ne
kaud scio an. f ' **" '"clined to think
nescio an. 1 absit-Probahly
I Perhaps
There is an ellipsis of the first clause
forsitan (fors sit an) absit Perhaps, it may be that, he is absent,
175. Distinguish the following :
(a) I do not know who did it-nescio quis hoc fecerit.
Iiiiiinit Qiifstiint.
I know the man who did it-novi homine.-n qui hoc fecit
lii'Uiiit'i- ChiMHe.
]
he is absent.
1
'61
132
KXKnCISES.
A Rfl. Prnn. lias an antecedent expressed or understood.
A Dep. Intel r. lias no antecedent expressed or understood.
('') forsitan absit, -perhaps he is absent.
forte abest. lie hapjiens to he absent ; he is accidentally absent,
fortasse abest— peihnps, it is likely thr*. he is absent.
(<•) //, 11-hifher, or, in their different senses.
1. If you (lid this you made a si hoc fecisti, erravisti.
mistake.
If, si Conditional.
2. I ask if ,11 did this? num hoc feceris, quaero?
If, whether, num. Indirect Qupntion.
3. Whether di<l you do this utrum hoc fecisti, annon?
or not ?
JHrect Double Qnextion.
4. I asked whether you did it utrum hoc feceris, necne, quae-
or not. ' siyi.
Indirect Double Qnextion.
5. Whei! <r you did it or not seu lecisti, seu non fecisti, poe-
yci: hall be punished. nam dabis.
WhcMjr ... or; seu ... seu; sive . . . sive.
Double or Alternative Condition.
6. You either did it or you aut hoc fecisti aut abfuisti.
Were absent.
You may do either tlie (.ne vel hoc vel illud tibi facere licet.
o' 'he other.
Either ... or ; aut. . . . aut ; vel . . . vel.
Disjunct i re Conjunctions.
aut' mnrks a sharp distinction ; 'vel' (connected with veUe) treats the difference
as unimportant.
EXERCISE L XXXII.
A.
Will the man he condemned or acquitted ? It is of great import-
ance to me whether the man .shall be condemned or acquitted^
Should a good citizen obey bad laws or not ? He asked whether a
good citizen should obey bad laws or not.
3. Whetliei- the enemy have been defeated or have retreated is
uncertain.'
4. It^is incredible^ how often you have been wame.1 not to nut con-
titieiice ni .such an untruthful man' as Cains.
5. Whtther death is an everlasting^ sleep or the beginning of another*
life IS dithcult to tell.
1.
2.
KXKFJCI8KS.
1 n.*?
«. Ko K„re and l,.t .n. know whon you intcn.l to return.
together, what ,,hu. you f^mned ^ '' '''""" '""" '••^"••''
H. I asked him whether he noe<le.l« ,no„ev or n.en
J>. Whether he was aHluiniefl and sorrv for hi< ,1.., i ■ • ■ ,
gh..i<,l- in it I know not. ' "' '"' •''''""'■'' '"'^
IC. Whether you ought to gu or remain at h.une 1 .-annot tell yuu.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
B.
Whether you go or stay makes a great dilTerenee to n.e
VV liether you go or stay, the work nu.st he done
If you did tiiis you nuiat suffer the punisliment.
Did you do tliis, is the question for us to decide
Ho was either killed or taken prisoner in that hattle
i ou may do it er.her hy force or seeretlv >*
I am at a loss« what to .lo. when to return. (17:{, note.)
He did not know whither to turn. (17.3, note )
I do not know what he is doing, why he is returnin-.
sionor, i,«ithAi)i. oide. "clam, -'dubltare.
EXERCISE LXXXIII.
Review 36. Eli„,i„..to the abstract nouns an., adapt to De„. „.err. construction.
1. He a.secrtained the iiumher of the enemy.
2. Can you tell us the date of your departure '
3. Wo all saw the nature and extent of the danger
4. \^ e told them our destination. (175 a)
5. You see the kind of man he is, his manner of life in his old a^e
6. I asked him his opinion ahout the matter. ^
7. He wishes to know the numher and size of the harbor«
S. No one can foretell the prohal.le duration of the war ' '
• ^^S:::l iJu.;'::"' "' '''-'' ''*^p^^""- ^-- -'"^ -•<! t.. reason
10. He knows not who were liis fathers mur.lcrers
11. He would not tell us his .ige.
12. Wo told him what his ,lutj- was in regard to the exile.s. '
13. We shall never know th
14. I w ill utter
15. I ^» ill tell y(ju my real
e manner of his deatli
my real sentiments. ( 1 7,5 a. )
opinion. (175 a.)
ai
134
EXERCISES.
.3
EXERCISE LXXXIV.
Thoir future route was now a nmtti r of serious perplexity
He preten.le,l n.uel, friendship kmanls tl.en. an.l sai.l llmt I„. hml
eou.o from tl.o king to inquire the reason of their exi.edition
'ttir.'!"*"!! ""* *''•' "•'"'' ^■',^'' •*^''i^>' »»"• .Spartans nn«ht nmrel,
into tlie Persian empire and obtain jH.ssossion of th.; eit y
4. Sinee these mattere have all Iwen revealed hy nie in the Senile T
w. now Ijiietiy unfol.l tl.em to you. feIl..w-litizenVi ord eftl^v
y^^may know both their extent an.l the manne; of Jhdr Vus-
.-.. And when I saw that they were still with us and ha.l rcniainerl at
Kome. I spnt all my days and nights up<,n this ub[.^ "t . 1 1
miglit feel and see what they were doing, what they xu-re ploc-
(i. While the elephants are Ix-ing taken across the river Hannikal
ha.l in the meantime sent five hun.lred ^^ln.idia lu.s" S
Rn.na„ camp to discover-' the .K.sition and nullillS of thdr forces
ami their probable intentions.* loices
7. The <Jauls force travellers,* even against their will.s to declare
fr«n what district they have eome and what thev lave 1~1
alxiut each important* matter. - 't^ainul
^' ^!!!^Mr.r" ^^"'h '>«. persuaded to ele,.t to office those who in the
piist have served t leir own interest rather than that of thesnte
'ineo. ^specularl.
'So much, adeo.
'Quldparo. 'Viator. » = Unwiiii„^.. inyitus. "gravlB.
EXERCISE LXXXV.
Rapid QntsTiou and Answbr.
to others to Ik, slain ?^ If you oharJ'sTiJI'T r, j «V ^^ ^"'■'' *"'"
answer is) he was not at Vome if^ av ha^^'he' ic'iTT' ' ^"'l
others, I ask (through) slaves or freemen If tl.m. I, f ""'"?«*'
men ? (Was it) a na'tiJe* of Ameria'r th^ JLsi iS' iiX' " y v
If from Ameria, who are these" VVh^, o..« *i. / 1 eity?
Through whom did he five it 1 How^di di.Ui: gi " ? ''' '" ^'"" '' '
'percutio. 'See 74. "argruo. ♦Amerlnua 'aicarinB »n^^^r~, T"
with Ace. 'Gettodote.pe«uade. 'vWU^ °'"^- ' <'<»°'«'»1'«
^4-
A' \ ?^ j^tl
CAUSAL CLAUSKS. jgg
LESSON XXXVTII.
176. CAUSAL CLAUSKS.
Causal clauses are introducod h\
^77. quod, quia, quoniam.
Socrates accusatus est, quod cor- So,.-.*.
rumperet iuventutem ' ^'''" ''•■•""" '"••••"'-^ ^'^^
'"«-it'cusers.sai.l)h., <„,Tui)l..,l
TI,;« T^- , , ^ "*'"""*"*• n"vl« war with.,ut a cans...
pl .:::;,,'• ;; ■'.'"'"° "■■ - »"» ««» >-,„ ,„ „„„.
or-pe/kc" ft li,e ' '•'•/r''''''' "*"• "J- "' "»" '1'" "rite-
'78. non quod, non quo.
reason. ' "' ^'"'"^^' "'*'' I"'^'-- ">tr.duci„g the real
;r;mH with the ,SV>j. is often rV,W
The cause is thus stated n.,t as an actual f-ioi ».„f
ceived in tlie mind. ' "^ ''"* ""^' *-'""-
quae cum ita sint sin,. this is th., case.
Qn^ often introduces a Causal clause = inas„,uch as he
i^^ r;:^r ^ -^^--^ ^-t-- ^^^ •>« ...1
, oncursare. foreseen nothing, began to hustle
about.
- 1
I'll
136
I8l.
roNf'KH.sIVK (LAUSrS.
Causal Relative and V.O.O.
Iiiasiimrh us the (\ius,il Siil.j. or V.O.O. .n,,! Taiml Roliifivo
must, ho tli<.r.Mii,'lily iin«lorstn.ul in imU-r to tmnslatt! Hcciiratuly,
tlio stiul.iil is a.lviscl t.. tmnslato the f(>ll.)wing Hcntonccs and
imti' tlu> ojiHos of tlic'st! :
Diimnorix omnibus primo precibus peterc contendit ut in Gallia
relinqueretur, partim, quod insuetus navigandi mare timeret, partim
quod religionibus impediri sese diceret (lie wiw, tin he said, afiai.l).
NoTK. diceret is nttrnrtHi into Siii.j. from timeret ; Impedlretur would havo
iHMt, th.. for... fxiHct..!. Thm use o( dlcei ■„ how..ver, in <,iiit.- <on„„„„.
eum interfici Caesar iubet, nihil hunc. se absente, pro sano factu-
rum arbitratus. qui (iiiasnmch as hv) praesentis imperium neglexisset.
at Cotta. qui cogitasset, haec posse in itinere accidere, nulla in
re communi saluti deerat. '
veritus ut hostium impetum sustinere posset, praesertim quos
recenti victoria efferri sciret. litteras Caesari remittit (os,K-.iallv siiuv
iif liiifw tlicv wen- «']atc(l).
omnibus precibus detestatus Ambiorigem, qui eius consilii auctor
fuisset (cuisiiig A. with all manner of inipreratioiiN Deeausc h,- had \hhh\
till- author of the conspiiaiv).
Caesar unum, quod cohortes ex statione essent emissae, questus, vU:
tum Caesar, qui haec omnia explorata haberet, redire statuit.
O fortunate adolescens, qui tuae virtutis Homerum praeconem
mveneris (in that you found a Honur to herahl your valor).
182. CONCKSSIVK CLAUSES.
(<») Though it is a fine day, yet I will not go.
(/>) Even though it Ik; a fine dav, ")
However fine a d.,y it .nay he, /^ "*'" ""* g°-
In (a) tlie concessive clause makes a statement as a fact.
In (h) the concessive clause makes a statement merely hypo-
thetical as a coiu-eptum of the miud.
Concessive claiisps take the Indic. when tliey st.te a fact ;
tli<' Subj. when they state a mere conception of the mind.
183. quanquam, etsi and tametsi
merely contrast two facts and are followed by the Indic.
CI.AIJ.SKS OP COMPAItlHON.
1:57
'^^- quamvis, licet, ut.
'/""m/v.s (iK.wovtT iniicli vn wish) /„,/ ,1, ;. 11 ,
^°5. cum, qui.
^ --. ultl...„„, i,.U-..<l..cn.. . c..n..c.s.iv.. duu..., is f.,„...... ,.,
^>:t:i!i:::^ir''"^^^^ ^.-^^iv. ....... ,,.„...
id tulit factum graviter Indutiomarus suam eratiam u.fpr
186.
7V.n,,,*o>H «o,..etin.es.,„./ .,,, u.ul i..tr.Kl.u...s a pnnnnal ..lu.s..
quanquam quid loquor. An.l v.t « I, y ,|,. I „,„.,,k "
thon f..ll,m8 tho rules f„r c.„„Uti,.nal da...M.s. '
CLAUSES OK COMI'AIMSON
In all ckuHcs ,>f Con.pamo,. tho ....u-ral rule .l.u,r...iniM« n
..f to huhcafve and S..l,j„nctiv. l...l,l,s an.l is a s.^uJIl,,,,.
ll.u f..ll..wn.g Hontunces ill„s,,ato tl.o .litlcvnt tv..es TI, v
mostly idiomntic and sl.ould l.u carefully „. .ted. ' ^'^ ' "'"
188. With the Indicative.
As we have shown uIk.vc. ut K„T,r-, a^^
n„ 1 , "' supra demonstrav mus
Ui nrir^"^"'"^' ^'--^ ^^- -- --. —it.
J^ «V■n^ .i.em.</,„,>.Z.m, ^mrnn, ar, an.l Crrela.ive.s (l-'M j,,
U2) go appropriately with the Indicative " '
189.
In many cases the thought both in English an.l Latin cnn 1..
expressed l.y different idi„n.s. ' ''^
13S
r.XKKCtSKS
III- w IS imiiiihImiI as Ur iI.hii vnl perindc ac meritiis est, poenas
persolvit.
Ill- |)ai<l I III' |Mii;ili\ whi.h III' poenas, quas dcbiiit, persolvit.
nii'i'itril.
*•'■ " •'* I '•"''••' »l«'iii>iv.illy, nr, merito, ..i pro ineritis, poenas
luiiiitliii^ to liJM (Irsciis. persolvit.
190. With the Subjunctive.
H<' wiiH |iiiiiis|i((l ju8t lis if III' perindeac si meritua esset, poenas
tlcHcivcil it. persolvit.
A piinir «nsiii<l just as if tin' trepidatum est quasi hostes iam ad
••iHiiiy wnr iiin'iuly at tin- poftas adessent.
gut I'M.
('<>iii|Min! (Niiulitioiiiil OlaiiHON 20.'{.
(^iKisi, tiiiKimuH, hinifiium si, nliit, rdut ,s/, „t si, just „s ij\
go npiimpriiitoly witii this Suhjnnctive.
EXERCISE LXXXVI.
1. Flaininius coiKluotMt tht) cuin{Niigii with more Ixiitliu'SH than
ciuitioii (.%).
'2. A fow, hut (ac) almost all tho In'st men iijiiv.-.l with lliii , hut.
a.>< >;cn«'rally hapjKMis, ((uantity outvi»t«Ml ijualily (tht- uriiilit
imrt oiilviitcil' tht! hi'tti'i).
8. A iiiief'.s inthu-nw is in proportion to tho niimht-i of his ii-'htinL'
im-n. "
4. May the gods .so siUTifiw' mo, aa 1 sliall (fut. pf.) sanifiit- this lamh
6. All tiio Id'st nu-n aiv intim-ncid* l»y lovo of gloi v.
6. Hoj,'iihm imshi-il asiiU-^ liiii friends, who wi-ro delaying his return
to Curthiige, just as if hu were sottiii!,' out .0 thtVountry.
7. Wf dfswnd into Italy, ready to fight more holdly and mure
hravely tiiaii the enemy, in 'pro|M>rtion as (mr iiope i.s grcnin.
and enthusiasm (animus) i.s ^jruater in those who attaekl han ni
thoso who defi'iid.
'vlnco. '-'mactare. Muco. 'dlmceo.
EXERCISE LXXXVII.
Reincnil>er 36 for all abstract iioiuia.
1. His acts corresponded with his words.
2. His life was in acconlance with his professions. '
3. The matter turne<l out as I expected.
4. They fought in the same order in which they luul been drawn up.
I liiivo (irlfil in arror.liin,.,. hjiIi my .Intv.
W«< (iiniiot pr.iisi.l ,„ ,,i„,H,ili..M |iM<.ii',|,.H«.rls
^...l lm\<,act...| iit viukti.Mi of your pn.iniM.M.
N '•III- u.iioiiH arv iiir.,nsis|,.nt willi v.mii wokIh.
I.TJ
». Ho inlliH...! ..n tim t.ai.orM 11... ,,„nis|„n..nt th.'.y ,|,.„,.,.v...|
"• '''';;"' " ''y """"il"'! whh .I... Ih,...,! |..a,|,.r |„. ,|..„.,m., ...
rt'^.Z'r'' ^'''"'' '^ ''^'y ''^'^ n .i....,...:.:i";;vl. •;:
glory hy fl<M|inri(c.
I-'. VVI.i/o I ,un i» ann.,.,,...,,! with tl...M. ul„. ,„.,i,„ain (ha. w,,r ..u.^l.t
I...iceu,.M... aM.. ,..„„ J'^"'"' ^""" "'"^•' "'"' J"'f- -"^l-
Ki<'iil«-.l
in Im< (In lan.l, I cut iivly <li
liitiiiiralilc
'proflteor. .:, fessui.
-mereor
Willi.
lp:ss()n XXXIX.
191. TKMPOUAI. CLAUSKS.
(") dun, ea geruntur, Caesar ad Wl.ilo tl,.,«, acti„„H arc g.,i„. on.
castra rtvertitur. CicBar n-turnH to the can.,.
('') posteaquam equitetus noster Aft.r our cavalry oa.nc i,. si.ht
in conspectum venit, hostes tho .nomy H0.I. "
terga verterunt.
ir) dum reliquae naves eo con- }f„ wait... un.l.r an.hor ,.,„il ,h..
venirent, in ancoris exspec rest „f tlu- „hi,« .....1.1 avM,,.!.!,.'
tavit.
('/)priusquamse hostes ex fuga Heforo the enen.v ronl.l rec.vcr
rectperent. in fines Sues- fr..„. their Might", he I.d his ar.nv
Sionum exercitum duxit. into the te.ritory „f the Sues-
Hiones.
In (a) and (/,) the temporal clausen convey the idea of Time an.l
Jim, onl,j. 1 hey deal with actual occurrences.
In (c) and (.1) besi.les the idea of time there is involved the ideas
of purpose, aim, canxe.
thelndir'''''' ''''"''■' ^"""^ ^'""^ '' ''^"'""^'" ^^''i^'-^-^^^'^ ^^y
Time with the accessory notion of Cause ..r Purpose
by the Subj. ^
»^' /vtsamnHRK'TY
..!>;
140
TEMPOHAF, (1 VI'MKS.
192.
postquam, posteaquam nfiti
(simul atque) cum primuni
regularly take the Iiulic. ; Pf. tens
NoTB. -Kor the I'f. th« Historic Pre ii , .,,,
time Ih (leflnitfly Itatt-il in <luys, et«!. ; i i i|
pri>Hi)oil,
ut 'bi M it'll : simul, simul ac
t ><>n iiM,
uwd ; ami Ihf I'liipt. wliin thf
. f wlii'ii It roiitiiiiii'il Ktati' IN vx-
193 dum^ Nv.ili
regularly takes tho /m/,V. in the ' -s t,,,.. (Hist I'res.) h. denote
present or ]iHNt time.
194- dum, donee, q .pJ
take the Inilii'.
195- dum, donee, q oad i lii
take the Itulir. to state a fact, to i ulicate pure tune;
the tiubj. to indic-vtc expectancy, purpose or anticipation.
196.
antequam, priusquam.
antequannante . . quam), priusquam (prius quam) Ufoiv,
toke the Lul... to state a fact, to indicate men- priority of time;
the Subj. to indicate njotive or anticipation.
197.
CUM.
cum Caesar nuntios misisset, responderunt.
cum esset Caesar in citeriore Gallia, crebii ad eum nimores
adferebantur.
'cnm' is (he commonest of all conjunctions and most frequently
it is used of pa.st time and circumstances and guts vvilh tliu Subj.
"The reason is that while other conjunctions express the relation
of time and time only, cm introduces the circumstances which led
up to or accompanied the fact stated hy the principal verb and these
circumstances are looked up..n as nut merely precedi-i- ..r accom-
panying but as atfecting and accounting for the fact."
198. nam, turn, cum ex urbe Catilinam eiciebam, eos infirmos
sine illo fore putabam.
For at the time when I was seeking to drive t'atiline out of tin- city,
I thought that they would be weak without him.
ff»ff AlI fH^iM
BXKHCISKS.
Ill
™Aj„rri;:.°4z;™"' "-- '--■» p-k^,.. .™.
cum, ivterring t.. tl... past, takes-
tho //.,//,. (Iinperf., 1 1 int. pf.. „r F'liii.f w i .
Wl.uii pure time is in.licate.l .s,.,,,,. .s,„.l. „.,r,l ,m /„
i« often put in tho,uain dan... """""'"*" '" ' /'-.
199. cum, ref.., rin^' to tin- present or future
reBulnrly takes the /„,//,. denoti,,^, /,„,,. ,;,„
cuminportun,dico.inurbcm W...... r sa, int.. tl. ,,..,.., ,
nitan into tini city.
cum Ucent, clamant. ( NViitn th.y mv Nil.Mt ih. v shout.
t''''"^^''- «iltiK.. „„.an.s .v.-hunatiun.
^«»TK. cum .hnoting H it.iM.ate.i a.t in th.- pas,, s,-,. -I'J.
EXERCISE LXXXVIII.
wiK.;;';^:;; &r; i;'r;:,!',';':,,':;;,:;';;.', :■■'■; '■ ■«-»- '■
<m the scene.a ^ ' ' '''""" '"" ''MK.ns liav,. aiiixcl
The connuLs waited a few .h.ys for th.- alhcs ,0 asse„.hh>
..ot „„« .h.„ ei„„' r,;i;:r t, r'X ,.' ;'t ; "rrt"- ""■'
tho Me-uac-'- had not yet returne<l in i,l.. ■■ „ Y 1 ' ^' '"-■ '"-■"«»
-a
142
KXKKCISES.
iicconliiig to tlieir ciiatom, jumped off their horses, '» and after un-
horsing'* a considerable number of our men they put the rest to Higiit
and (Irove'Hhem otfso iKinie-stricken that they did not cease to tlee'*
until Ihoy came into sight of our army."
■quadratO agmine. 'cum with Indio. This type of expregsion though quite
comiiioii ill English must, as a rule, be avoided in Latin. ''Oinit ' on the scene.' «Uge
adj. quietus, 'sedes. Is. "vasa, orum. personal baggage, 'festinare used im-
personally. 'Bridge of boats- pi. of ratls, Is. »sati8. "' = wa8. "cum. "Moia.
'^ = leapt down onto their feet, '^delcio. ">agO. ••Cease from flight, •"anny
oti the march.'
EXERCISE LXXXIX.
The Indians had just packed up' and were preparing to make a move
from the camp when' they saw the soldiers coming down upon them.
A great many of them succeeded in jumping* upon their ponies, and
leaving everything behinil, them advajiced out of the village and pre-
pared to meet* our charge ; but when they saw the swiftness* of our
advance th'\v quickly concluded that it was useless* to try to check us,
and those who were mounted, rapidly rode away, while the others on
foot fled for safety to the neighl>oring hills.
■packup^yasacolllgere. 'Which is the logically principal verb? >equum
conscendere. ♦resist, susUin. 'Literally, or adapt to D. L Hhey would to no pur-
pose (nequicquam) try.
EXERCISE XC.
The next morning at daylight the march was resume*!, but before
they came out of the ravine' on to the level prairie a council was held
as to the best course to pursue. It was deemetl prudent to make a
bee-line across the mountains, over which the trail would be very
rugged and difficult but more secure. One of the party, a strong-
headed,' impatient* Scotchman, swore he had rather face all the Indians
in the country than attempt the tedious journey over the mountains.
As the otliers did not agree with his opinion* they all began to climli
the hills as fast as they could, in order to reach the top of the divide as
soon as possible. The Scotchman, who was many years older than his
companions, turned off from tlie party, and, though all attempted to
impress him witii the rasluiess of his conduct, he was deaf* to every
remonstrance,* and went off alone across the plains.
'Translate ravine, level prairie, trail, divide, impress, conduct, by common words.
Connect sentences properly, 'dnrus. 'Tehemens. These adjectives do not qualify
ScotUB in Latin ; translate ' the learned Cato.' They may be put in the Superlative ;
Latin Mays the colors on a little thicker than English.' 'Simply = (him). 'Translate
the simple meaning.
CONDl-noNAf. CLAUSES.
143
LESSOX XL.
200. CONDITIONAL CLAUSES.
If he said this, he nm.le a mistake.
A cc.nditional sentence consists of two parts •
The if-clause. containing the condition, calJed ,he /',./,./.
<^-"-sthe,ene^s,:::^;-S;;;;;^^^^^
inTtslSX! '""^ ^"^^ "'« ^"-"-S ^^ ^^- conditional sentence
Conditional Sentences ar, of Three Types.
201.
I.
If you say this, you are wrong. . .si hoc dicis erras
";:::i^tir;rrr--^^'^-^^^^--^-
If you do ^ ' ^ " "*'" '^'' ^'•""S- • •«' hoc <lices, errabis.
shall have done /*^"«' 3"u will he punished '^^' ^^'^ feceris,
If youhiivuanvthiiiir "ivf> it oj - j t. . ^ Poenas dabis.
'f - have ^nyU.U.^^{:^:'^,,:',r'J^^l^^^^^), ''■
k^^i- n.. SI hoc habemus (habebimus).
L In dealing with Facts: """'•
Use the Indie, in Any Ten.se, in both clauses.
The Imperative or an Independent Snl.j ,„.v t.k.. M
place of the indicative in the apodo,sis. "^ ""'
202. jj
If you were to sav this von ti.,.,.ij i
Jl. Conceptions -' '^' "• •
U.se the Present Subj. in Both
re Time:
(Sometimes the Perf.
Subj. iBi,»etl...Bi hoc
Ch
auses.
dizeris, erraTeris
Hi
)
144
203.
CONDITIO.VAL CI.AUsKs.
Til.
(a) If you were sayiiij,' this (now), si hoc diceres. errares.
you would l)o wrong.
If he had anything lie would si quid haberet, daret
give it.
{l>) If you had said this, you si hoc dixisses. erravisses.
would have Injen wion;'.
If he had had anything, he si quid habuisset, dedisset.
would have given it.
(c) If we had fought more bravely, si fortius pugnavissemus, libe: !
we would now be free. essemus.
. III. Condition Unfulfilled, Kesult Uurpaliz.'d.
Use tlio Inip(. Subj. for Present Time and Continu«>d
Action.
Use the Plupf. Subj. for I'ast Time and Completed
Action
in Either Clause.
204. Tlie same rules apply with
nisi = unless ; si non, si minus = if not ; sin ^ but if :
sive . sive ; seu seu= whether. . or.
(1) legati essent victi, nisi Caesar subvenisset.
redire nolebat nisi victor— unless victorious.
nisi rogatus— without being invited.
iussit milites non longius progredi. nisi castris munitis ( Abl. Abs. )
(2) si hoc feceris, gaudebo, si non feceris |
si minus
cum spe, si non optima, at To live v\ '■ .some hojM-, if n..,
aliqua tamen vivere. the Inglii st.
(3) hunc mihi timorem eripe, si varus est, ne opprimar, sin falsus,
ut timere desmam.
(4) sive manet, sive venit, bene Whether lie «tavs ..i ,„,nes, it i-^
est. well.
(«) 'nisi' negatives a whole clause, or word representing tiie
prolnsis.
' si mm ' negatives a single word. It is f recnu nl 1 y followed bv
at. tamen, certe, at tamen, at certe.
I aequo animo feram.
IDIOMS.
145
^^2^ n., .u nun, .i n.nn,., ,..ay be use.l with singl,. words or
('') nisi forte = uiiloss pciohiuicc.
quod si^imt if, now if.
205.
nisi vero = unless indeed.
dum, modo, dummodo.
provided, if only, on condition that.
oderint dum metuant. Let tl,,..,, 1, ,f •, ,
i^t them Jiate, provided (if only)
TeriwL"""'"^"™- 4H' '"■""" ■"■■"'" " >■''■
dustiy remains.
The .Subjunctive is inv.-iria))ly used.
TJie idea involved is that of ' Wish ' or ' Provi.so.'
They are negatived by the addition of ne.
206.
IDIOMS.
('') si quern ces^are viderat. . . . castigabat.
If ever he saw that anyone was hanging back, he corrected or
would correct, him. Cp. 212. • i-orrectea, or
(Livy and subsequent writers use the Subj.)
{b) lie will come if he ar«-veniet si potent.
if he wishes-veniet si volet. Obser^'e •preci.sion.'
('■) hoc facere ootuisti > r.. >.. i-, ^,
Jyni couhl /have done this, if
' you might lyou had wished.
('■) hoc facere potuisti | . r..
hoc tibi facere licuit J ^*'°'"*=s^s|;J
hoc facere debuisti
hoc te facere oportuit '.
hoc tibi faciendum fuit J
hoc.e^^;^„. \s.u..^s.C'2::t-:\:r^t2
1 '.•>*in^ tim
SI Iicuisset. \ on were likely to do this/ allowed
quid, si hostes ad urbem veniant, facturi estis
If the enemy should come to the city, what wouhl vou, Mhat
do you intend to, do? • ' "^"^
X puto eum impetraturum esse.
ipoak thus, I scarcely think he would
SI
10
u his request.
I4rt
IllRKfitrr.AR CONSTIllirTIONH.
Tl.cso i-xamples .!<. nnt iiivdvo n vinlntiun of tl,,. pcnoml nil...
A (lifn-mit, iu.mIo of ,.xpn-8siM„ t.. reproHont, n .limT.-nt, tli..uKl.f
tnkoH tl.o pl.-ioo of tl.o r..;,Mil;ir '.,.....,1.' Tl.o ;.,..s.s//,;///„ ,/„/„ „,•
n,tr,U,on ,.s „..t 'co,uliti.,.u.<l,' nm- ro,,re.scnt,o.l us 'uMmJizci' or
'cdiiliviry to fact.'
('/) haec si tecum patria loquatur. nonne :npetrare debeat?
qiubus ego si me restitisse dicam. nimmm mihi sumam, et non
Sim ferendus.
quodsi Catilina in urbe ad banc diem remansisset . dimican-
dum nobis cum iUo fuisset it would Imvo Ur.-u .......ssaiy for
us to light liint.
itaque, credo, si civis Romanus Archias legibus non esset
perficere non potuisset - h.> \v..ul(l not liavo 1,.,.,, ,,1,I(..
lu tlu'so oases tl.o i.K-H fxprnsscd l.y the verl, of possibility ,l„ty
ov ncooss.ty is itsolf ' conditioned,' and the regidur rule is followo.!.'
Touiparo 'you nii-I.t liave done this if you liad wished' with 'you
woul.l havo Leon aide to do this if he liad lielped you.'
(e) Conciitional Ohvuses sulKJi-dinate to Consecutive Clauses,
liulinrt Questions, etc.
mUites tarn fortiter pugnaverunt ut, nisi nox intervenisset. hostes
terga versun fuerint, I.m.
rogavit quid facturi assent (or fuerint) si pugnandiim esset.
207. IRREGULAR <"ONSTRUCTI()NS.
perieram nisi tu accurrisses.
si fractus illabatur orbis
impavidum ferient ruinae.
I had ih-HsIkm!, had you not tun to niv
assistance.
If heaven Ytv rent and on him fall
The crashing mass will strike hut not
appal.
These are real exceptions, the or.linary form hein- .liscanle.l for
one ,niende<l to add life and vividness to the expression. The same
is done in English.
■^OS' si - in case (semi-final).
Hostes, si nostri flumen transirent, exspectabant ; nostri autem, si
ab eis transeundi mitium fieret. ut impeditos in flumine adorirentur
parati in armis essent. '
BXKRCISES.
..-'::r:,:;ri,zr:^,: :;:;;;;;,;;: ■ ;-- ..!.
in a ...... i J. L i.: :::i,";v:::,r""'" ■ ••■■ "• '» "-■'
EXERCISE XCI.
>• If th,. enemy should cross th,- river c,
tluiM. "^*^^ ( iioHur would fit on,..! attiuk
2. JfheisolK^yed, weshain,cs,«r«l
3. I you r.,t„m to the country you will l. sorry for it
■ ,''.«-o:j,':iit:,,-:;^.rLT,,,t'''' "- - - - m™.
EXERCISE XCII.
'■ ■'pLt? ""'" » '-« '«■«" .l-t„„.„, i, t,» ,. ,
2. TJo wh,,,o .,.„„ ,„,„„ ,„,. ,^^^^^^^_^^ .^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^
a IfC».„ we. ,.„„.,, „,„ .„„ „,.„,^, , ^^^^ ^ ^ ^^^^^ ^
6. If thiisc fell
would to-day \hi sold
"ws iiad followed Se
hands of th
e e
nemy.
ers in the Hon
mpronius as their leader they
onia.i ..amp, not slaves in the
lan c.
148
KXKHriHKS.
!?■
7. If Ih.'w,. were til,' w.M.ls ,,f Sriiipioiims. | mIiouM .■..iisidrr von
iifillKr 111,11 nor i{..iii;ms if n.) iiiii- Ii;ii| hI.hmI fort li'' to hcio'ikM
mull valor.
S. If llu> jiinlias-ft.lots lia<l merely iskcl lo !>.■ i.iiisoi l"^ | sliould
liiiv<' cxincsscd my opiiiioM lirii-tly.
' i:\|ii.«'< hy non. 'TIh' protasis U.i-^ H(.iiicliiii..!( t.. Uv H<i|>plirit nu.nlalU. Some-
ti.iu.H it i4 rrpn.. i,l«l l.v AM. Aim. 'eXSlstO. .'I. 8tltl. * (A«) a .•oinpaiii...,, COIUM.
redlmo, '<, emi, emptus.
EXERCISE XCIII.
Hut, fillow citi/.ciis,' t lure arc even sonic who sav that Catiline has
1.C.11 .riven into exile i.y inc. \o« , if | ,„u|,| aecoiupliHli it hy a word
1 would ea.st out tiic very men who make tlii.s 8t.iteinciit. Hut since
there arc men who say that lie ha.-* hceii east out wlicii lie lias gone out
what would thos,. same mvn sav if lie had Im'cii killed? 'Phcrc is no one
of them so pitiful- as not to prefer that he shouhl )-n to Manlins rather
than to Marseilles. Morcov.-r, he hims.lf. even if he had never
thought of tiii.s. that he is ,h,in;;. still would i>refcr to Ik- killc<l in
l.ni.'anda;,'cs rather than live in .-xile. An<l if tlicv liml Ih-cii willint,' to
<tej>.irt along with iiim s.M.ner and not, as^ is most'f.Hilish, had preferred
to remain in the city, wc should now timl'* Ihcm Ixjttcr citizens.
'Qulrltes. = miserlcors. ^atrocinarl. Mdquod. 'utor.
ti.
EXERCISE XCIV.
If Tacsar is afraid that the hridge has' In-en broken down he will
not leave his cam|).
He could have finished the work if he had had more time.
If the cn.iny once-: cross the river I am afraid their advance
eamiot he resisted.
They <()uld not have <lone this if they had tried.
If, soldiers. I were leading into hattle line that army which I had
with me 11) (Jaul. it would have Imen unnecessary for me to
speak to y()u : for what usc^ would there he in addressing those
Icgmiis with whi.h I pursued thi.s very enemy in his flight and
at last forced to surrender.
If you display the same spirit as yon have always before had, the
victory IS ours, soldiers.
If we were going to recover hy oui valor Sicily and Sardinia
merely (whi.h were) wriiiig^ from our fathers.^ still the rewards
would he ample* enough.
If anyone were to t.ik.> away the standards and show him to-dav
Larihagiiiians and Romans, I am ipiite sure he would not know
which army he is consul of,
VIKTtTAr, OHATIO OHMQIA.
si— Hcthi (iiial.
It9
ou?i,h:;;::..;:':.;;i:i:;:v;:..;;:r:'-^^^^ ...,...,
';;''';-..ati.nH«..t....L^i::;;;i;:;^;:j':,-
IflW
liis.
' ini!, K(X)tiiotc. =T<iiH(y ^refnrt 4.«in<. - —
209. Virtual Oratio Obliqua.
Rfvit'w 177.
Tho folI„win« exa.npl...s h1..,„M |,„ ..x,,>nnu-.l .•.■..•.■fulh u..! tJ...
c..i,.stm,ti.iii undciHt.MMl : ■ ' '"' ' "'*'
si quid de his rebus dicere vellpnt r ...... .1 . ■
feci potestatem. ' "',''"" ""i "»'l-t,u.ity (to
illius patientiam paene obsess- tC'I!:^::^;:: t::^"'-
.onem appellabant. si qu-dem pn.tii.K. T'li^j^.^' ru::
ex castns egred. non liceret. ..,..,, „,„'.„.,,,,, u;;./!..?:;;
et cum primum posset, in Vene- Auau^^Zm hi,.. ... ... ,...t ,„to
tosproficscMubet. ^he c,.,.,.t.y ,.f U,. V...,. ,! as
s<H.ii as In; is h\>'a'
magna proponit i.s. qui occide- Uc „i]W. ,,,,.at nw-mN t t.
rint, praemia. ,..,,„ , .„^ , ' "*' ' ^ '" ^'"'•^'•
_ , wliokillc.l orslionl,] kill |,,,„
OCCiaerint; V.o.o. representi.nr K„f. |>f. i„ ,,.,{
mortem tibi denuntiavit nisi paruisses.
vidit periculum esse, ne exutum impedimentis exprrifnm „- •
incolumem traduxisset. J.i vy, xxi, .J"""^"*'" exerc.tum neqmcquam
m
150
THK RKMTIVR — KECAPITrt.ATORV.
LESSON XLI.
THK RELATIVK-KKCAPITIILATOHY.
210. Qui, with Indicative.
lioviow the Houtoncos under Hcction l'J5 (.'{) nu<l (4).
The Uoldtivo qui i« „Ho<l in Adjoctivnl cluuscs contnininK .stat.,-
niontH of fact, whetlier of ii [uirticMilar or goninil cJuirm-tur.
211.
Qui, with Subjunctive.
The RelAtivo is uawl ifi the following kimU of dnuses re.iuirinK
the Sui)jiinctivo :
I. In Final Clauses. Review 142.
II. In Consecutive Clauses, Review ir»;{.
III. In Clauses of Chamcteristic. Review ir»«i.
IV. In Causal Clau.ses. Review 180.
"V. In Concessive Clauses. Review 185.
VI. In Conditional Clauses.
Compare the following with 201, 202, 203 :
qui hoc dicit, errat.
qui hoc dicat, erret.
qui hoc dixisset, erravisset.
212. RECAPITULATORY.
Compare the following :
quoscumque cunctantes viderat, casti^abat.
He used to, or, would, cha.stise whomsoever ho saw lajjging behind.
si quern cunctantem viderat, cauugabat.
cum or quoties (ut or ubi) suos cunctantes viderat, adhortabatur.
A Repeated Act in the Past is expressed by the Plupf. Indie, in
the Subordinate Clause, and by the Inipf. Indie, in the Princiial
Clause.
K.TKRnSKH.
1j1
213. Similarly
quoscumque v.dit cunctante,. cstig.t.
I'tr:'""'^ "^*' "■• "•"««'..« -^•........
I
;<.
».
">.
(J.
EXERCISE XCV.
10.
11.
12.
'''"'■ *'"'"^P".v «''"«<• I <l„„.,t know
VV».nl I will M,.,,,|„a I, ,„„„„,,„
'''''•'«'..l.^l...|,,,l.....wl.,.|...|p,h.„ns..Iv..M
'im.l.-„.,u,wh„„.M.,.„,ii,|„t,,,,,l,.„.
U l.,it ho WiuiU.I t., know. \u- askcl „f 1 1.
,, ''«•« " '»t » I1..M.. who kn.w.
'«n sent II ii|,.Hs,.||.r,.r K , 1., ) ■ II .
'"• "-.gl.t H,ul away to a'phu'-ofsaf '',;''""• "'"' "" "'"'- '" «''-''
;■•■ :" ' .""I- ;=. .'. t'K:;'',',: ;t"'r;,ri:":',;"»-''
'":::;;:;,;;;:;„;:'i:;'V;a>':;;.;:j;v;"' ' ■■"'■'• .-^. ,....
-"I. 11,..,,, „t great ri,k U, ,'!,"'-„,"':,.' ''"'>■ ""' """■.> .-..wit.,,!
'1
•^'^.quiB. =117. .cohibere. ^orbl.. ..eelcere.
it
1-^2 roNDiTrov.xL rtAUSEa iv oratio opu^rA.
LESSON XLII.
(■ONhTTIONAL (XAl'SKS IN OliATlO OnUQVA.
Ill-view f»:{, 54, 55.
Ace. with Iiifiii. forniH h part of O.O.
hf shhT.' oTi.''' """"""' """ "" ""'•"'■' ^■''"■"••" »"• I"" i"
Itevifw .Soquonco of Toiisos 148.
214. ,
O.R.
si hoc dicis, erras.
si hoc dicebas, errabas.
si hoc dixisti, errasti.
si hoc dices, errabis.
si hoc feceris, poenas dabis,
Type I.
0.0. Primary Heqitknce.
dico— te, si hoc dicas, errare.
dico-te, si hoc diceres, erravisse.
dico-te, si noc dixeris, erravisse.
dico te. si hoc dicas, erratunim
esse,
dico-te, si hoc feceris. poenas da-
turum esse.
O.f). Hi.sTORic Skquence.
di*|— te, si hoc diceres, errare.
^i'^l-te. si hoc diceres, erravisse.
dixi— te, si hoc dixisses, erravisse.
dixi-te, si hoc diceres, erraturum esse,
dixi-te, si hoc fecisses, poenas daturum esse
Note ..II that the fut. pf. indie, in O.R. beco„.es i„ O.O. Pf
J^ubj. .„ Prnunry Se.,uence, and Plupf. Subj. i„ Hi.storic Sequence!
215.
O.R.
si hoc dicas, erres.
Type II.
0.0. Primary Sequevce.
dico- te, si hoc dicas, erraturum
esse.
0.0. Historic .SEyuENt-E.
dixi— te, si hoc diceres, erra-
turum esse.
Type III.
1-»J
<»<» KlllIKU SK..M DN.K.
J'coi ,^ Si hoc diccres. erratu-
2X6.
O.K.
si hoc diceres. errares
•ihocdixisses,err«yi8ses dS>'I /""" ""e (esse." '"
217.
I li<>|M- In, will g,,t will.
I lioptMl J,e Houl.l g,,t woll.
fore ut.
spero fore ut convaJescat
J , . 'P"*^' fore lit convalesccret
I hope t»u, uty uill 1h, tuke... sp„o { ""'^"^ "Ptu.n iri.
(»') often in tlR,j,as.siv.,.Hith...lK.rv..,l,s.
^'^ futurum fuisse.
Ho s^vi.J ho w(,ul.l have takui, the T" "''bem capturum fuis<.e
^•^y- dixit j futurum fuisse ut urbem
Ho 8ai,J tJif rity woul.l have been dixif ft** ''*''*''**■
taken. ' ***'''* futurum fuisse ut urbs ca
Derefnr
219.
peretur.
^'ut. Pf. Infin. Pa.ss.
He hopes the eit, wi„ have I... sperat urbem captam fore.
9 * -m.
154
INItlKKCT NAKKATION OHATiO OHLK^UA.
LKSSON XLIII.
INhlinXT NAKMATION OliATlO (UilJQUA.
Hc'viow 5.*l, 54. IWi.
Accusjitivo witli Intiiiitivt' fnriiiH ji piirt of O.O.
Kovi«'w I7;{.
ImUri'ct (^m'stiniis form u purt ..f (>.(>.
Utn'ii'w 177.
Cnii.s.il Subjmu-tivf fminH u purt of ().(). V.O.O.
Uuview 1W>.
(H.jwt ClnUsos after VftbM ..f Coiiii.iaiuling, iU., form .i
|Mirt of ().(>. (.(/ iH often oniiHed).
220. O.R. 0.0.
(..) I «uw tl..- man who kill..! ll.f He sai.l |„. saw tl,.. ,„an wh„
•*'"«• killf, th,. king.
vidi eum qui regem interfecit. dixit se eum, qui regem inter-
fecisset, vidisse.
Principal Declarative Clauses are put in Ace. witji Jnfin.
Kelative Clauses a?e put in the Sul»j.
(h) I canio into (Jaul Inforo the ArioviHtus replie«l to Cdesar that
Hoinan iK'ople .li.l. What do he had conio into (iaiil Iwf,,,,,
you nu-an? Why do you coniu the Roman jMoph-. Whatdi.l
into my possessions? he (Caesar) mean ? Wliydi.l
lie come into his lioniain ?
ego prius in Galliam veni quam Ariovistus Caesari respondit ;
populus Romanus. Quid tibi se prius in Galliam vcnisse
vis? curinmeaspossessiones quam populum Roman urn.
^^•^ '' Quid sibi vellet ? cur in suas
possessiones veniret ?
Interrogative Clauses are put in the Sul.j.
Subordinate Clauses are put in the Sul.j , F^esson xlii.
(c) What is more trivial or more Wltat wa-^ more trivial, etc-,
disgraceful than to adopt a
plan on the advice of an
enemy ?
.i^l-
Whi^
"■■:iS£:*
siliutn capere.
1 ..",
Vour . l.iM,,.,, |„^,,„ ^„^,^^,
^Vli.n Mill t|„.yr,.f,„.„,
profecti sunt liberi veitri
quando redituri sunt ?
Tlirir rl.il.lr,.,, |,a,| ^„„„,
••m liberos .liorum profectot
psse.
, . <I"*ndoreditiirosfore?
nenosarmisdespoliaorde- neTlr™ . .
spoliaveris ( l,;i;). * "* '""'^ ^-'fspo' arot,
•"*«••»• ll.o l,af,l.. fur ,1 lit,,,. ,, , ,, ,
Paulisper intermittite oro^ „.'';*''^' ''"•.''"»'" «|,j|...
lium. P'***- '^•tes certiores facit, paulisper
I>.. not move you, can.p ..c-an-r ,,.;"^*""'"*'-«nt Proelium.
nepropius nos castra move „""' "'""I' "'''"••'■' '"•-".
<"moveris(l,i,i) "'^ P™P'" « castra moveret
Ti.„ T petierunt.
".e rnijuTHtu-.. is ,.ut in the 8ubj.
221.
General Rule for O.O.
222.
SPKCIAL POfNTS.
(') The Co-ordinating Relative.
flna* IV\ <■* . t
quae {ore suspicatus, Labienus ^r,„ ..
tl.o ...avah,.. "^ ""*' ''"^ ''"-^ -'"''J '-ur, «end. forward
156
OHANCKS IN PIJONOUNS AND ADVIOKHS.
sed hostes, ubi. quos fugere credebant. in se ire viderunt
statim terga verterunt. '
But tl.., e,u.„.y, wlu-n tlu-y s.iw ,|,,,t tlios... wlmiLev LdLv..,!
wore tK..m^'. wco udvaiuing u,,„„ tlK..ns..lv,s. innn.diatelv
turned their bjieks.
When the Rel.ttive, as often in Utin, takes the place of u
Denionstmtue it follows the construction of a principul clause.
(2) Clansps .•ilready in tho Suhj. wil| ,,..n,iiu so.
WhatH.nlln.l..? What was he to. In -
quid faciam? (I)elih. .s«hj.) quid faceret?
Whither are we to gol
quo eamus?
Whither were thev to go?
quo irent? or
quo sibi eundum esse?
r^t u« not despair. ^" '"'" '""'''■'' "'""' *'" ' '"''"""i'- )
ne desperemus. (Hort. Suhj.) ne desperarent. ... ..ft.ner
non esse desperandum.
*^^ "^Bacenis^"'*" **^^ '"' '"^"'^ magnitudine quae appellatur
The Indie. .s..nietimes appears in a clause in the nii.l Oratio
OM,q„a. Such a clause is an Independent Staten..=nt n.ad;. l,y the
writer or reporter, and is added by way uf explanation.
(4) The Se.,uence .,f Tenses is sotnetin.es changed in a reported
speech. A change from Hist.,ric Sequence to Primary is inu.ift for
the sake of vivi.lness, to give more life to the speaker s words.
(5) The Intr.,ducing Verb is often not definitely expressed, being
imj)lied in some w.trd or phrase.
Aedui legates ad Caesarem mittunt rogatum auxilium : .te (savinu)
COS hortatus est ne flumen transiret : et.-. (saying).
223. chan(;es in puonouns and adn kkijs
OR. 0.0.
I t..ld you this yesterd.iy. H.. ha.: tohl him that on t he pevious day
haec tibi heri dixi. (dixit) se illi e4 pridie dixisse.
1. ego, nos, iM'come se (in the Noin. ipse. ipsi).
meus, noster, lHH'.)nio suus.
2. tu, vos. Ix'ion.e ille (.lonietime.s is).
tuus, vester, hocnie iliius, illorum ; ipsius, ipsorum.
IM^M^''?!^€T^i3m
^i^fi^^MK^
QMEimm-m
RXRRCISES.
157
3. hie and iste, l)ec„,no iHe ,„ is
4. nunc, hodie, hie, heri, eras, h...o,n.. ...,.,..,iv..Iv
i-^OTK 1.— Violations of those ..,.i,..,-.,i . ■ .
nouns and advcriw of O R ^^ ■-^'"'■7"»"^'I''^-s oocur. Tl.o pr...
Caesar we find uos and .^J^^ Z:Z::tnu''r''"''''- '"
find the proper name. •^''^"'•'iny „. ().(). 1,,,^,^,, ^^ .^^^, ^.^
Note 2.— It is possihi^ tint H, • • .
the reporter and the nerl o.? "" .*"''r;""'' •'^'•-'-'- -K^t also I.,
addressed by the rep:;' In 1 .f'^^''^' ;"»-'--'. the p.......
change as above stated. ' pronouns would not
EXERCISE XCVI.
Write the following; i„ „.„. hj,,,,,,^. se,„„.„,.„
A.
quid vos hanc miseram ac tenupm
i*ni esse fortunatissimis ? tribus horS" AH '"1 ^'^^^^"'' ^^"'""^ ""^
hue omnes suas fortunas exe eL rI^ ^^*"'^ venire potestis :
tantum est. ut „e murus quidem dLf possi^"'" '°"*""^ ' P""^"'*^"
extra munitiones audeat ^ "^^"^ quisquam egredi
in^:^";^; : :::;issti;^::;r • •'-- ^-"peduo atque
saepenameroimperatoripraestitSfs TtnT n ""''"' "'^*"^^'"' 'I"^"!
cernere existimate. ^^^''t'st's. atque ilium adesse et haec eoram
quid dubitas, Vor-ne? anf «.,« i
EXERCISE XCVII.
Write the following ^"^ '" " "•
COinO.O. Frigtories.,,„enoo.
On ascertainiiiir the lix.iilit,. ...
to annoy them in ove;;'::!^^JVr"*'u It ''""""^' "—I at on.,
tho.r animals an.i «et ti/e „, tl.H, 'ti-.ins P ""■ ';^"''""" "> -aptun^
before them ami on their Hanks k;.' """ "'^' ^*''"'^' '-i nu- •
surprises; blockarle the ro; I.v f^ r ' "' '""" ^I^'^xml' bv n ?. h'
where you can. Keep ydrlne^ S^^l.!;,^:. -;;'-tr!n>« illg;
l^uanl ag.uHst .Sill piLsfs. Save lif.. ..i..r , "'"=" ■!« I«>.ssibie .ui.l
not wish to she.. 1 drop of bi:j;f itti^^ i;^:::;:,^^. /^^ i-'>'>i«^ ^ we";;:
ri
fim^aDfli^iii^'')'*';
ded
158
ADDITIONAL HINTS ON TRANSLATION.
ADDITIONAL HfXTS ON TRANSLATION.
I.--'Tmnslate the thought, the whole thought, an.l nothing hut
the thought, 18 the tinst principle in L.Uin Prose. This applies not
o.. y to sn.gle wonls an.l phra.ses, but to sentences and extracts
V\ hen you .see the adjective ' right,' you have to con.sider whether
it nu.ans proper,' 'suit.l.le,' uptus, commodm, id,.n,„.; '.sound '
as applied to the mind, '.san^.v'; or refers to the hand, 'doxbr' • or
...eans 'true,' r.ru. ; or ' ju.st,' a.,p,.us, in.tus. The proper concep-
tion <,f the n,..unn.g of a sentence will in some measure determine
he order of the words. The thought must be expressed simply,
forcibly and e.gantly. To express it forcibly you must know thC
emphatic word ; and iu L^vtin writing you can by the arntngement
of the words indicate the importance of words as clearly .as y.-u do
ni spoken English by the tone of the voice. In the same way you
nuist grasp the exact, true meaning of th. extract, and give each
iwrt of It its proper force and setting.
II. -Latin admits of only logical relation... English, particularly
in connection with nouns, allows loose constructions in great num-
bers which have no place in Latin. In ' the battle of Cannae "of
does not indicate a Genitive relation. You must say ;>u.,Ha Cunnen,vs
ovpugna ad tunnas farta. In Exercise LI, 'the battle of the swamp'
should liave been expressed hy puy.ui ad p^dn^kni or in palude facta
To his bn.ther in Rome' is ad f rat ma qui Romae erat, if the inten-
tion is t<, di.stingui.sh 'the brother in Rome' from other brothers •
but generally the meaning intended is Romam adfratrna .s»utm, and
m no case can the English idiom bo reproduced in Latin This
principle is of wide applicati.m. and is closely related to the general
precision and truthfulness of Latm. In 'you began tlio war with
Saguntum, you must finish it with Rome," Saguntum ' and 'Rome'
are too abstract to be admissible; they must be r.-duced to the con-
crete Sagunt.nes ' and 'Romans.' In this cmnect.on it should also
l)e noted that abstract terms or inanimate things cannot to any -reat
extent be personified, and so be represented as agents; theyshoul.l
<.nly be represented as tlie cause or means. 'Neither arms defended
tlie valiant nor 8ubmi^sinu tl-.' tim..rous.' and all such expressions
are quite niadmissiblo in Latin. You must express in some such
liwii'ii "I f'liii I'll iiiinii I" iv^ij nn ifiiiiiflM"H!ii"iiimiiiiii'fcm
MODELS.
lr)0
-.V ..s Hus: ^ „...,„. Mt.. ,,,„, , ^ „„,,,,,,, ^^,^^^^,^ ^^^^^^
■stu.lent must reniemher that any ..nlin.rv .L.^ f '
the authors ho is reaclin., t^ ., '""•"",'1' fanuh.inty with
I unaoic to gue expression to what is in its ini„.l TI.
expansion <,f its i,i,..., „,,,i ,^^ . , . ' "^^ nnnd. ih.!
expenence derived from numerous JZ^ S s i,^ H \";'
..f T- .u .• and in the writing of continuous prose , '^'"t
a matter of knowing wor Is us ifc is ( fi V ""'*'''
RoM-an n.ethod.s of thought Th V ' ^"'""' "^ '^'''^1'^-^-" ^<>
to ^^^ most «i.ap,e, d;:::^..^:r:::;:7:'--'- .'^^
".et1..ds of R,.„..„ expression/rLnZ^thrth"' •''/'"
Latin is invariably the best. ''-'"O^nng that the suni)!est
MODELS.
Balance a.m. Proportion of Chisks
«rbifermlUn>ma,„.„i„iCem ,1 r'""'!"'- ^^^ «q"e huic
outi::t;vf:,^„!:;;::::i :;,';:™ -• "■-) '»• .'"-, .„ ,„ „ .„„
ti.r.a,„„i„„ ,„„ „„j ,„„ oft/wui'r .,;:;;:':;■; °"""'"' "» ■■ "■>•■
iml
160
F.XKIICI.SES.
meis. e flamma atque ferro ac paene ex /aucibus fati ereptam et vobis
conservatam ac restitutam videtis.
Impassion'ki) Attack.
Ut ig^itur in seminibus est causa arborum et stirpium. sic huius
luctuosissimi belli semen tu fuisti. Doletis tres exercitus populi
Romani interfectos : interfecit Antonius. Desideratis clarissimos
cives : eos quoque nobis eripuit Antonius. Auctoritas huius ordinis
•dflicta est : adflixit Antonius. Omnia denique, quae postea vidimus
quid autem mali non vidimus ? si recte ratiocinabimur. uni accepta
referemus Antonio. Ut HeUma Tioianis, sic iste huic reipublicae
causa pestis atque exitii fuit.
A Nick I'f.Hinu.
Alco, insciis Saguntinis, precibus aliquid moturum ratus, cum ad
Hannibalem noctu transisset, postquam nihil lacrimae movebant
condicionesque tristes ut ab irato victore fercbantur, transfuj^a ex
oratore factus apud hostem mansit, moriturum affirmans. qui sub
condicionibus iis de pace ageret.
Cn. Servilius consul, levibus proeliis cum Gallis factis et uno
oppido ignobili expugnato, postquam de collegae exercitusque caede
audmt, lam moenibus patriae metuens, ne abesset in discrimine
extremo. ad urbem iter intendit.
Inter haec ab Hasdrubale, postquam a Placentiae obsidione
abscessit. duo Numidae, cum litteris ad Hannibalem niissi. cum per
medios hostes totam ferme longitudinem Italiae emensi essent, dum
Metapontum cedentem Hannibalem sequuntur, incertis itineribus
Tarentum delati, a vagis per agros pabulatoribus Romanis ad Q.
Claudium propraetorem deducuntur.
EXERCISES.
1.
TlR.n- tl.e eavahy haltcl as if at Ih.- en.i of their rnanl,, an.I %vhoi
HanmlKil m astomsiuni^tn asked what was tlir (mmsi- .,f the delav
an.swer was made that the loek was iiiipas8al)le.
Same piece adapted.
There when the cavalry had halted as if at the en-l <,f the journey, to
Ha.m.hal wondering what tjdnjr was .lelaying the line, if is announeed
tnat the rock is iinpas-sahle (invius).
MHPm iT^kjmaswwmtansam^amr
/*it ' . jj *
KXERCISKS.
161
.S'":''::'/.W'^'""^"H''^f'"'t to giv. th..i,
aoccpta.,,-,. ; at th.'«iin..rhn.^''"''i'V *''"" ^V ^^tntcm.-ntsatoor.-a.lv
A .•ei.u,r,„i^,u ;inrti;::„; ■;;.;: :' Cih;:" ^';,:r"t '^-'v'"'-
H-as <<)i,ru.„.,s. H.- icrix,.,] ,1,. 1 , -■ "'f '-[''y, a.<-.,i-,li„glv,
avail,.,! lu.nsolf „f tl.o , , i s w i' . H^ T ,"'"«' "-'l'/ ""''"'•-' '«"<
but foi,o.o.i their gji.4':;ti:^;i: in:;:'- .~;ii;v.!:::;:;;^!:;i'-p"'»^''>''
Same picpe a,l;iiitiKl.
Han,m.alor,lomnies. ers fl^^U „;^''^'^'"'".'« ''''"--'"l of tJ.o li„e.
Italy a.Ki the plains ,:.ri t" I^' ^j^ ^^ i:^-;:;; vr^H^'^ri ^"
They weiv t icn, he a^^ured tlw,.. - L. ' ^ <ic Uio tout of the Alps.
Italy .n..n.iy, i-ut thos. ::; u!e^i^.:i ' ^j'^ ;::t,^"" ^^^"«-' -»-'^
Same jiiotp adapted.
S';-i;;::';;:::ra';:i.!:;:UiS;^^^':^^^^^^^^^
«tt'-;;:;;: 'L^S n^^
the walls .,.„ ..,.ly of luly Unt .:^:: ^ft}:' lllZn^i^y:"'' """ ""^^"'^
Whih. all wen- overjoy..] at hearing t
says: "Well,' ||a„„„ ; "
ng the wonls of .M,,gn. mmil,,,,
esented' f,,,- reproa.hile'^ Han.,,.
a;^;i,;.t r;:,;.::; 'HmZJ'Z 'Z- "7''^"'^ 'I'v-^^'- ^^^'^^^'^
suchs,„.,.e-.sthatt inks 1 - "'"■"lercl : forl.„I in the fa,:o of^
the Ro.„an .e;:::^:' -n'l^L'c;;,';:;-!;;^ 1:;;; an:;;.!::.'^""^ • '^^ - '--
tluTf «as.
Carthajrinians.
Increpo, i. ' quid est?
•itr-pcMs. -InwithAl.l. '>fthe
J?"" '!;:;".:V'"'•'"■''^^;'' """'1 •'-•■ k".- ...>•«.,, ,o.,iav. .:....,...
I J " " "''^"' '''^' -•"'■'^'' >vj'>ieing J nnghl not say anything
162
EXRRCIMR5;.
to .ktia.t frnin your joy ; now, however. wh<'n a scnivtor <niostion'<
mo wlietlur I .iiii still agiiinst tlio war with Honu-, Nik-iuo upon my
nart nii-lit lio conslniwl as either pride orHorvility, of wliicii tlie former
l)«tnk« 11^ a niJin wiio has not .sntficient respect for the lil)ertv of others ;
the latter, one wlio has not sufficient respect for his own lilierty."
Same piece adapted.
"I would have k.pi aiU-nt to-day. Conscript Fathers, in order that
annd the common joy of all I might not say anything which could Ik-
less joyous t<) you ; now, to tho senator (luestioning me, whether it still
repents iw of tli.- mmp undertaken against the Romans, if I should \,r
silent (reticeo! 1 should ajJiK-ar either proud or servile (obnoxius) of
which the one is (the characteristic) cf a man (who has) forgotten other
l)eoi>le's lihei ly, the other (of a man ".ho has forgotten) his own (lilwrty).
0. -PKKionic.
The townspeople, after forming a junction with the exiles of the
Oleadcs, a trihe sulxlued in the previous summer, stir up' the Carpetani,
and having attacked Hannibal on his return^ from (the territory of) the
\'aeeaei, not far from river Tagus, threw his army, laden with
l)luiider, into confusion
■Incltare. =regredior. riirow into confusion— turbare.
7. — Pkkiodic.
Hannihal ])ilched his camp on the l»ank. but as soon as rest ant
sill II. e .settled down' upon the enemy, crossed the river l.v a ford, am
leaving sufiii i,iit room for the enemy to cross, determined to attacl
them in tiie a<-t of crossing.
' =»as on the part of
fUitab.
and
1
k
8. — Periodic.
The day was spent in making all neees.sary prepar*vtion.s. Thov
made a fortified' ca , |. vh i le ground where they had lialt'd. As sooii
as he S.IW tiiat the nujuiitiiineers had gone down from tlu heights, tins
w<'iu kiiKJled'^ in greater number than the number of tt> >se who remain-
ed would indicate* tor apjiearance .sake,'' and leaving he baggage and
tlw^ caviilry and the larger^ part of the foot, lu^ himself, with alight-
armed force,* (consisting of) all his most activi;' men, hurriedly went
through" the pass and encamped on tho very hills which the enemy had
held.
"MakefortifitMl communlo. » = niado. 'In speclem. 'Expressby quam pro.
^Largest. "I.ijfht-arined (iiien)expeditU8. 'acer, each most active man. "BUperare.
9.
While tlieso events are hapix-ning at Rome and in Italy, a herald
(nuntius) of tiie victory at Cannae had come to Carthage, Mago, son of
Ilamiliiii, not (Icsp.Uciicd diivctjy (ipse) from the battle-field bv his
brother, fait (.itter) being detained !or several days in receiving (re-
cipio) the allegiance of the states of the lirutii.
KpfW!\&>iti£S^V!H«^?''vF!19'':r»
III I III mil 1 1 ii II 11 1'i I iiii III II I I III ^ ii w ii i'iM I I II i m ^
BXERCISE8.
10.
16.3
11.
I. Wo Shall wait until o„,.frk.n.lamv,.,s
-. The n.an who .loos this will U- j,„„i,,,,,,.
•^- VVewillcoinoifwe.aii
'■ 'S^oUTZr -"'•■ ' '«'■»■« "■« '« «■ „,.,
;;■ "■'"" 7'- '"'-"'I ^""•" »-o .ill ,,„„„ ,„ ,1,0 d,v
".«,.uw„..;,:°'i:;;L":„'ri::vr:t,r" ""-"•
:-y;s^?i=.«te;-:;;;;.-"'-- -•-.•.. ..:,
:-^XSx;i:'^:;-.t,S;,r---- '--......
■■■ !'i:.r:rt"K'„l"'""'»"- »' ^- »>■ -■ i .„.„..,.
''•'IPS^:';i;:,'?;;-t;;'!':;-;;l'--V-'' ""^ ■■
pm.t (quieta) (AM. a"L.). " " '''"''" " '■' •" ■' ''i'"" -f
U. ]»ATivi:.
'• I cannot v.nw f,, ,•.,,, t ,i,.,, ,; ■ ■
consul of ,l,..s,. n; „.,),!,, ;,;.V''^'''''?'-'''''^ ''^^-t I.m ,h,.
tiicir iH,.(,jiit. ' •i.:nr 'I V. « ii li 1 licni ,„ (| jc- on
'Wrf?r^*?R
JM
164
EXERCISES.
1").— AHLATIVK.
16.-RkvIK\V on tHK (iKKIN-n AM. (Jkkim.ivk
'• ''u;e^:;:i;:l::r:;;:i;iJ:;v;'r^^ (oporamdare) .....nis appeasing
' ':;;otKl::i:::i' r'"^ .i.. •....„..,... „„„.., ,...., ,, ,..., ,,,„. ,.^.
'■ ''uunrtii^^sui:? ""^'^ "' ''''" ''^"•■- '-^i*--' -'•"-
• "^.f:!:— c^,:::';:;J:'i:;:r"--^ ^ -^"'•>- ^v-. ..,..1
. He han.U.,I those !„.sta«es ov.r to the Ae.lni to g«:«.,l
>wrc willing tu lK-t,ay tlu-ir count. y should Ik> put to.leath
. ( aosar was of Ku- opinio,, that hr should „,.(„„.,• ,uny li«i,.„ tj, ,.„.
a.ul>a.ssi«lor. n,,. u., ,.pt tcT..,sti.om mvu wh... attor Meek, .', "
KXEKnsES.
1''.-)
had throiicli y,,,!,. > , ,
«• On the foJIowi,,,, (lav i,, ,
(utor) tho sum!: .i/.;V ;.•,'( 'S!-? "'" '•'"""'"'■ - '■..' ...
-"- 1.. h.,.. an.i .,...,.,.., ti.^.;';:;';.::::;^;:;;;^';,;;^^'". .).., ...,
17.
A Tliey renortcil tinif f ,
»....,£ ,„„ •',';.',•,;, ;:;■;;;':•:::;;;;: .-- , „ ,
".y».f forn,..;L''S-?;;,.;;:-,-™"". '■'« ■ ■■"■"■1- ,,.
.• ^''^ '">■ »■«» siifht «i„.„ i„, „' , „ ;. , , ,
lWpt,i .., r™,""" "■ *■'■'""» '■■•■••■■- «.- i-e..,. I „„„; ,,
"■ ''s;=^.r2."N";::„':n^j;;„.i'- ■• ^ <•. «.-.... ,,„„,„„,
; ;fetoz:;rs^i:;v— " V „
*. Insti'fld lit !,„,...;.... 1 •
rati
■ft'l of ko..,,i„j, j.is ^,„,,
wh
3. In li
"<T than hi
■t own, h
to consult tho I
e F'rffcricd to I
"tcrcsi.s ,,f tl
o wore never trust,.,! l,v the I
IS ninetieth vear 1
"■^^t citizi
'.'''••II to til,, a.i
MC(.
IIS.
!<• Slate
"f 111(11
suited h
ini.
'»' was still al.I,. t,
' .llls\l,.|- I J
4. Ho asks for a trust
«l
111 coil
.-iiesiir
worthy (;aul t
o carrv a
5. After tho loss of their sh
mg safely home.
<>• <{uides
'■"iiiimiiiicit
I'll! t,
ips the Afi
K'lii.iiis lia,| I
lo nwaiis ,if ,-,.,
Ulll-
tl
ir.T::i*'; '•'V"'-t the .;n.ck
ley miLThtol.tain f„.„|
7. The soldiers left for th
»>* to M.lll,. \ ill,
I U'l s \\ I
sjife
war tn.d.i
M,
IV Ih.
8. Are we horn t,) I.e si
9. Midv
■III III urn J
aves or ki
10. Doyoupref,
on come hereof v
ngs
11. Hav
prefer t<» die f
""'•own accord
"•i Cli,,; 1
"■< iiicn or liv
or M,.r,. v.. II f,
JIS sl;i
•It
lonie
"come?
surrender to a cruel foe
'■",■'' 'o'I'l to the L
1st f
or \nnr <,.iuitiv,
oi- to
4i:
1C6
KXKRCIHK8.
19. -('aisai, Hki.ativk.
I. Iiia«imi(l» iiH Vi>luH«-riuH dul not iLin- to Iniid from liis NJiip fin.)
»'Mtni«t hiiimcif tt) tlic liirlttiriiuiH, Iih whm uiiiiWlr ludiwnvrr the
wtKiigih of tlii'ir foiifs.
'2. Ifu ii|Hii iH the If suit of \uA ohHcTvatiniiH on tht- iiliiml.
;{. Altliougli CiMTO, with IiIh UHiiiil forcBight, had ktpt liis Koidiiis jn
the cimii) dining all tho pruviouM <layH iumI had imi allowi'd tv«'n
u canip-followtT to go outHidu tlu! fortitic atiori, <in tin; si-vunth
day, no longer Iwlleving it po«nihle for Ca«Mar to icturn Uy tho
ap|K)irit(d day, ho st^nt live cohorts into thu ntai est fields to forage.
4. H(! thanked nio lH>eauHe I had sent Trehatius to him.
Tj. He swortt vengeance on the guide Ijocause he had led him into this
trap.
6. O fortunate young man, in that j-oii have l»oon of great strviee to
your eniuit ry !
7. One of the captives went off home, heeause hv liis false (fallax)
return (reditus US) he had released himself (as {„■ thougiit) from
his oath.
8. The only romplaint he made was that the cohorts liad Ueen allowed
to go outside tho entrenchments.
9. After expressing his strong disapproliation of their conduct in
recorameneing hostilities after sending aml»as.sa(h)rs and making
peace proiH)sals, Caesar said he W(mld pardon their thought-
lesaness.
ao.
1. Few people know how many dangers this young prince has ex-
perienced.
2. It is (juestionahle if there is any man living at the present time
who has had so many escapes from death.
3. From his cIuMIioimI upwards his life has l)een constantly imperilled.
4. When only six niontlus old he escaped death almost liy a miiacle.
5. Four years afterwards, the prince's life was saved l.y an Irish
soldier.
6. He would have been killed liy tho fall of a horse harl it not licen
for the piomptness witli which a soldier, who was p issing l,v,
pulled him out of danger.
7. Curiously enough' the noMier was not aware, until tuanv years
had |)iissed, that the Injy whoso life he had saved iiad grown to
he the King of France.
8. You did not want to do what I told you to do.
9. I could have done it if I hail had time enough.
10. He has heen advised to spend the winter in Italy.
11. It cannot Ije helped; we shall have to stay here until it stops
raining.
• Woiulerful to relate.
KXKIiriHKM.
-I 'W.MI.I,.-
167
«• »<'imiMt )iiiv(. follow,.. I im f,„. I ,. ,
'-'■ Jw.i«afmi.||„. „...ul,| not.oint
>lilc
J. Tf Vdii vviiiild
I»r..mi.H,.t.,,|ufhislK.„„„i.i,„„„.
::w;:;;;':;;:,;rr,:i:?;.;::''''' '-'— '
"• ",;™', ' '"""■■"'•■,"" »-.M .1.., k„,„ „,,„ „.„ ,„„
•'• •»'l<'i" Imviiis' ir,„n, a „,„» , ., , ■''.>"" ,1(1'.
onuu: ^ Haiciuiig „. H.o ,i„ecti..„ whuiuc (lay l.a.l
-SrnsTANTivK Cr,Ar.sK.s,
';n':r;:!:::;:;i:t;:r™« ^--^^ "'--'•'"•.'^.
■ ^SaMuZt::::;: •„;';!?-:', - --- "* t ... ..,...,
('"Kl tl.t. sain..). '""'** "^ ^'"^ «"1^ "f (citra) tl,.. HUiu.- mus on,.
"• "" '"'"^■•' '''''''■•■^ (t" the effi'ot) that if .nv /..f ,l r,
attempt to cto.s the nvur l.y wl ( ship';: °""- " ''"•• -'"'"'•'
■ri^at-i -V
--'.L^Tw ^-^ :^2aB» -. Tn M.m ur.'.<9c
^«^fl
MiaoCOPY RESOLUTION TEST CHART
(ANSI and ISO TEST CHART No. 2)
■ 2.8
13.6
123
2.2
1.8
^ APPLIED IIVHGE
1653 fjsl Main Street
Rochester, New York 14609 USA
(716) *82 - 0300 - Phone
(716) 288- 5989 - Fa»
168
EXERCISER.
11. WI,..,, r.'.rsar M.,it nicss(...gor.s to tl.cn. to .lem^-inrl that tli.v sl.oul.l
.-...t..,m1,.,- to Inn, tliok,. wl.o l.a.i f.xkvu the fid.l („.a(lo war)
a-.ii..st hiiiiMi'lf umi (.aiil, ihry refusid thorn a hua.ing.
12. Ill ih.. m..a„ti.„e I,.- .sent n„-ss,.„g.-r.s to th.> captains who ha.l gono
ah.a.l with all the oaval.y to t.U then, not to atta.k (lacessere)
1.0 e.,..n.y ,n hattlo a,.,l .f ,|,..v tl.on.selves we.o attacko.i. tc
hold o.tt until l.<- himsolf came ii|> (accedere) iicaicr
'**• ^'',i' '";■''"•/!'"-■ t»'^' T.i..ol,antos promise to s.uron.lor to hin. an.l
Ai • / "' . ';'">n".i":'« ; th.^y iH^-g hin, to pmf.t (defendo)
Man.h.hratms f.o... ,n,,„,y l.y (of) Cas.siveluunns an.l .s,.,.! tlie
^ri^ij;:^:."::' """ ''''''' '- '^ ^'^ '^^ '■-''• -"• •"•••i t'-
14. He warns thoni to prohihit the making of tiros in the .amp.
2.1.
-Arr. WITH Ivkiv. .vfTKii CvrsAf. I'autk i.mai, I'iirase.s.
1
Caosar, seeing that the seventh le.u'inn, wl.i,]. h.ul tak-„ „p
Kpi;:>:'t then.: ""^ '■'•^"■^^ '-''' ^"'-"' -"• ^''- '<•■"" ••■«•-
'■ '^wr;rr^l::;'^r^i;:?;::^..r '--''' ^-—y ..-!„«
3. Caesa,-, setting out to the right wing an.l .seeing that his n.en we.e
iH^.ng siuro..n.UMl by the enen.y, onle.e.l a let leal aen.ss the
4. Tho camp-followers, ol.serving that our men had cn.ssrd tl..- river
vuloiious, returned a.id attaeked the eneiiiv in the roar
5. After advancing a little farther from tho camp and noticing that
the h.lls wore hohl h.v a superior force of the enen.v, t>ur cavalry
returned to camp and awaited the arrival of reii.forcon.ent-^
6. Being pu.suadod that the Germans intended to come into Gaul
Caesar determined to attack them in their own country
^' '^hnthT''""' I'^''-'^^''"\'"Ktl|at the a.myof the Roman pt^ople had
both the courage a..d ability to cross the Rhine, were af ai.l for
their own country. .m.tmiur
8. Learning that the army had left it.s winter quarters earlier than
usual and knowing that a large force of the enemv was I'ea • a
hand, he scat a despatch to Caesar warning him of "the danger.
24.
Translate the thoupht, the whole thouKht, and nothing but the thought.
The orato.-a statement of tho evils inherent (insitus) in modern
society was ch'ar and concise. "'otitrn
Fearful of the capture of the relieving force, he or.lorod an imme-
diate advance of all available forces, -i I an imme
The common people ilemand the retention of the islands.
No attempt to capture the king's murderer was made.
KXERcrSKS.
169
iiiiciHler
manifest
t<i
o!;::::;:;.™;;;:;;*:;:: i-'-^- ^
of i.i."c.„u,«s,';",;;;,;™i;,';;;; - i..iv. ,1 .,,,1
dor,;n,n:;";i;:. ;;.;:;;,f ■' '■- »"■"«...- ,„i,,,,. ,, „„
atTits'';;;'::;,'. ™"-'"' -"-'' f-..M, .,
wJ';u,i;;,;;^';l;!rs;' ■;;,™-Mii-.i n ,.„.,-,„„. „ ,„ , ,;„
™^'t:^:isr;;lj^i:l;-:;.'.;;,l-;;;i ,
\\e must not fori'j't tlii» fi.;
but (,„■ ]il,,.,ali.,„. ° '"■ "■"■ "'■» '""l-rtak.-, f„, ., „„,,„,,_
inhal.itaiits. ''*■*"• '" ''^ '^'"^t with llio ai,,„uN.il,„f the
The chiefs, M'hen thev saw tint «.,.. „
tl.at there was ,.o hope\.f U.e ;LX e^lirVn """" ^" '"•^^-Ivand
sa.h.rs t„ Cicem to Ly that tli v L ,'. 'f "*' "^"'*• '•■•'"'?'- ■^•'"t arnhas-
jrra„te.l they tol.l ,he sa.ne t ' t ■ f' ki^'"\^l- ,V'"" l'''^'^' ^^as
the (Jermaiis ha,l cros.se.l th.- rivv, -^'n 1 / • T '""' ^"''' '''••"'us : that
tJ.at Titurius J.a.I perishe. wi 1 i '' ' ' '•"'' ^"'^ "' ■" 'ns. Th.v 1
from .,uartering their lejrio„s pern ■ m ntlv ^•. " '"■"''"' "'"' '>'""'"'«
w.lhnjr to h-ave his ea.T.p he u s f, • '"' '•^'"""y- 'f he were
pleased ""''' '"^ ^'"^ ^'^■^' f' g" without fear «lie.e he
26.
"Ill-ion. a con-
,r3
-^^'^^'^^^^^^^
was earricl straight to the Lnraw 71?''' f /'^ "'*' ''^l^'-^^ans. H "
preaehn.j," ,,,^,„j the Alhan lake ^.i ''?!'.' '''"' '"^ '""' '•^■-•''
were wroth against the pe..ple,,fVei'»o, ■'. "'"1 '■'•'''>" »'"• K'xis
Inn, to unfold- the fateA distruetion!^ oHie'nad^.^^al'.li''^ '^'^^^'^'^
'.Su»)ordinate the sentences Kricaiiv =Drn«vm«^- -..
■transfero. ^a.a. tumultuo. i ^?™eSr" V'"*'^" -^ ""« "-• ^raplo.
f»eriod. ^ The„,.e. .owhat (qmdnam) hat « T ,'"""' '"" "" '" ""' '"" -
-Adj.veiens.tis. "prodo'"^.;^^ ":;:;:L,: *'*•'-<'• '^^"^^^^-
170
EXERCISES.
A v;iNt iiinltiliidc set diit ami lill<,| di
i|. I.
■in<
•I'll
"pergo.
Di.talor nuw! .-am.. f„,tli, aii.l uli.ii !>.■ I,,,,! i-;-ii..,i .■nmni,ii„N"' f,,r
the soMuTs t(. jrri un.l.T* arms, exdaiii...! : • •- UikI.t tliv L'ui.iancf
AlK.ll,., I i,ro,fc,i- to' <leslrn.v tho city of Vvu, an.l ..f Un- .snuils t li..,,.uf«
I vow« a titl... to thee, an.l tli.t- likewis.., (^u..,, Juno, who „.,w
wat.hcst ..v.i'M on, I })08eech that yon attcn.l" i.s in onr vi.toiion.s
mairh hack t(» the city that is onrs and is soon to ],v thine, tiiut there'''
a temple worthy of thy majesty" may receive thee.'
■repleo. =then, conneclivf wnnl. •''ediCO. Make (ii|.). "tsf inquit.
'ad, with >.'triii»iivf. "Mnc. "VOVeO. '"COlO. "follow, t«ort. '-S.i
final fia'He. ' ^amplltudo, inls.
28.
A.
1. The Turks within the citaflel suddenly foinid that thev were
hesiegers ratiier than hesieged.
2. The darkness of night made it easier for the enemv to approach
close to tlie camp without heing seen.
:i. Xine months later the slave paid the i)enaltv (.f his life for his
frauil.
4. Ten months had passed away after the concpiest of Anti<.ch when
the main hody of the invading army set out on its march for
Jerusalem.
B.
The father of a family came one day to Artstippus the philosoplicr
and asked him to undert.-.Ke the education of hi.s son The
philosopher demanding five hundred drachms as a fee, the father
being a very covetous man told tlie i)hiloso))her that he couhl
purchase a slave for le.s.s money. "Do so,' said Ari.stii)pus,
"and then you will have two."
29.— Address ok DroxYsrrs to thk Ioniaxs.
We must to-day decide whether we shall he freemen or slaves : now
if you are willing to undertakr •'M-dships, for the present vou will have
toil, hut will \k (>-iahled by o' ning your enemies to he free : on the
other hand, if you desire only to he at leisure, I have no hope that vou
will escaj)e punishment at the hands of the king for your revolt ; he
persuaded by me, therefore, and I promise \ou that either our enemies
w-iU not fight us at all, or if they do tight with us they shall be com-
pletely beaten.
30. — Speech of Artabants Before Xerxes.
I warned your father, O king, not to make war n{)on the Scythians
a people who have no city in any part of their territorv : but he", hoping
to .subdue the Sc> ihiaii hordes, heeded not mv advice, and, having hii
an army against them, returned with the loss of maiiv l)rave men of his
army. Now you, () king, are about to make war upon men far superior
171
I)|MM
I hat
\tli,-
k lis
Jl tn
!«■ a
EXERCISES.
ti.u Ati„M.i.i::iorXsC:,^:,jr': ,.'':; '^^ t\ '" r ■^""^^
with tl.eir tl.vt ii i,;V '^ '"T ^^"^ 'f '''^'>' '^'"'"'•1 ""a,
griNit (liiiigtT. ""b«. '^""^ «»ri!l.\, U king, v.oiild
this r,,„ark, Oioneces as\u at ,' *',"'V "".•"''•■'•^- ^>" Inari,,.^
the „„,nlH.,s of th'-Me 'r . his f. '""'" V '""' "*'''*"- '" '"""'"I"
them what was to 1 i^^^J u.t^^
sun they would then tight in the 4u.l ' ".Id ''j^Z U rt. """ '' ''"'
■obscarare.
32.— Okatio ORLiytA.
'■ "u.S[;;;;x,j';:;,'„,sr ""■•'■ ■'" - - •■ n,
■^^^rLrllriSAfe,!"''^"'-'- "''»"' ^
he
IS pOSsjlil,. ;i,.,.
I>uiniioiix liv
^ eo„si,K...that ev.,.,thing,c;:;:h;!,;:;:,!i!!^:;;.- ^'-"f-- >- ••-
'■ "^.c^rgioL^sriii^tr '"""^-■"^^^ - ^--''- -^'■
'■ "in ri.!2r^ "'^ ^^"^^^ '''^' '- »- -t out a„„ win he th,.,... with
''■ '^>::iiz::t^:i:r "^ '-" ^'^ "'-' -'' '- '^^i- ^^ ''^^ <^ i.>
"• '^tru;:^;:~St,;:l;;':is;r'"^"« '-" - -• ••- ".ion
,s^
171'
F.XKIiriSES.
Ill- i-'<ui'sni.l.is (praecipio) tli;il all were to iiiak<' f.ii- riiiliitinmarus
iilcMir and thai iiu mii' Wiin to wniiiid aiivmi"' until lie saw liiiii
killi'd.
Hi- niainliiin«M] that ncitlirr otlii'iw isf (aliten «< iild llir ( 'arniiic>
liavcfoinicd tin- |>lan ot kdlin.; 'ras-ctiii> nm- would tlic Kliuiuncs
dai'f to ciiiiir til (lur i-ainji if Cai'sai' wi-ir |iicMnt.
A pniilauiatinn was issued (ainiouncirij.') tliat TIhI.cs was five, and
calliiii,' upiin all liti/ens who valui d tlnir liliirtv t<i niusicr in
the niai kit plaic.
Afti-r icii'iving Imstaps he assuns tliiiii lliat In- will icyaid them
as iiiciniis if thi'v admit (recipio) eilhiT Anil.iinix cr his aniha.s-
sadms within thrir ti'iritoiN'.
Thi'y iiiil.r a pioilaniatinn to In- made that if anvnni' cit her (seu
quis) <;aul nr (scu) "'uMian wisjics to cni-^s oxci'tn ih.in hofoif
the tliii-il liiiur ho may do so without danu'ir ; aftt-i that tiini-
thoie w ill \iv no ojiportunity (potestas).
In t lie couiuil he announces that lit- has hit-n suinmonrd liv thi'
Scnoncs and stvoral other Htates of (laul: that ho will j,'o thoiv
thii.u-h tho toriitoty '>f the Komi and will devastate their lands
and liefoio he does this ho will attack tho camp of J.al>i"nus.
Ho sends a niessoni:or to him to ask him to spare him and the
soldiers. Tlie other ro|)lios that if he wishes lit- may converse
with him : he hopes his roijue.st can ho olitained from'the multi-
ludt! as far as (quod) pertains to tho safety of the soldiers ; to
himself however no liaiin would lit; done.
Caesar, thinking that they ought to hut would not send hostages,
exhorts them not to cross the river. When thev wore distant
from him ahoul three miles they sent a messenger to sav that if
lie wore willing to receive theiu on suncnder they wouhl not
lt!avo their country, ("aesar, perceiving how large a numlK-r of
them there was, gave them tho oj)portuiiity neither of crossing
the river nor of asceitaining w hat he was doing.
."{.S.— MoIIKf, FOR A I'.^NIC— DeTACIIKI) STYI.K.
I'liexpecteil attack by the Oeriiian cavalry.
Inopinantes nostri re nova perturbantur, ac vix primum impetum
cohors in statione sustinet. circ ifunduntur ex reliquis hostes parti-
bus, si quern aditum reperire possent. aegre portas nostri tuentur ;
reliquos aditus locus ipse per se munitioque defendit. Totis trepida-
tur castris, atque alius er alio causam tumultus quaerit ; neque quo
signa ferantur, neque quam in partem quisque conveniat provident.
Alius castra iam capta pronuntiat, alius, delete exercitu atque im-
peratore. victores barbaros venisse contendit ; plerique novas sibi ex
loco religiones fingunt Cottaeque et Titurii calamitatem, qui in
eodem occiderint castello, ante ocubs ponunt.
I-.'.
]X
14.
1.-).
](>.
17.
IS.
19.
r.XF.RClHEH.
173
34.
S.\MK I'rKi K 'I'ltANSl.ATi:!..
iii^fifgS^^^^
who (they th.mght) met tlnir .U.uh i,, ti.e sa.ne f..,t. '
35. — InCIDKNTS (IK A I'
A NIC.
There was a mek man left with the ^-atris.,,,. I'ul.lius .Soxlius Haenlns
of whom I have made mention' in iin-vious l.ittl.s •.,„! ,. i i
without' f.MMl for five .lavs' alre.ulv T i^h , ,1.' ,';"!'.'*';" ';".' '"'■"
safety ana that of all. allvanees 'u^urn'r;:::;: . ^ ^.'^l V l!: IS
the e.iemy are close at h.in.l ainl that a crisis has ,„„., •'• h, IX
from the nearest an.l stands' in the .^afe The ,,,.;,. f 1 ""
whid. was on, g..ar.l follow hin. ^f-lr a liule whl' /^, ll li: i);:
eff.rt.s'theymamtamthel.attle. Sextius faints'' fro.n the" s..v.n\v,
he^has reee.ve.l - ,,u. .litlieulty he is passe.l f. ,.,,.1 „. l",;d "Zlt
• mentlo, onls. =careo, 2, wuh ai.i. -th.' nith iiav
culum. « immineo. • consisto
quit animus Seztium. >• a. .\.
" KiNiiliatic, is. '
■ per manua trabo.
• difflsuB. ■ taberna-
toKftiitr, una. "Telln-
36. — iNCrOKNTS OK A }*AM(
In the meantime having tir>is!„-l fura;,n„;;.' o,,,- soldiers hear the
^houtmg. Theeavalry run forwanl : they learn in hou .re' t da,, ..^
matters .stand.' Here mor-.over there is no^.„,re„e n rt.fwh .f ^,^^
may resort' m the.r panic : tiiose (who were) latelv enlisted an 1 here
fore unac.iua,nte,l wUh the usages of war,^ turn thMr es es^ow ds ad)
LXn i^them'^N''' ^''^^^T--^ = ^'-.v -ut to see wl.aronW
18 gntn '>> them. No one is so hrave as not" to he •■onfus,.,! l,v the
novelty of the oecun.nee. The harharians. oi.serv ing the sta danls in
the dujtance cease from the attack ; at first thev"l,elieve hat th
legions which they ha.l ascx-rtained from ca,,tives had gone of! f rthe •
tarls. 'faces, 08, oris, neut. "praecipio. quin. "despiclo.
174
EXRRCI8RS.
37. -I»i;T.\nrKi» S-ni.K ?n (Ikatokv- HAi-in Seriks ok (^i k.vii..ns.
H..W nlt.ll .li.i W.U illt.Mipt to kill III.' (uliriM..,l,s„l.,.|r, I.' Imu ..H.ll
(Mli.ii I w.is) ...iiMil? Huw iimiiv of vniir llnu.sl-- li,i\,. | avoi.!..!''
^ou.lo iiothm-, \.Mi aU.ni|.t iiotliiiij- y„» plan iiotliiiiK. whirl, 1,1,',
not .ii-.nvrr III a sl„,it tiinr. Anil v.-t voii do not .ra.-f.- to atl.nipl
lui.l lo plan. Hum- „tt.ii ali.a.ly lias that .lag^.iot voiiis h.rn wreNtilp
tn.iii voiir .an. Is ? \l„w oft.ii t.n. l.y .some a<-. i-lnit has it fall.n fi„m
and slipped from th.iii ? NiviTtliLliss. you .aniiot loiigfr Ih- without it •
U hy, pray. i~ it tiiat you think it necus.surv to plung.' it< into tin- IkjUv
of a con.sul ? .to J
' deslgnatUB. - peUtlo, onU. ^ extorqueo. :i. toml, tortus. Meflgere.
•W- — I.MrAS.sioXKi> Si'KKCH.
Von have' tlim-fonf,.,] (alo) tiiis fire with whi.li vou nro now hum-
ing up (ardeo). N our urniii'.s aiv ••neamping around (circumsedeo)
.Sagiintuiii, from wlii.h (wiionco) thev an- f.xclud.d (arceoi l.v triatv'
soon th.- |{oman ligions will .-manip around Cartilage, under the leader-
ship of tlic same gods, through m honi they avenged the breaking of
treaties in the toriner war Are voii ignorant of (ignorare) the enemy
or yourselves or the e.Midition (fortuna) of either iieople? Vour ti:ie
(bonus) command.r did not athnit into his camp amlwswulors eominir
from allies and on behalf of allies; he ignored (tollo) international law*
these men, nevertheless, driven (from an au.lienee) from whieh (unde)
not even the aml.assad.us of enemies are exclmled (arceo), have come
to you ; they demand satisfaction in uecordanee with tiie tri-atv Pic-
ture m vour imagination the Aegates islan.ls and Ervx, (re.ali) what
y<.u suHered l.y land and sea through four and twenty years It is
against Carthage that Hannihal is now moving his vineae andtowers
Jt IS the walls of ( arthage that he is shaking (quatio) with his hatter-
ing-ram. It is upon our heads that the ruins of Saguntum will fall and
the war begun (susctpio) with Saguntum must be waged with Koine,
fehall we then surrender, Hannibal ? some one will say.
• thu law of nations, iua gentium.
.10.— Irony axd Rebikk.
Duty, obliifation, necessity.
At Rnnri.se the enemy cam'- up to the rampart ; before the seoon,"
hour, without ever trying the chances of a battle, they surrendered
themse ves and their arms. When it became them to .stand in line and
tight, t len they Hed (back) into their camp; when it was incumbent
upon them to figh iHjfore the rampart, they surrendered .he camp
(utterly lUMless l>oth in battle-line and in camp. And am I to random
you .' \^ hen it is your duty to burst forth from the camj), you hesitate
and remain; when it is ab.solutely nece.s.sary to remain ami defi.d the
camp witli arms you .surrender both camp and arms and yourselves to
the enemy. J Conscript fathers, no more think these fellows ou.rht to
be ransomed than that those who broke out of camp through the n.i.lst
of the enemy .and tJ.rough the highest valor restored then..s.lve« to their
country should Ix) handed over to Hannibal
KXERriSKS.
»<>.
17:
On liisivinni from Ku...,„. 1,, \.,, ,,,, ,
.\rlu.M.an.s Uvaus.. „, lh.irin-ti.ti.il''',''':'''' ""■■'Ivor il„.
Aldiplirnics. uliMin 1.,. Ii.,l "'.«■""-"" t.. tl,.- .s«n,,|. Km, is ,,„i
e.t.m.s. an.i'..,,, tl,,.,,, to Asia t. ' thl k, ''! '•'' """'•'^ """ '" ""•
'POtlBslaum. -A \. nion-, .b.-«.« / "
PU1I.PUUU8. "abrlplo. see'L..:"'""' *" '"■ «'^'»««. »"» appeUo. 3.
tl.e AtMM,ians „,,•.. i„ a ' !',,''' i;;'^' ":" "'"-- f'^m .\,Ih.,.s.
!•"•'•'^■^■•IM.i.lipni,l,... ,,,spa,, ,, \-, . '^ .m,M,..lia.,.|v s..,„ ,|...
'"•1|) was no..,U., . At 1.,.. ... .1 •'*P"itaiis l.nu- iii-,.,Miv« tlM•..•
.. Atiu-Ms lK.,.auso lu, was^fV i ,|, ' i • '''"' '"' ''"■"'> r-l,,,,,..,!
»'« «"'t hoi.l' of him. A ! u i '■?"""-'" I'"""""" •'-■all. if
tMH.,„yan,ls..tt!,.H,|K.iVfa ,.« . ^ , "V'iV" "'•,«"•-" I" ""K ,1,..
t.:iiM...I that a ramn hI,.u,1,1 ....".!.!" l"""';'"!''. Miliia.l, s al..,,,. ,„ai,-
taiM.;ithatamp«.';,'r '''■'''''•'
'a^?ss.o;rir;«r^L;s"'- ■ ^-r """ "-^ -^ "- -'•
;;prlmo quoqu, tempore. -°o S anln^u^ if'"'"^' "«• ^ '•
^v.ngsprotectcdhymMuntai.r'n; 'V '"■''' ;''^^
"f w .<mi o... thousan,! wore l^Iat e' w ■" : 1 '" '^" !*" tJ"-^an,l ,„.„,
-l"d. ha,l sent ai.l to the Ath "i u^^^^^ (I'T Tu '"" V'" ""'>• ""<'
us drawn u,, at the base „f the ,.„„,/ '*' ^"' ""'"^' ''".v th. H.,..
I'-y fomm ..ce,l the hatth; the -avi f '" ""'' " ''''>■ "'-» ' ' '
to sunotUHi them. A], hou.'h I) ,i ' ., '*" ''',"'"'>' """''' ""t t- al.!.-
'^'•lo for his forees. nev. tSs . , 1 ,r"' 1"" ' '''' """""•' ^^'^'-^ ""t M.i -
o hght lx.fore the Laee.laenvm r' e.?„t I if'' ^\^'^-«^'lvauta^.-nn^
I'le Athenian.s, h.^vever, w.-.I! I;' '•""•.;"= ^''^• ■"•' <^f th.- Atiu-ni.ms.
mew'*'anenemvt..ntin.,'sasnun'..m/J '';r '" \''"'' '''•" t'"'^" "ver-
K.XKKCISKs.
Ihi^ wa.il in.Mf fan h l.alllr, f.„ „..«;,.,■.■ .1... ,|mI s ,,ll ,. I.and
iivtrlhrow'* >iirli lai-i- fui.-. <.
'Impeuj. 'auctorltas PlataeonBes. «(.in)Hfiii. ii. .i..,i..i, cupio
'eoquemacU 'H"! i..v iiiin. f„r tin-. i-,vi..>i,, i,„. r,. ri,«.f„i -piuBvalcre i..
""'"■'■''"■ ■'•>•" '"■'' "Profllgo. I. -M.-nt ..der. ar.i>x. ecU. .m,u„ i,. . .,(
tiifiiii*!.. ' p^to ' proiterno. i. •travl. stratus.
Afl.TllH-».atll.-nf Maiatl.n,,,' llir Alli-niiliM .javr Millia.l.wa llr.-l ..f
s.'Vchty sl.ips tnr III.. p.ltpnM.nf J.ll.ii-hi,,;;-' 1 1„. i-|„„N « |„. 1. ha.| ai.lr.l
l.f l...il.ir,,ins. SuiiM-l,,. fun. .I ... ,,tnin t.. tli.j. all-uian, . . ' an.l >nuu-
li«-_l'..;k l.v Mnvm. A.n..M,- tl.r la-t.., «a.s' |'„.,s. I!..,,,- immI.I.' Iu w,m
I III.' . it \ loiiri.l '\ it h >i, , w,,| 1^^; -i,,,!
.jllsl <i|| ill.- |iMlii|'' ,it ;;a|||j|ii; |Mis
on th.' iiiaiiilaii.l in ih.. .Ii-i. ,(„■,.
il liack'* liy iMisiiaMi.in," lie . j,,,
tin it oir" from all snpplLs. H. .
Mcssi.iii (if the tiiwii wlicM a n\«\,
"■r^'V" '"'";• t"WM Mhn. a p-v.'» ..II th.. .iiaii.lan.l in th.. .liMa.i,-,.
M hicli .uiild l«. s..,!, fnhii till- islaii.l, was mI ...i |i,.. l.v s..,,,,. a., i-l, m ui
oiluT" ... tu- 1,1-1,1 tini... |{.,il, l„.si..u..,.'-' an.] \»:u.^v,l lUaw^ tlmt
tlic tlanii'si.' \v(.||. il simial l'ivch l.v ih,. Lif>,r-..i» (!....( -n
Th.' r..s!ilt, was
iii.l Miltiad).
oi... ... , ^„, ,,„„._ ii.iiii i>('si..i;..| -i-- aim h..vi
t he f anirsi.' wcir a si^r,„i| ^,,v,.|, |,v th.. kind's'* tl,., t.
that '■* 111.. I'.isiaiis im lon-.r lhi.ii;^||i i" ,,f Miin.ii.l.iin
fianiij,' that th,. kiim's lh.,.t vva.i .•..iiiii,;,' up. mI lii,. to his si. ..-..„, ,rk-
aii.l r.tiiiiii.,1 t.i Alli<.-.s with the sai,i.>iiiiiiilHi",.f nhips as Ii,r|,,„| ,, ,
'.'i'*.ih' ,'• , •' 'T •"■""■'•'"-'.V ar.UM.I „f tiva.li.iv on th- >;i,mii,.I
tlui ' wIkmi h.- iiiiKht hav.. lak.'ii Pan.s. h.- <aii,.- aw.Vy witli.ail a....iii
jilishin;; his p,iip..s,.. thninj:!, hritijr |,iil.,..l l.v th.- kiiV' \t f
10 was ill Mill, w.Mm.is whiih jr. ha.l i,.,.,.iv. ,1 .lu.in- hi; atla-k .,i
own. A.c.Hdinjrly iMJii.,' Ui .1,1.. to .hf.n.l his .a-., p.
hrotlH-r, I isapiias, .>-p.,kf »f.,r him. Th.- trial-' .,v..|- -•Ii.
tim.
th.
i-.-naily." hi-
^^ I- ai'.|iiittc
.... MH-r. iisaj..„a«, ..p.,k.-" h.r him. Th.- trial-' .,v,-r,--'|,.. ^ ,. a,..,i,itt..i
..f th- .apitalHiai^;.-. hut was 'lii...i.3 iif;v lahnts. M..i„^, nn.ihl.,- t.. pav
tlie I,. y pist at .in.-.-,-' h.. was p„t i„ p, js.,n an.! tlur.-' di.-.l.-i
'pugna ;?arattaonla, pace i.">s, -2.
, .,. • ■ -■ bello persequi. ^offlclum
"recouclUare. "oratio. opus, -privo, 1. ^Ineoesseut
»...|iu.nce. ' . nestJo qulB casus. • oppugnator , or i-r.-s. ,,art,
* Kliiiiin.'itt-.
.•.,m.nc-e. ■ ■ nOBtJO qUlS casUS. • oppugnator. or l.r..s. ,. art. '. Si, ',(."" .."n'.ull
rtglUB. 'Mra. hut ,.hra.se. '"were .l..t..rri.<l (dc» rreO)fr.„„ Hurr.iMl.r. dedltlo
•tOMdem. "-iM-iaiis.., V.O.O. '■■spt.alt for hinisdf. • .vot-hn fo^...» •..„
' ^cognosce - multito, 1 . - « m praesentla.
' verba facere. '-'causa,
diem obire supremiun.
44.
Major Oorn-o. wh.;. was in (-..mnian-l .,f th,- sixtli l.attai^on statioii.-.l
hm- kiii.lly iiiviu.,1 nit- to Shan- his .(imit,.,- ,.s so.,,, as I airiv.-.l ()„
the tollowing nioniing, wliih- .-.xamii:i.,,- th- .sin roun.linu .oiintrv. w
sawtwomountttl nu-n ooniihi; lowanls th.- town at 'all .'all.,|, " In-
stantly wo tuni,..l, an.l. hunyin.; hack toth.- harra.k . w,- w.-n- in tinu-
"Zlu* ""'TYf ''■''!," t'V." '■'•infon .-n,, Hts w.-n- n.-.-.le.l at I.uhao,
a small town a Innit live miU-s distant. Without .l.-lav tlu- rail t,, aim.
was.^nundod tiie tivups mu.stciT.i, .u..I within i.n minut.-s a column o.
two luuulifd n.oii WL-n- swinging along tlu- i.,,i,l at a rapid pace.
I.'..
177
""•• kill.. I. \iM,,nTt| - , , , I V '"" .1*'"' ""*'•" «'"m.l..l ,,„■
jr.,
47.
WiW iiiaii.taiiu..! with l„.,„i,. ,. ur ' . ','- """" "'" '"'H'"
whilst shou.s ..f j..,':..:! ;;::', 'r. ;'.:: :, '^::;::. • ;;• ^^"""'- ••""y.
essi'ls iMiircl I lie si
Kill', tnclf (;|<
«.\r.i(U.N,,,,..„, !,„„i As ihcAth.'i
whilst ih.- iM.l.lest .,f III,'. 1.1,1.1 ..
•Olll l)i.i||y s.i/.,,l l.y th.- .-iM-inv.
U^ Iciir
il ?ii.
ililli
fl
•I 'IV rush, il
I'- f'>r the caiiij),
j«ol ■ t tlic hIujw
4S. — I'KRlonif' Sriii (TT
lu: K\K
MtMiiwhilf thiTf w
tiiat tliic,. wars had unit.
1-* iii.iuifiild' (cai
I!' ISK
a Li
•II.K.'
(
iiix'iia
:n.l I
twofold stiu;
iih'lii'^ snddciiiv <m
'i into one. For iust*
If up to tho |.
:Klf ' •i^Minst the thrc' aiMiics a
I'OUIll
an<
(1
1 • , '^ r-< • ^ '"^ * 111 » « (II III It '^ I rod
•nlmKiy.- troops w..n.,ui.kly l.n.u.d.t ro„,.d
* Pll. IX...
•"■ ni"n <.f
'■•? lagcd a
1 fell
upon" the riM • of the i
diiv.ted'' to the |{,„
tlUl'li" t<
iroi- into tilt; Kali-
u^in )ani|)art. Tin
"igii «v!l tiiiHMl'- sally froi.i t...
now followed up th.i;- foil..!'- 1-'
nt'lijif (,"aj.ena, whos.
ij,'unicnt V
IJ..
IttilK'fS.
'■ la
Ae
ii^ well, and (whilst
!'■ .Mlnj) |)Ut theiii to fii
r^er camp
'ention» WHS
i"" 'fisiied'"
'•r«) waver-
tion
16
w IiiIl^
SllOl'
ilv
lands ofCa|)ena. fell in'» with tl
(a^
!'V.a!-l!
iilant>
d'
and di.P'
WilO Wr
.sort-" of aceidfut iui.l cut tl
I.- .Mattered'-" (survivors of tf
were slain lief
1;
'"■"1 oil.-' Many of the V
ore th.t gales ,i.s they fled haek to tl
uientu
le eily,
178
r.xr.nnHKH.
♦ ..«h in..|. .I.,„..| il,.. u,,,,.^ ,„„| ...^|„„ .„„r. ,|„. |,„„|„„.^, ,,, ,,„.,, ,_^|,
Hi.lf . I Uitv ■.» III.- Kniii.in-. I.r.akiii^ in ,il..i,^ hiiIi ih. hi.
•multiplex terror. . ..,„n..iivr «„r.l. ■•« |. »confero. ♦).. ii..- «,m.. i.,«
a«iMi.„.. Capenatei; I'ttlUcl. -i^ «»« foni,i„ m « ■ t. :.i(«nc«p«) i.,.ii,
'cJrca. -,(i..,u.,i,.„,ii,. ,,.„r. •r.iiini.mi,. ati. ver*u« Jii ' Ti,..,,. n,.. n.i.i
i-uMM. "lnf«rroterrorem. '..|.|"t. i> ..,;..i... . „Iim^. ,r»|.uu..i o^ao 'In
geiW '^ln,.hf.r. ";i„.l ,„,t. (nec) »<> l.-.a imUltO) nfl.r«,.r.U. .,„!■,.
(populatorei) ..f ti... i„hI „f r;.,.,.„,i (Capenw. atU A.lj ). .».Mi.i .,f offfro
-'.w If i.> , iii,.,.-... ••abiumo. ^'•xcludo
•♦!►. A IU..S.I K.
H M I l.:u,,|. „Im. h,Ml I,....,. i..f, ,„j,„,„| ,„.. l.a;;K'.«.- . nnn. s„n,.nn.l...| ..n
.11 M.l.s l.y lh...„,,.,y. I, was .vi.l.nl to all ll.at. unl-ss sn.-.,.,- ..„„..
;• ""'" """ ;""•'>• ■•' ' 'V'"^* ••.■••.•.Maiily i,. • ,11.'.! ..,• lak.n |.iiH..n,.,
On |H.r,.,.,vM.- thm, ...ir l.a. .r, arroiintiiiK it ...,,1 ,li.«,ar,. to al,an.ln„
i.M.ls ,„ .M.l.r I., sav.. his own lif... ,,„t .(.mih U, »uh l..,rs.. an.l.
I.i.l.lii.^' us t„llou, .1, UK.W with sudi for.,. i„t.. thr .■.,.•„,> that ii la,.,
part of Ih.-.ii at ...„.• tl.i.w .uav th.-ir arms an.l iHyai.t., »!.•.• ii. Til
.liivlions. rii.M .s,.,.,nj, th..ir Ica.h-r in tl... .Ii.,ta„..- tryini,' to rally hi'
in.-h. !..• .Imr^;...! Htia.uht at hi.., an.l with on.- «tn,ko ..f hi„ „wo,.l
hn.MKhl iM.th horso an.l ri.l.-r t.. th.- Ki','tin.l. On IiIh fall tho t-m-nn
Hcatt. ■..•.! so that w.> Wire on..- n.ort- vi.torioUM, ai .1 ha.l not niuht
>•'"•• n,pt..,lth.«l.ati,.. wr .h.a.hl hav.- .ontin.uMl tl,.- ,,„,s„it an.l
H ai.j.'lit.r. On tl..; f..llow.ng <lay i...-ssenK.-r8 .an.o fr...., th.- v,h',u\ an.l
throwniji th.-i..s.-ly..s at o.ir l.-a.l.rH fi-t-t suppliant ly I.i-l-l'.'.I l.'im f,
iiiaki- |M-:u'.> with thi-in. "^ J,*- • '■"" i"
Antio.hnM was displaying t.. Hannihal in a plain tho v:,,t for...
will. 1 h,- ha.l asM.,.,l,U.,l. pi,.pa.alo.y to n.aking war .»> th.- H-iiian
|H-..pl.- an.l «as ii.anofuvrinL' (converto) his army glittering «ith silv.-,
an.l ^'ol.l ha.l,u,-s': |„. .-xhihit ils., his .harlots an.l ,-k-pha„ts an,l
j-avalry shniin^' (fulgeo) with all man.u-r ..f ornni.u-nts. Th.-.-t-uiM.n th.
king looks np (aspicioi at llannihal an.l says. " ])., y,,,, think all th.-s,-
a..-.-n....-hfortht' Homans? ' Th.-n the ("artha;;iMian. u-.-riiiL' (eludoi
at th.- .-..wai.li.-e ..t his s..I.li,-rs so ,-xtra vacantly (pretiose) arm.-,l
leplifs). Knough, .,uit,- (plane) .-n.aiyh. 1 I..-lic-vi- all ihtse aio for th.-
Konians, i-vi-n though they are very greedy (avarus)."
•insigne, i», s.
fll.
The Ath.MiTans wisho.l to s.-iid ...L.nists' to the Chersonese -» a<-<-oi.l
ingly, they sent .-hosen* men to IVlphi to eons.ilt AiH.llo as'to whom
t hey shoui.l employ as l.-a.l.-r. For at that time th.- Thra.ians-* hel.j
the Uieisoii, >e ami the e..h.l.i8ts woiil.I have to tight with th<-m
Apollo gave .M«trmti....s^ to th..v.-- who« eonsult.-.l him that t) v
.huuia take' M,!....l..-: ,, their leader. If thev did .u-, he su.d, taei
KMitf isf;M.
179
«m.|..rt,ikii.u- w..„|.' Ih. «,„.... r,,| ■. ,., ., . ,
•co.o„«.. .ch.r.o„..„.. . Jl ';■:;'; '• "'"'^'"-'•^.
.■>•-•.
Ill Iki'i'iiiil.ilh'i* u It 111 ill., ....1 . I
r ;^'•-'•l^.•^.ul^:'•ii, ':;;•:;''•• ^•'''''■'•-
»"•';■'->"... .1.,., -uniu Li". :i:;.:';v'i" '•''•• >^""-'">^'i' ;
;'-t .... .i....i,t.i t.. s,a\" 1 ;;!',•,, :;;'••';. ;;7- 7 -n ..!.... il;:",
'<""- «iti. a no,-ti. uiM.ia„^ ', , \ ;:; .^•;:'' "'" -'!'" '"• -I ..,., f.;..
',""= ""' '.""ai.l l„, -lav . " '«""■> ^*""''' -"rT..,,.!..,- if „,
t"rn..l out ....ntra. V t.. t\u-u Z^l^ -[V"^ """"."''• "'" "latf. n ..|
180
EXERCISES.
lit . ;\"'^';'"^ Jr;','r'"-' « '"' f'" f"'<-- winch l... I.h.s hmu.-l.t over
III .\8M, ■will 1... fm; fi„,„ llic.l,,„,„„it,un'.,f tl..-I'.Tsiaim- now tliis .••m
nth.., hy tl.e««o.,lof h.s eno.nies or f.„„, wumI of supplit^'o j./.^fl^^
'creber = « ero bro„,.ht. affero. male rem gerere. •dimltto. » Tense?
'"wantofsupplios, Inopla. • »<-iui, bcibbus.
55.— Camilms' Spew If AnAixsr tiik Removai, to Veil
(-•o not (low,, iiitotli.. Foiun, wlicn the dav for puttinLr tho motion'
n, i,kt - ^'"' '"" '•""ci'M)^" niy.s.-lf porsonallv, if it is litrhts
s actually^ a oo„.,,lH,„.nt9 to n.yself. f„,. a citv to be people.lT" t kat I
ha e,.apt,„o.l; fof,nc.to,.„joy,laily what recalls" n,/«lo v t\ n.e
to have hefo,v n,y .-y.-s a city that was l,o,„c>'^ in ,ny triiun h -'^ ,"• aU
men ,, - „.a,i ' „. the faces'* of n.y achievcnents /^ 1. I l.V^ j,^"
d^ et^ed W tr-'""''' 'A "''r'-'^-^"'^^^-"- it Las' heenaL Hone ^^.S
whfch cr.c;u"e!F iJ • ""^ '■'"■'"^"*'" ''^ ^■•''"l"^''^"^ -'""t-y f""- that
nn'wh"! !!**"■ '""* °''«"-"'«« • • • than as (ut» who. "memlni. 'soil (soluml
"Imnu^ T.r" "* '''"■^-- '•■- ^"'- "fas. ^interdimicationem. «quoq^
'amplus. -frequento. -a r.M.inder tmonumentum) of. -Literally fero
'"incolo. "habito.L ="captivu8. ='victrix.
56.
to u'.e^'^sth.'rvV"""''; '''■"•; '"■^■■■"■■-^tio,. for <,ur departiue we hastened
to the c.xstle l.y forced nia.vh.s. (J„ „i„. arrival there alx.ut midtii.d.t
we p„,posely allowed the sla^ es to get off u.nnoleste.l, i o.de, t l.a 'we-
nigh capture the garrrson atul all its hch.nging.s. ' Bein.r un- le o
t ■ M , a^'i/t;<'"K garrison, we at once7,egan to bring up the
n'S^iri^MK.Sl /'T «"■'""" ""'^ ""^ su,.h a ^ower of anolvsaj
lo niaivc It inipossil.lc foi- anyone to apiHoacii witii .safety At the
i^w,, ,ta. ! . "; r''.'° '■ '=■" "',".''"■■ '■'■''■"«■ "" <!»' ".thought
KXRIfCISKf.
•^ <'i.i:vKi: n..v.
181
^.•na.:::;;!;rsv;;;,:i"';^^^^^^^ .....„...,.,..
cmt) thai ,„„,<■ sh.M.l.l liviil... Jr, J" > •^' '""• '• ^^'-'s a-i. ,.,1 (Bla-
'("■'■t (taceo), an.l that it mi'ht ,, | V "7''";'' "'^" ''" "'"-t k,.-,,
the hoy, owin.' to th.- in()th..r--. \ t- ' '" '^ '^'' "?l.l at Iciinh
silium capit, ip.n..|/'ofrt ^s :l"iSu:,7rr- ';*" ^''^ '^°-
H<'sa„l that ,h,..,,K.stio„ „„,i..,. .m;.,!^,, ' ;:*■'""" ""endacium).
• th,Mr „,,„„o„ it was n.oro ......ful ami H , '"'"; " '^ " If'th.-r
that one n.ar. .sho„M have- tn , wi "s ' V rj''**^'''-'-^^
marne,! (nupta, with Dat. ) to two men. '""^ ''""'^'" **'"'"'^1 »>«
58.
w.tlrt^,::s,t'.;sSTH;::ii;''^"" ;r^"i ^---'^ - ^"<" -)-
the senate. Uah tears a e, eat "s .T "" "" ^'"•"^■*"« ''^'>- '"'"-s to
be we.l.le.l to two n.en rather nu^'r' ^''">' *'"'^ """ ""•"•"' sj.ouhl
tors on entering the ehaX^ w 1 LS ^ITI\ '" "'T '"■"'■ '''''^' -"a
an'lwhat that .leman.l of theirs nVel'^r'''^;'''"'^ ''^ *'''' ^^''"'en
•ntot K-eentreof the ehan.l ■ •' ar u \vh ^'l " • ' ^'T'''^ ■"'^•'^"-"g
upon h.^nng (an.l) what he ha.l tl hh„K 1 ,T?'''' '''''' '""' "'^'^'-^
he ronh.K.nee an.l genius r,f the ho- iml n '^'"•' "''""*'' '■"•"i.en.ls
I'o.vs shonl.l not enter the ..e Ite 1 U l^' '■'^^^ ^'"»^ hereafter
tl.at l>apirius alone to wh nrt ^ ^"^' "*"'' ''^^
afterwards given as a n ark f 1 o, . r "'""""'^■" '" '''■^^etextalus- J,
M. N
59.— I.VFUKNCK OF S.
II'IO.
;- •■ '<. .>m.r thanls';.:^ Juni/;:; o,^- r 'm'^^ ,^;;'-'^.'""' H'> "- - f!:;;, *
a«BenU,!y(contio,«l.i.j/hal st;,^,^^^^^^^ TheienfH.n the wh..|..
""■'*'' ''■''■■'-^^••nl,,,.eon-'.Seipio, left
182
EXERCISES.
tlio tribune, accompanied Scipio to the Capitol, and thence escorted
him to liis house with joy and solenm* '■fingratuiations.
'unworthy of. ^memorla repeto. "nebulo, onia. <gratulor i, with Dat.
'sententlam ferre de. "aollemnla gratulatlo, onis : sine.
60. — A DiFFiciTKT Position'.
T and two otliers were trying a friend on a capital charge. The law
was such that it was absolutely necessary^ for the man to be condcnnud.
Either therefore my friend had to lose' his civic riglits or deception
had to b<! practised* on the law. I deliberated long in my mind how
to save my friend without violating the law ; at length this course
whicii I carried out* seemed the l)est. I gave my vote* in silence for
condemning the man (but) I persuaded my fellow ju(lges to aciiuil
him. Thus t performed my duty both as a judge and as a friencl in an
iniiKirtant' case.
' I along with two othei^ was a judge concerning the civic rights (caput) of a
friend, ^absolutely necessary =neceB8e. '' perdo. * fraudem adhibere. "did.
' sententiam ferre. ' = so great.
61. — Valerh:s and the (iAri,.
Large forces of Gauls had encamped in the Pomptine district' and
the lines were being drawn up by the consuls. Meanwhile a leader of
the (jauls (a man) of enormous^ stature, with armour gleaming with
gold, was marching' along poising* his weap<m on his hand, and,
haughtily looking round on everything, orders* anyone out of the
whole Roman army who dared, to come out and engage with him.
Thereujwn Valerius a young man already a military tribune, when
every one else hesitated through fear, obtains permission* from tiie
consuls to fight against the Gaul and advances undismayed to meet him.
And while there the two are fighting a raven' suddenly flies* down and
attacks* the eyes and hands of the Gaul with its talons'". Thus the
tribune in sight of Ixith armies," relying on his own valor and aided by
t!ie .services'' of the bird overcame and killed the fierce" leader of the
enemy and for this reason received'* the cognomen Corvinus.
>ager. ^vasta proceritas. '<incedo...u8ed of a stately gait. «Tlbro, i.
'bids (him) come if any one dared, 'obtains his request, that they permit him.
'corvuB. »advolo, 1. >laalo, i. ■"unquis, is. "ise a.a., 8pecto = lookon;
both =uterque in sing. ' 2 opera, ae. ' ' Use superlative of ferox. ' « habeo.
62. — Pyrrhcs.
When he had walked over the battle-field and liad viewed the Roman
dead with wounds all in front, Pyrrhus felt that it would be well nigh
imi>ossible to con(iuer men who fought .so well. He therefore resolved
to s'^iid tlie eloijuent Cineas to Rome to offer peace. This great orator
appeared before the senate and spoke skilfully for his master ; but the
blind old Censor, Appius Claudius, being led down to the house, con-
vinced the wavering fathers tliat there was only one condition on wliich
Rome could treat, and that was the immediate departure of Pyrriius
from Italy.
KXERCISE8.
()."». — Idiomatic
183
friends i„ Syracuse, Ma, .'l U, l'. , "l I'^t-'-'-W t., ..,„„. »,.,„, „„,,
roa,ls were Uet 1,; the synu!l,.sa,'s '""*' ""^' '"^^''^ '^« '^» ^''^^
64.— Revkksk at Xoi.a.
killcl. They spent tlu^ fo^. " " ' ^"" ^f "'"" ? ^'';"'^''"'' ^--
si.les in the engagement. *' ^^ ''"'y'lg the slain on U.lh
6''>.— Nakrativk.
Kinians mueh hlrM«t and w.mn Is ,, i ^f V'*'"'^' '""^ ^''^' ''"•tl"l-
famine (that) «tptur«l t eX" t^^ "" l"'^^''- """•*' than
they lived at last up,,,, root. , ,Kl » '^"'' ''[ti';'<'>»«<i»n.n,- all th.-gmin,
they lacked tl,e st, • ,gt 1, ; ^ l^: ?^^;',;"''' » 'oy we.e not taken^,ntii
the capture of I.eteli;t the CarU ^h , m 7'^-""'' '•*■'"■ ''■■""^- After
the
enemy easily got possessio,, of the <itv 'd
every a^'e survived. Accord
'.stitiiteof defendc
"giy,
RoMA.v Honor.
>'ave them i..-t., • i- '^'•ni'iL- sent a!iil,ass.i.i<.rs f
against., the plots .1 his neare:^(f.i:^;dsl-''l^s^:;;• 'j^ i!; 1^ f ^i;;:;
p
184
EXKRCISES.
Vvnlins wnitf to tlic T'nmaii ))(()j)k', praising and tJiaiiking" them, and
clothed ami ivslond all thf captives which ho then hail.
'one ami two, alter. ' descisco, 3, scivl. ''quidam. 'Ambraciensis. '^lUrtim.
•Csi! A.A, orasiclaiige. ' necO, 1 iininler. " I.itoraUv, or, tasy to do. -'poCUla
minlstrare. '"convivlum. " wrntr. '=mando, i. '^prodo. '*ago. '"
(•(.mparativeof cautC "protect (tUtor, 1) his gaiety from, "wrote praises and
thaiikH to.
67.— A Plot.
When the .sons of Aiicii.s saw that Serviiin Tidlius was likely to suc-
ceed 'raniuinius, they sent two peas;ints. who came hefore the king
mulei the pretence of having a dispute to decide; and while Tanpiin
Mas listening to the one who stated his case, the other struck him down
with an a\.-. The (pieen, however, gav<- out that the king was not dead,
and i)y the time that the truth Itecame known, the cause of Servius was
secure and he became king ^^ Home.
68. — Pl.ACK.
Caesar was delaying at Ravenna with one legion. Leaving Ravenna
at night, he reached Ariminuni at dawn. Antonv, who had tied from
Rome on the night after Caesar was outlawed, joined him at Ariminum
(Rimini). Soon Ponipey had gone to Rrundv .ium for the puriM)se of
crossing to ( Jreece JJefoie Caesar's arrival there, the consuls had sailed
for Dyrrhachium in Kpirus. On the Tit h of Novemher Caesar crossed
from Rrundusiuni to the shore of l^pirus with a part of his army.
69. — Co.mhtional.
1. Had the Athenians taken their departure that night, noljody wouhl
have opposed them.
2. The enemy have proved thi^ir bravery. If thev had o.dv been as
enlightened as they are valorous, there would nc\ cr have been
any o(!casion for this war.
:i. Now, if Catiline had remained in the city till this day, although as
h)ng as ho was (in the eity) 1 met and blocked all his plans, never-
theless, to i)ut it mildy, we should have had to fight with him,
and never would we. while he was in the city as an enemy, have
freed the state fi'om so great perils, with so great peace, so great
ease, so great silence.
4. For I ask (this question), if any father of a family failed to inflict
the severest possible punishment upon a slave by whom his
chddr.n had been killed, his wife slain and his home burned,
wouhl he appear to be gentle and pitiful or most iidiuman and
cruel.
5. If, Catiline, I at once order you to he ariested and put to death I
shall ha>e to fear lest some one mav .siy I have acted with too
gieat cni^'lty.
6. Tn iieavcn's name, if my slaves hated me to the .s.ime extent that
all your fcllowciti/ens fear you, I shouhl think 1 ought to
KXKRnSKS.
185
iil)at:.l(>ri my lininc
<il V '.' ami iC f saw
''.\ liiv lillow.
lit. (itii.)
'1" v-M. n.,l fl,.,,k ynn sl,„„M al.aM.I..,, .1,,
;,• 1 , ,, ■ '">"*'''' X" •'"•n-iv Mil,,, I,-
<:''■-'-•;. I •^i.-M.i.ipn.f..,.,...,,i,,,,,,ji, ,.,.'.,,..;.;
t'> ti.(( Ullinj, (occidens) n^ixiMic. ^
man w hmn w^ fen would
y. i'i't^'"''o the jK.wcr (potestas) of tlu-
exlni(l(pateo) so w,l..|\ w.\ ' ''■""" ""f''" wnul.l
dar
ev
li
/-_i.. . .' >iaii\u laid lailicr r
■ „ ''"^""^"""' »"""«» l«li»nus)„,u„i,v (locus'
"■ "J;«iRn.?';;S';;;.':jsi;iii£; iLsvf '-',^'■"""«'
70.— O.R AND ().().
alt r!:el.a..d: ' '^" ''^^^ ^'"-^ ^" '•""'■'^^ thoireflects and ..va:u.
^' '2''1'a'".T •"!""'" T'' «earchu3 to tlH- ,.,n-ovs. '-thai ^^,. n.u.t
to attack the l.mg, but liad l.ecn entic.d forwanl hv Vyvus uiuC
186
KXKIICISKS.
fills.. pntciK.s; that tli.ir .,„Iy .I.si... Ml l.|.-..i,l „;,.,„ ,,.,„„,
IK'HM^: l.ut thill if any olwtiicif \vas.,tV.T..| tli.v «.ir iMcrMn.l
to l(p.l li..Htlliti.r,. Ill tt f.w <l,.yH 'ii.s>,,|,h..r„fs ivtiirn.-.l n.l
Htalf.l that ho ha.l with ^'cal ilitfi.ullv ol.laiiif.l p.nni».si<.n to
savi! th.i- <;iv.k aiiiiy ; that hi; was na.Iv to ......hut ihnii in i.ii--
Hon into <;mfo and to supply tiicin wiili pi<.\ ision.s, fm which
howov.r, th.y wtic to pay; hut if !,.. faij.-.f to supply them, thfll
thfy wtie to ho at lihcrty to ialp thcnis.lv.vs.
,".. Wiicn tho H.uhassador returned on the third day. th.- kin^put to
hini th.' snnple question Ik.w far it was from the mm to Susa
I he ainhassador answered that it was a journev of three months
'Milesian stranger,"' exclaimed the king, '•<'|uit Sparta l.efore
sunset; you are no friend to the Spartans if you want them to
undertako a three months" jouiney fruiu the sea.""
71-— Oratio Obliqua.— Histohk; SKgcKSt k.
Being unahlo to d.fend thems.'lves and tiieir (property) against (ab)
the enemy th.,- Aediii sen.l aiiihas.sadors to Caesar to .set k aid • thev had
.ieserve.1 so Mvll (ita), (they sai.l), of th-j liomaim in' all tim.- that^heir
hinds ought not to he deva.stated, their ehildreii eaiiie.i <,ir into .slav.'iv
(and) their towns taken hy storm almost in siyht of the Koman armV'
Intiueme.l hy these considerations (res) {•.>sar determined he oukIu
not to wait until :ill the ijossessioiis (fortunae) of the allies were taken
from them (consume) and the Helvetii reached the territory of the
Santoni. •'
'.\1)I. alone.
72.— O.O.
Divi.o, ho leader of the embassy, trc.Ms (ago) with Caesar in the.ie
words (ita) : If the Roman people wouM make i)eaee with the Helvetii
they W(mld go into and remain in whatever distriet' Caesar .letermined'^
ujion (constituo) and wished them to Ix. ; hut if he continued (perse-
verare) to assail (persequi) them in war, let him lememher hoth the
old (lisaster that iK^fell' the Roman people and the oid-tiine valor of
the Helvetii. As to"* his h;. ,„g attacked one canton unexpectedly,
when those who had crossed the river wen- unahle to hring aid to their
friends, let iiim not on that account despise them; they had heen so
taught hy their fathers an<l ancestors that thev relied (nitor) more on
valor than on guile and treachery.
■ThoywouM ^ro info that p;irt ani; tlur- remain, whercvii-. • Kut. I'f. in O.K.
•■'Kxprfssedliy Ol.j. Gen. 'quod with Iiulic. in O.K.
T.i. !).().
V'hen Caesar sent messengers to them to ('wnand that they sur-
render to him those who had made war on himself and (Jaul, th.>v
replied that the empire of the Roman people did not extend acnwa the
Rhine ; if he ilid not consider it fair (aequus) for (Jennans to cross into
Caul, why (they asked) did he cro.ss over the Rhine into their territory?
KXKRCISKS.
IS7
When tlif>s(' tirosciit «<-r<. 1....1 » • i
'•n-u „.u.st .i,ut. a,„l ', ' .H ;■; 'ti»t*J«) ..a,l..r „f this „,., , says,
tl.ose who wish ,h., on V a^T;^L«>''"''' ''• '.'•'■"'•^ ■''" ""- '-•
anns; no ramp more truly' UWs f.H ^" "*'."' '"^' f<"'l'with i,,
where Hud.p|/u..,,e,levl.dci^^^^ <""'' '» ^^''i^'O
shmihl approach ru-an-r liilJr n, Vh J/^! '". i'"'^^"" : <•*"'<•• th.y
onlerthat thHrmeetin-couh Z'n .. "*' "''\ ''''^ance to H„.,.i„„ jj,
'hosi>es) notasane.a.my t . Lu ;,• . ' u' m' '""'" "^ '^ ^'''"''
swonl, ,f the Gauls we.o airlefe/^rr ..''.•''''' '"*^*=' '''aw th..
into Italy. afeituible (per GaJlos hcet), muil he lamu
76. -Speech of Han no.
tl.- Romans, t. ut evV,U^' '.o'^^."*'''^ "'f ?"'y t" »- l.an,l...l o"? "
;leport.,l (deveho) t " 1 e fa thest s r^^ ''V ^^'''^ to .:,:
I.e ha,n.she,l (ablegare) to a spot (eo from^l^^^ '"'"' ' '"^^ ""^'''t ^'>
agani reach us. *^ ^^°^ "^°'» wn't-'" l>is name couM never
77. — Idioms.
^i'i'lif iw'„n'/i;;.::.Xn..;:; 0,ympia ..ast...,. in
t I'o Imnself did not know. ""- ''"'^ """""»' '" any
1. Hippi
.V,!f' V, ",'" '^"""^'^ all (Jreece. that
art I at ho hnnself .lid not know. - -.
""Worthy of a Roman eitTzen ' ^' """'■ "'" anything
'^at;:;:ut!Mo!;j'£;^'',;Sv''^' '-^-" '--"y natives,
I hope the poor citiLn::, H^^^' ;t?::r;"'^' r'!' '^':^-
The ,li,.tator swore thit if n, l,, ''"'"''"■^ for^-iven.
his country alone. '^ "" ''"•^ ^^^^^^^'^'^ '"-n '"^ woul.l die for
"^ JSr;:^rr^ -^ - our fnends at Marseille. ; he sure
a ^e Hv. was so deep that the ::::r^::^'r;:i t^^^^;^^,.^^
3.
4.
n.
a.
8.
188
KXKlMiSKX.
7.
s.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
1.
2.
•A.
4.
S.
9.
10.
11.
7H. ||1|(IM^.
ll.w.s I.I.. iiMouHh ...■.|,.ilt...l, Im.I at II.. .imr,,M,..una,.,>,a!lv
<'<iiiliimi< i|. '•'
lusk.dtli.'ul.l nun wh.-llMrli.. lu.l lix,,laM hi. Ijf.. ...i C,..!,..
I .•.mnutlul,, a.k,n^' y..u th- .va^..,, uf y.M.r aLs....... f,..n.'tl„.
fl>.s«Mil)|y oil that (l.iy.
W..a.Ivis,..l the y„unj,'i:,.,ito l.c Miin.ltiil of th.- short n.-. of lifo
U lio IS tli.-.-o that .lo,s not a,li„i,v tl |,| p.n..ials of U -
wlutlir, ho has .Ion., this a.ci.lfntally or .hsig.M.llv i: an o,,..,
H.; will do nothing, T think, at thy hi.l.Iiny.
S.'.i.ra «-rot,. th,. foilowin.; t.. a frirn.l : •' i?..f„r.- oM a-,, {..a.n.-
"I'on ni,.) took ,.ar., that 1 shoul.l livo w.ll ; in ol-l a^. , ke
I'.uc that I may .lie W..11." " ^
I. was all throMgh y.ui that T di.l not r..tiirn in tiin.-.
Th.y a^k.d wh..n th»^ Mork woiil.l 1,,. finisiicd.
UV advis,.,l l.i„i what he ..ught to .lo. Tell im- if yon. I.oth.r is
If Alexander, who eoiujuered bo nmnv nations in wai. had aho
eon.,..er..d the denires of his h.-art, he wonid nndoul.tedlv hnve
lived lon-er and with greater glory.
The world is stili deceived by onmnient. Move thes.. .-yes ■
79. — Idiom.s.
Too 1 .te eomes reseue ; he is ta'en or slain.
I'or lly h.^ couhl not, if he woidd have (led
And J,y wouhl Talhot never, though he might.
The .lay is ours. L..t us see what friends Tr.- living, who are .lead.
I he task, It was manifest, must be undertakt.n
'^Wi'T'Tri''';- 'r '''*'"' '" "'•' '^-•-■' J"^^ '^f*-'' ••-tun.i.iu' from
^^.•otland (Scotia).
The return of the .•onspirat..rs to the eitv was s.M.n fullowi.l l.y
their .aptiire.
K.'f..r.' three years had passe.l he .lie.l of a wound ivr.ived in
l)attle with a Wjuadron of Persian Morse.
After a seige of six weeks Sidon had fallen.
The heralds announce.l to the ehief that unle.s.s he surren.lered at
orue our torees would attack the eity and spare none.
The harhaiians aske.l the forgiven.-ss of Caesar for th.' att.U'k
iiia.le upon the outpost during the truce.
Ill tlie morning the conipierors learnt that the rebel lea.ler had
tied with many followers.
The authors of the eon.piraey alone urged continued rcaistance.
KXI-.l!('l,s|;.s.
189
12. VVh.-n til.- i.si uii,,, .,,,,, ,, I, t 1 •
t'lo .s|)ll|,;;. 'I' '"" '"""' '" I'lun. I,.>„lly until
' -■■i-i:'™y';:i";::-:i;;':;;u;;';; ",: ^
'*<••. I'l M-.n;.|\.
H''vingat|..ngtl, ul.tai,„.,| ,,ni,.l.i ■ u.,,,|, ,1 >
e..,«a«.-.I (impeditus) lM.,n„...ix I i'„ ' ' .'T "'""'■^ "f •'" ^^' -"
this fact was iviMrt...! «', '.'"""" ""•»""" l'<l;i.-..f ( ■.,.„,, \VI„. ,
writ ;l I., ..^c'},' ^"-^■'- l'"^'I><M..'.| (postDOno, .■:..^^'"\'
' = into whatever part.
W. U'kitk thk (».(). inO. k
^ I>'>;>t.soi,f,st..,„,Ii,. ,v.lit,in.m,..s.,.
:• f"";^"'':^-"^-'i'--'".ms. viola, un.i ....vi,
3. LegatiLs faosari .liVif nisi auxilii ..I
S.'l -Idiomati. ('."m.itidnai
;-}i;t;ri.-,i;'^i'-;-,i:; -- -■■■. ■
".i'.i;;rs,,""::',t4:^r'''"'"' ■■• - ■ ■■ ■■ >
4. Evurylwdy thru thouirht tii.it f!
apent ill peace (quietus . ,,„cl
I" !■•:
"f file .>iiiiiii
it \M)iiI(l have 1
"■'■ would 1)0
'ff.i as f,
II- as u
ISN)
KXKItCISKS.
Cailli.ifc'ini.ih .nrtny w.,-. ...m..i,„-,| (uh f.,r .i. m.i.s .iHictTliwU
per).
!t. L'l liiin l.f iisIiHinr.l if hr jj;av.> iii.tliin;,'.
•». Let tlum do lliis if tli.y wish (fm.) t„ h,. safr.
7. Ht' WMt him un a).. -ad in f h,. |i.,|h. tl.it \u- im-l.i (,.■ ,il,l,. t,, ,,. Iiit-vc
(pronciO) Noiiutliiii^ l.y thn .iiii.kiH >M of Ills iiiai. li.
H. Tii.>fn.|my pour annni.l (ci'cumfundor) on nil xi-l.-s in tli.- Iioih'
llittt tlioy niiglil l>o ut.lc to tinil >tuuu: o|)tiiing laditus, us).
S4.
Tut in ((.(I. oftir dixit
Wlmt am T to ,!o? Wliithur to turn ? |)o vou hid nic go to m.-t thf
.■.K..ny y I ^.,M do so n.oHt willingly if it . ould h.. dono withonl ruin
.. tho natio.. IJut what could !..■ ,« f,H,h«h ? What .ould he mo.t-
fatal than with an army <.f rocruitH to tnguge in coiillict with a veteran
ill II I V •
1. Thereupon tho nicssongrr, s.-.-ing that it was im|)o«sil,l,- to p.r.uad..
^hc relK-ls not to a.ivaiK.. u|H.n tho capital, strove to acorn pli«h
Ins ohjuct hy threat- and apiujals to fear.
2. Tho fonos which are gathering aro too numerous to Ik. counted.
3. Th.so soldi..r>< aro t(M. hravo and too exiH-rieneed to U, defoattd hv
Hutli an undisciphne.! lioHt as is coming to neet them.
4. VVho is there in the whole world so unmin.llul of a kindnesH as not
to ho grieved h^ the action of these men, who, in or.ler to eain
the highest OKices for themselves, have proved false to tLeir
greatest friends and have joined the greatest enemies of their
count! y?
f«i.-TRA.SSI.ATK TICK TH(H(ilIT.
1. A march of sixteen days hroughtt.'a.-ar to the Khine.
2. They reeonnnen.ed hostilities at once after the return of the
envoys.
3. Tho custotly of the hostages was entrusted to the Remi.
4. Tho arrival of Caesar tilled tiie soldiers with tho greatest joy.
5. Such a glorious victory had not l)een gained, .so thouL'ht the
Athenians, without tho 8i>oeial intervention of the gods.
6. The rout now iH^camo general along tho whole Persian lino.
As s,K,n as the news of the fall of Kretria reaeh.-.l Athens the
courier 1 hidippides was sent to Sparta to solicit assistan<e.
They ahandonod tho l.agg.ige- train an.l heat a .juiek retreat into
the W(hkIs.
All recogniwd the fan that tho non-aeeeptaiice of tlie terms o<»-.
meant the prolongaiion of the war.
K\KI!«|SK.S.
191
'<• \"Mnl,„«l\ tl,. nunil..i „( .|„. „,.,,,„|, i , ,
,, -,.;;;;';''• ;;'^';"7' '•-'''''••• - ... .i:i:..,i;.' — '"•"•''•"•■
I— 't W'lx hut tn 1,1,.^, , . ,. .. 1 , ,1. . 1 1 1
13. It jf...M witliMiit S.I., i:i , tint „v
an.! .......1 to. In it ,^hV itv u .' '"■/" "'•' """■'■ ••'
Nfit)i(ratiiiH.i.f,.|i,le.l til.' vii,,. I • •
•■'«.' or H,.x „,,s s,Ku..,| Int „ 1 -"l>nn.s.H,„„ tl„. ti,„„.„„
•''.•«-w..i..iH.ir „..ti.:..s It ,;m 7 '■'■"'' '^^
tlius.. t,.,.,..i.„„ ,,„',..,,„ Y- . ;." " .." <l"r..| ,,. ,..,1.1 ,^,_, ,
SH.-CoK,..,..v., ss M.,T..K.; A,.,..:,:ssKS IIk.: S,.v
I tTiiiit iiH' to know I.i.fo... r .. •
your can.,,. Ha's l,,,,.. I f . .' i ' '"" " '"1"'^ ..tl.,., ■
not your an.u-.r |..av.. v-u as v„;V . ' " ■'""' """"^'"'1 v,,u? |,-
my homo an, I ,r,„u ■ ,„.. „„'. -^ '";'-''"•, ^^ '"".. il.,.s,. „,,ll. „,.
'-nn..t.iv..nroJi.i.,i>srw.,ni:h ;""' •'"'■'•■'" ^^ Ti..,u:..
t-n.lure u situation^ as .lis^r,,.,..,.,-,,, („ • .:' '•' '■'"'• ' ''"i n,. l„„..;,.r
Ion- for tl.M u„rM« i,, ul.il , v '•, '-^^^"i >..mys.lf ; ,u,v urn I
long seivitu.l,. aw.tit-.'". i'xum. cuIi.t an .irly" ,l,.,.tl, ,„■
about to l,e Ion,' i„ ; ,,,, i,,- . : , "„, , "^^ """"" 'f"' "'.Hrr;..t „„.„>. 'Nor a.n I
Pergo. -immaturus. ■ manU """""•■ ''■"'"'"'"'■ "" '»■- —
L.iia PtirKona. Ki
thinking ili,,t th.- H
'ig ot ( 'hi>
H9.
III'"., to whoiri tl
the city at the Jiea.l of
''in.-ins ....„M ,.,^,i^. ,„. ,,„f.,„,.,,
a vast aiii
ly. On no j
■"-'luins ha,l fl(.,l_
ni.iicli..,! against
•ifvious o('.;aBioi,.i ,ii,j
h
192
KXRKCINKS.
;,'r*«al t'Ti'ir tM'i/"'* tin' S«'iiiilc. h"> titm.;* w it tt • |»..mi'i'' nf I'tii'^iiitii*
.it iliikl litiM'. mill Mil L't'iii wiM tU' »i.iiin' 111 I'll 111 '!')>'• ISiinui-'
H«'i«- iinl only afiiti'l of llif rni'iiiy. I'lil <if llii.c imii > ili/iii-i :it m< II,
IcNt the (ililiH Mi'i/i'il M-itll ft'iL;llt,' llll;.'lll lulliiit' tli>> Uiu^H Vlllitll thi
('it V '^■■■l' 'kl'l' |>t |H'.l> I' lit. till' |H ll'l' III'" xliiM'I'V.
i'mxriiii Nt'i/.i'il till- •liiniriihiiii Mitli<'it i<|i|Hm!tiiiii iiriil wmilil ii ac
wiiti'Hil till- i-itv liy till- Siililiti.iii lull . Ii,(<l lint irn.iiiiM ('.!■ li-< wiiii
two ronit'iulfM Kfpl till' wlmli- Kirn«niii ariny at liny". «liil'-lli«' l\niii(»ti<
l>iiikt> ilowM tlif lii'iil;.'!- iM'liiml him. W'Im'ii mily 'i .-xiiall inii t it tt.''
IllillHI' WIIH Ifft, lIlMlltillH ImuIi- llH IMU i'lini|I.UII>IIIH ^l> ItacK, Wlllli' ln'
I'i'tiiitiiii'il aliini! In f.ii I! till' fill'. Fur kumi' tinn- llii\' 'ii'Mit.ili'd in
Htna/i'liH'lit at tlin <'i>iita|,'i- of tin* Itoiiriii, thru raixili;; a "linul, tlwy
liiit'l their >('('a|Miiii from all Hiiii'H on the oi.c (ri'iiiaiiiin^) I'n . At laxt
tlui iiuhIi of tho fiillins; timlK-rx" ami thi> xhouiH of iii^ iouhli'\ tifii toM
him th« work was (iniHhril. Then, after prayiii;,'. "'• l'',itli<r THn'r,
may you pit-MervK tlii"<i' aintu ami tlii-* woldjer," anm'il a.'« in w.i-^, li"
pliini^i'il into the Tilwr ami swim airiMs in t4.ifety to his ('(aiiitryiiien,
amid a shower of arrows from the emiiiv'^.
'cum. 'non unquam aliaa ant*. Invado. :i. vl. bui. 'valldui. 'res
*OIuilnas. Aiij. 'mettt perculiui. "roctp^o. '*>«■ ii'iin' \<ii.. '"cuii!.
■ ' ki'i'p at lioy, one vi-rti. "Say, tint liroki'ii liri'lkf, ' ' ili.iii> uirnwit {.>i|ii>.r ii|>oti
(hliii), luptrlnOidO, Al>l. At>f. Omit 'from t)i< iihiii.n.'
In the meantime tho arrival of the anilii.ssad'vr < fii>m Ttmne wa."*
announeeil. Messengern had already liceii di .s|).it<lied liv ({anmlial to
meet' them' at the sea, (and) to say that it woidd Im- un.siie for tluiii to
eome to the eamp amid (inter) the warfare (arma) of ho iii,iny and su< h
wild tiilH's, and that at Hueii aeri^tix (discrimen rerum) lluinilial liad -o
time to hear enilmssieM. It wa« cjiiite evident lliit ir' not admitteii they
^e go to
_ itc-li to
that the amlia.ssadnrs hIiouIiI not he heard.
■■eml to meet— obTlam mltto. 'Itrpri'«eiit )>> t)ie rel. I'roii. at thr I r^iiiniiiK of
the iieiiteiice. '^Kepreseiit liy )>artioi|>Io, admlttO.
woulii at once go to Carthage. AcioidinL:l\ . he mtids me-.seii<_'eis a '-ad
with a iKspatc-li to tho leaders of the Uareine faetioii itactioi. siying
91.
Alexander the fJreat, king of the Macedonians, Max ashed hy I'erillu.s,
one of his friends, to give a dowry to his daughters. IJ.'inj.' commanded
to take fifty talents, I'eiillus aii.wered "ten will ho eiiungh. " '"Fur
thee,' siiid Alexander, "enough to take, Inii for me noii"ioiig!i to j;i\e."
And the king having oiiee uikhi a time commanded his steward to '/wr
Anaxarehus, tho philosopher, :i.8 much as lie mi'^'ht .i k, l!io stiwaid
said: " Hut he asks a hun<lrod talents.'' "He is ijuiU' rii;ht," said
Alexander; " sinee he knows that he has .v fiieiid tiotli alilo and williii;4
tu give him such an amount.''
92.
Epaminondas was carried off the field with the spearhe.id (ferrum)
still fixed ill his breast. Knowing that ho hud r'jeeivod a mortal
r.xr.nrtnr.H.
103
ur.in.l. !i ,i,.kr,| tir-i, "N ,nv ^l.i.M ^.,f.»- tli.n, h.iviiiif «■.■„ it
!' "V'' "'■ ;!"••"■'■' ' 'I'Imii luMriK' Ih"'!! mrurnM.I tli.it lolu-la* ...,.1
».ii|.lhmius «|i.ii. h.. uil.Mi.U.l t.. Mi..,,.| 1,1111 ,n th.- ...iMiih.h.l. «.-,,.
lM.tl, «laiM. I... .,l«..,v.-l : •• \„» iiMi.t iiiikr |Ha.,..- Tli.. ^.Har I t
wax thru willi.li i«ii (cxtfAho). ami I,.- .Ii.-.l iininu.liatoly.
m.
AflfrtlM- l.,iltl.- at th.- ArKitiuxa.- niaiiv nun wwr I. fi .,n ih, s,,,,
ml nIiii.., iiii.I llMTf \\,iM ii unwit Htoini .'iml moIiih wi„.1. II,,. -.,11..
I
1 Ih.M. hliips Ii,.|»..l that Kuiiii' oni- u..iil.| ...ii,.> (,, |„ Ip (hiiii luit i.o
..Mr .HMf. Aft.iwar.l-. a .•.•rfain man. uIk. -ai.l that lir h.xl Im-..|'i «a\..|
alh-K'xl tlial h.' Iia<l h.-anl ....in.. ..f thus.- p-iinhiii-; -ix lu him : •• |f y,„|
aiv siv,.,| «., t.ll thr |).in..s that «-■ who hav foii^.ht fur our < uiuitiy
t»riivel}, iliitl, aiitl the njiiiiihiiuliri wnuM a.»l navti u». "
W.
( vriiH, havihu <onr|iiir.M! CrrMsuH. piti.d Iiim. nti.I woiidrrr,! at hix
wif«l..iii. Wli.ii thf ^-..l.li.is ,,f CvniM were pliin.hriii^; all tlir w.allli
<.f(r.«siis, ( i.K.^us l.H.k.-.l at th.in, an.l ask.<l Cvnis if h.- miulit mv
what h.thoiiv'lil. ••Say..n,"'sai.l('vni.«. '• \Vli<m.V ask.'il ( 'r
till- trra^un- which \'<
inhi May
aski'ii t riM'sus, '• i-*
.'"'"■ «<'l<li«r^ arr laying waste?" " Vours," anxw-frt-.l
( yriis •• Not n.inf, Iml ^\..urs." sai.l CnHmis. " It I-* mine n<> lonj-.r :
It H now Minis. °
95.
At thix very tiin.-, howt-vcr. Fies,(,, with wiioni tlic rummissonfrs
huil n..iv..| insirnctiuns f.. <'oiiclii<lc a tivaty, ]m<^, ,\ awav. He ha<l
just ••oMipl.'tcMl all airan;.'(tni-ntst<> his watisfa.'ii.in' an.! waH'ioniin« .mi
of the harlxir t.. join liis (vi.iori.m>i .•..nipanions wh.ii he h.ar.l an
unusual- tumult ulM.ar.l the a.lmiral\ l..iat. Territi.^.l hy th.- sh.mlin.'
anil tearuij; that tin- slaves vwml.l i.reak th.ir ehani.s ami overpower
his eompaim.iis he huriieil to the scene.' A plank* stretcheil from the
shore to ihe ship. He was rushing across this when l.y some elian. f^ it
overtuiiie.l anil pre.ipitateil him into the sea. \VeiI.'he.l ilown l.y his
heavy armor he at oncu sank t.» ihe liottom anil (wTislied al the Verv
moment when l.ey..n.l a iloul.t he lia<l within his grasp" evervthing
which a man eager foi' |H)Wei' could desire.
'Safi'.fiictorilv, or, just uH he wUhi-d. 'InaolltUS. "r creat-r than (■•istom allowed
(consuetude ferebat). nhith.r. •tabula, sa. 'forte. 'wa^goinK to^'ain. Uiv
birous of rule.
96.
There was a panic. The whole roy.d cavalry wavert^l ; the siipfK)rt-
in-.' infantry r.-coiled ; the day seeiMe.l lost l.<"fore thehattle«as well
hc.uii. The king and .Marshal Hiron. who wcic mar each .ither, were
fuiiouswith r.iv'c. I. lit alnady douhtfid of tiie result. Thev exerted
themselves to r.illy tlie t ):u>i>-: and to r. fonu t!ie Hhattcied :.;iik.s-. How-
13
I
194
EXERCISES.
ever, the Oermaii ridors and Ficiicli lancers liad not done their work so
thoroughly as Kgmont liid done. Tlirowinj,' away tlieir tisolcss laiictis,
they caniu on slowly, sword in hand, and were un"al)lo to lnoak tliioiiyh
tlie line of more heavily armed tr(M)j)ers )]i|)osed to them. Meeting
witli a firm resistance, they wlu^eled, faltered a little, and fell a short
distance hack. The king, whoso glance on the l)attletield was like
ins])iration, saw tiie mistake, and charged ujmiii them in person witii his
whole cavalry. Tin; scene was changed, victoiy succeeded to impending
defeat, and tlie enemy was I'outed.
97.
" We are not here, O invincible Prince," said he, " that we mav ex-
cuse, l)y an anxious legation, tiic htng defence whicii we iiave made of
our iiomes. ^ Who could liave feared any danger to the most jjowcrful
city in the Netiierlands from so moderate a besieging force ? Vou wouM
yourself liave rather wisiied for than approved of a greater facility on
<mr part, for tiie Itrave camiot love the timid. Wc kiiewt'ie number of
your troops, we iiad discovered the famine in your camp, we were aware
of the paucity of yout- ships, we had heard of the (juarrels in your
army, we were expecting daily to hear of a gencr..! nmtiiiy among your
.soldiers. Truly, if you had been at the head of ff'ty thousand soldiers,
and every .sohlier ha.l possessed one hundred hands, it would have
seemed impossible for you to meet so many emergencies in so many
places, and inider so many distiactions."
98— Idiom.vtic.
Once upon a time two boys, Caius and IJalbns, left their Inmie in the
city to rest for a few days in tiu; count tv. While they were walking
in the fiehls one day, Caius said to Balbus tiiat he hated the din of
cities, and that the country was always most plcasjn^' to him. For
some time Ballms held his pea^-e, tlieii, l(K)king up atliis friend, said
that he iiad promised iiis fatlicr to reiuin liome before the fifth day
that he nn'ght .sec his sister wliom he hoped to find at h(mie, Cain's
replied that he wouhl rather keep his promises than be the richest man
in the world. 8o after much conversation that day about the past and
many attempts to foretell the future tliey wcndeil their way home in
safety.
99.
When Otho heard that all hope was lost, and that the battle by
which the empire w:is decided liad proved adverse, he took his resolu-
tion, and called together tiie soldiers. It was not without difficulty
that he calmed them. They clamored, in the frenzy of their courage
and indignation, that tlie state couM still be restored : that a prince
who still had liis cohorts faithful Jiccd not despair. Lit him only keep
his spirit, they would prote.t him, and all would be well. Tlie em-
peror thanked thetn. but added s:\dlytliat liis lit.-wa? n^-t woith such
a price. He had not begun the civil war, and he was unwilling to be
accu.scd of prolonging it.
KXERCISES.
195
100. — Cir KK(I TO Bri'TIS.
if you have In^a" a 11. fa ,V H '' ''"'"''' '"^'' >"" ^" ^""^ ""•
hoped that you wo^y^s^ r ,^^n;;;:;;;";;';;:jf ,^y;"">-- , .^ '-•
in the c t y. I shall wiitp vnn », ,;\ / i ' '^'^ '"^ IHriMchiuni or
plans foriaving " J .,',£" " y" f '. >' ''", «""'« "thor o.-asi,.,, of n.v
to know whether Ca.^a^ tenclsl It. '.'n tn''lT '"V''''' '' '"^ ^''' ""■
I coul.l have wished ).,. ha tX „ M , A ^^■^^>' ^ "' ^""'''- "'• ""»•
let n,e know wh-re a!;:! tw'Sa ' r;::'^'' '"'"• ^'^ -V^' ' «"t-at,
Naples, Oct. 25th. ^
^.i-igw^mir:^
VOCABULARY.
This vocal.nlary. (Im,,;;!, not Hp,.,iallv pi
prose. Thcvs,„,K.nt «h„uld he Lv ..ri , " "■•"'">••"'-" '"''i'Mry ..«Hn
habit of turning, to ,he vo,.al.„larv wifho.i;;' ;';'''''" """ ""' --"--(.nmi
no. more woH, hut nmrc pow.r to „s,. , /' ' i'"""-' "''"' '' ""'""■^"' '^
noun, in a. Ist .U...Ien.in„, an.l i„ „,„ •>,„, ,,e. , ■ T ' •''"'"''■'"'■ '''''" *•""'"- "'
nouns, when easily ,1, twnuu.,!, is not.ivei, , " '"" ''"""• '^''" -"■'"'"' "'
,.ar.pass.is,iv.„. In .lu. ,.so of iut^w^i,;;. ur^lt'?'';',';"' T''^ '''' '^'■
(nsed imiKTsonally) or the fut. act. p.art. i» ,.iv..„ :> . ..'• ' "" '" ''•""•'• I"^"
are all nrular the .-o^ju^a.ion i^ i<u\U'^.^'u\!'. T^' "i'"" ""' '"'"'•'l"'" l'"rts
n.arkwl. Vowels short an- not „,arke,l ev<r„r' „ . "-■'"'"•'"""•■ VoMels lonjf are
The ..uanti.y of syllables i„ o.her J:!;:; i:.:;::;" "'^'^''r ^'" ""''" '" '"■ '=""'^-
theaee. unless otherwise Htal(<l. ^^rri .,r pr, position >,'nverns
A.
abandon, Hesero, .■;, ui, sertus.
relin<|uo, :{, iiquj. lidns
(undertaking)
oinitt/). :;, nii.si, missus.
betray,
priido, .i, (liiii, (litus.
abdicate, nu'alKlieo, ] (ahl.).
niai,'istraluni aUlico.
ability, inijeniuni.
able, I am, i>ossuin, jtosse, potui.
about, (arlv.)eireiter; fero : ferme
(ixtp-) -concerning, (le(ahi.).
above (adv.), su|ira.
absent, I am, ahsum, esse, fui.
abundance, er.pia.
accidentally, forte, oraeri.iit ut
accomplish, ,Hrii<io, :;, fci. f,.,.nis
accord, of one's own. sua sponte;
ultrn.
accordance with, in. ex ; ai.i. ahs
accordingly, itaipi..; i;,.itur.
account of, on, oi, ; propter.
accuse, accuso, i.
accused, the, reus, i.
achievement, res -i sta.
acknowledg-e. confiiior, l>, fessus.
acquire, tonsecpior, :;, seeutus
adiplseor, a, adeiitus
paro, I.
acquit, ahs.-.lvo, J, sohi, soluius. ,
across, trans. I
act, faotuni.
i!>:
action, rrs, r,.|,
' bring-. nprain.-4t. .en.,, fa,...re
admirntion. a<i,„„„,„ „„j.
; address, .■niio,,u,„,:;,i,„.,„„;
I adjudge guilty .•n,„l.n,no i
I advance. pr.Vn.,li„r, ,II. ;,.res'sus
, ';';'"'^"'"' ■■. ••'•^-i, eessfirus
I ^ ;"',;;;..'""""" -^^^ ^. "-n.
advice, eonsiiiuiii.
' advise, sua,l, o, ;. suasi. suasun,
I """"■"■-, niooiii, i,, 13
I affair, r.-.s, ni : ,„.,-,-,ti„n,.
I '^ffl-ight, litnor. oris ;,,,., us. ,-,s
With terrified.
afraid, I am, (of), vereor. -2, itus.
oft . . finieo, 2, ui, ii'us.
atterfa.lv. or prep.), p.^t
afterwards. p.,s,,-p„s,ea;.,ei„,Ie
after (corij.), po.f,|„a,„
again, rursus : iteru,,,, a. second nme
agnm and again, e,i,„„a„p„.„"u
agamrit, ui: contra : ads.-rsus
lam. ohsto, l.siiti.st.-Urtrus
age, ai't-is, ,-,fis,
at the age of born.
ago. ahhiiic,
agree, .•OMsentio. ,, ,e„s,. sensums
agreeable, -rams.
aid. au.viiijtiM.
l"vo. I. iini. iatus: adiuvo
come to the aid of
sulnenio!,!:,,,,; .su.cu^ro, 3, curri
cursuin (<ii»i.). ' *-"'"'
^x«Jt»H4|Befe«S»hB<
198
VOCABULAUV.
aim at, peto, .1, ui, uhh.
make it my aim, iil niro, .i,
Ogi, :it"ii-i.
alarm, on the first at first, primr..
alarmed, pcniicttH.
Albans, All.ani, iinim.
alike, iuxta, iiarilir.
alive, vivug, vmiia.
all, oriiiiJH.
all together, univirsi ; riincli.
alliance, socictrn, at is.
allow, !V""itto; sino, :(, sivi, situs;
i)atior, pati, piwauH.
allowed, be, licit.
ally, socius, i.
almost, fer." ; ytucnc, w ith verbs.
alone, solus ; fmns.
along with, cum (abl.).
alreaf'" iam. <
althoi.i»ii, ftsi.
also, etiim : (|U(M|iic.
ambassador, losanis, i.
AmbioriX, Ambiorix, iK'is.
ambush, insidi.ie, ariini.
among, in (abl.) ; jnier ; per.
ancestors, niainres, um.
ancient, antiiiuus.
anger, ira.
angry, iratus ; ^ in anger.
Anglo-Saxons, Anuli, Orum.
announce, nuutio, 1.
annoy, vexo, 1.
another, aliu.s.
answer, resiwndeo, 2, dr, sum.
any, ullus (after netfatives) ; aliquis-
any you please, <niivis.
anyone, quisquam (after noff.-vtives).
any longer longer, diutius.
anywhere, nsfiuani.
anywhither, aliipio.
appear seem, videor, ;<, visus.
appease, plaon, 1.
apply, .idhibeo, 2, ui, itus.
approach, Juivenio ; atleo. Ire, ii, ituni«
apj>ropini|uo, 1.
advenlus, us; aditus, us.
approach in.or. futuri!-.. irDmirn.ns, tis.
armed, arin:itus = in arms,
arms, anna, orum.
army, .vnit-is, us; acios (in <^
, field)
apnien, iiiis, N. (on the
march),
around, pircum.
arraign, accuso, l ; ream facio.
arrival, .advent us, us.
arrive (at), i>erveiiii> ad ; .advenio.
arrow, sa^itta.
a8(c<)tij.), ut ; ita. ..iil ; nirut.
as though, taiKpiani ; quasi ; velut.
as soon as, < urn pnrnum.
ascend, .asceudi), ;f, dl, cerisuin.
ascertain, co},'nosio, s, udvi, nitus.
ashamed, I am, pudet me.
ask, rotro, 1 ; interrivro, 1 ; peto.
(question), quaero, 3, quaeslvi,
situs.
assault, oppuRiio, 1 ; adorior, iri, ortus.
oppuifnutio, oiiis; impetus, us.
assemble, convoco, 1 ; cogo, a, eoOifi,
coai'tus ;
(intraiis.)convenio.
assembly, coii\pntns, fis; consilium,
assert, "k-o ; attirmo, 1.
assist aid.
assuredly, prOfecto.
at, ad ; apud ; Loo.
at all, omnino.
at any rate, oerte.
at last, tandem,
at once, statim, confestim.
Athenian, AthOniensis.
Athens, Atiienae, arum.
attack = assault, make attack
upon, iniiH-tuni faeere in (arr .).
attain, consequor, ;{, secutus.
C '■-tempt, Conor, 1.
attend to, administro, 1.
augur, augur, uris.
autumn, aucuminus, i.
avail one's self of, ut.r, nii, usus.
avenge (one'.s self upon),
ulciscor, ci, idtus.
Aventine, Aventinus.
avoid, tO=ne (ncKative purpose),
await, exsiHJcto, 1 ;
maiieo, 2, mansi, surus.
aware of, 1 1 ra, si lo, 4 ;
eoLTiosoo, .'i, novi
nil us.
B.
back, tprffitm.
(adv.) ntro.
bagguge, 1! tdlmenta, orum.
^::'''m^n^m:
■r*r,, mdP'ifJBS:;?
VOCABUT.Arn-.
band, man!]*, Os.
banish, tx civitate pello
bank, ripa.
barbarian, bari)arft3, i.
base, turpis, e.
battle, nuL'na, proelium.
Join, prwliiiiii conmiitto ■
bear, foro, ferre, tuli, l.-itun
Jfero. 3, jft'ssi, ffe.stu!..
because. .,u™i;,,uia;^,„„j,ij^„.
become, /lo, fieri, factum.
becomes, it, dtcet, ore, Hit.
befeJls, It, 0\ enit, contiiiifit
beflts, it, (le(!et, i.
before (prepj. ante :prae.(al,l.).
(adv.), antoa ; ante
S'pHr'"""=^""'"'"'""=
beer, roifo, 1 ; peto.
befirinningr. 'n the i„i,io: pV,,,,,,,,
K«_ ''''-^ ! A. A
oegTin, ooeptus.
behave, so gero ; so prae eo "
Belg'ae, Bel^ae, arum.
believe, credo. 3 ;orMidi, crepitus,
oenent, prOsum, prOdes-se, prr.fui
beneficiuni.
beseech, Oro, i ; precor, i
besides, praetereu ; i„super
besiesre, ohsideo. 2, sodi. ses^us-
betray, prodo, 3, prfKiidi, ditus
better, melior, ius.
between, inter.
beware, caveo, 2. cavi, cautus
beyond, ultra.
bitter enemy, ininncissimus.
blame, cuipo. 1.
culpa.
blockade, otaideo, ••. godi, sossus.
obsidio, I'mis.
bloody, cruentus.
body, cori)U8, oris. \,
of men,mar,us, fis, F.
bold, audax, acis.
boldness, andacia.
booty, praeda ; spolia, r.rnni.
born, am, nascor, .{, nut us.
both, uterque; amho.
199
°°""^' '■">'""<>", •.•,Ui,.,.Mt„S
bounds, to set, to, t..„„,..r,:,, Han-
boundary, m.i.,. is, ^'^'''"'- ' """''
boyhood, p'leritia.
J?„^*^'^*^boy puer.
irom, a imerri.
Dranch, r.unus, i.
brave, forti.s, e.
bravery, for'titri,io,i„i,.K
virtus, nil:,, K.'
break down, rtfriiiL'i •> <, ■ .
oribery, .mii.itus, jis.
biidere, |K>n.s, pontis m
bringr,dru.o;;i,.li,xi. ductus.
back, rediico.
brief, l.nv is, e.
briefly, hnviter.
Britain, liritannia.
broad, l.iius.
brother, fnUer, tris.
build, aediflcn. I.
hnn^^* '^°"^^ '^*"- ""'""" '''""•"•
burden, onus, eris N
bum(trans.),r,ro. 3, UHsi. ,„t,„.,.„,„.
nMtran..Kard;o' •;'":':;• ^•"'•-^
y,„_„. '• ''""", -, arsi, ar.iuru.s.
burst. ru,,^,o, ;,. n-ipi, niptus.
into, irruinpo.
out, eruiiipo
business, res :„effr,ti„n..
bury, ,s..,,elio, .?, ivi. nItuH
buy, ei.io, 3, enii, einptus
by, a or al).
by means of, per.
I calamity, cai.-unitas, r.ti,s, f
nialiiin.
I In war. <.|.-.,l,-.s, is j.-
I call' ■'■"CO, 1 ; a|,,.ello. 1.
I camp, c:iatra, on,,,,.
j camp-follower, cu„, ,-,ni.,.
Can, i««.-.uiii.
canton, iukus, j.
candidate for, be, ,R.to.
captive, captivu.s, i.
capital, caput, iti.s, N.
captor, <(ui cajiit, etc.
200
VOCABULARY.
capture, naj.io. :?. iri.i. captux
of the city ot the city
taken.
care, ''Orft ;
free from, Hi^cunis.
carefully, <mi(.'iriter.
carry, jKirin. i ; f<n>.
across, lraiixi><irto; trriducn;
transvcho, .i, vexi, vuc-
llH.
carry on (war-, U' ni, 3, u'essi. ge»Ui».
cast up to, oliii'i". H, iOri, ifctu8, alicui
ali<|ni<l.
cause, caii.sa.
cautiously, canto.
cavalry, tMiuitatus, fis; cqnito!*, iim.
cease, ili'sino, ;i, sii, Nitunm;
(icsisto, :i, stiti, stitAriis.
centurion, confurio, Onis.
certain, atatod, nrtus.
one, a. (iniilam. <
chain, r.at<"iia ; viin-uluin.
chance, by, forti.
chance, casus, us.
change, mfito, l ; vermuto.
change of purpose, iiiponsuntia.
character, mores, um, M.
charge into, irrno, 3, ni ;
irruiii)>o, :i, nipi, ruptus.
innietuin facio in;
iineVior, 3, vcctiis in ;
invalid, 3, vasi, Vi'isfiruB,
it).
charge, impetus, us. . .
accusation, rrlmen, mi8,
N.
check, rpprimo, 3, pressi, pressus.
cheer on, hortor, i.
chief, princeps, ipis.
of, to be, praesum.
chiefly, maximO.
children, liben. r>rum.
choose, (ICligo, 3, lO^i, It'ctus.
circumstance, K-s, rei.
circumstances, ten-.pus, nris, N.
citadel, arx, arcis, F.
citizen, 'ivis, is.
city, urbs, \irliis, F.
clear, pur^o, 1.
client, olions, tis.
climb, scaiKio, 3, (li. sums ;
aspt'Uilo; i-onsitiHio.
close, ciauilo, 3, si, sus.
oiierio, 4, ui, pcrtus.
coast, lll'is, rtris, N. ; 6r».
cohort, rf>hor», ti», F.
cold, friK'ii, fTis. N.
colleague, collCK'a.
collect, colliK", 3, Iw. Icct'is;
ci'iKn, 3, ('Oe({i, cuaiitus;
conviM'o, 1.
colonist, coirimis, i.
combatant, puu'iians; is qui puunat,
elc.
come upon find, orcurro, 3, cnrri.
(■ursuui.
command, impero, l (<lat. ami Ht.).
iulieo, "■'. iussi, iussus (ace.
anil iiifin.V
be in. prai-«um(<lat.).
im|K'riuiu, imperalum.
commission, mamlo, 1.
commonwealth. rispvit)lica. elvit.is.
companion, socius, i ; coni.'s, iiis.
compel, o6(fO, 3, coOgi, coailus.
complain, qufror, 3, ipiestus.
comrade companion.
conceal, cClo, \ ; abilo, 3, alididi, ditus.
concerns, it, attinet ad ;
rCfert ; interest.
as ffer as me, quod ad
mi .attinet.
concerning, de (abi.).
condemn, damno. 1 ; oondemno, 1.
conference, colUxpiium.
confess, confiteor, 2, fessus.
confidence, fides, ei, F.
put or have c in, con-
(ido, 3, fisua.
congratulate, Kratulor, l (dat.).
Cjnquer, supero, l ; vinco, 3, \ U'i, victus.
conqueror, victor, oris.
' conspirator, coniur.atus, i, or use verb
coniuro. 1.
constitution, respublica.
consul, consul, ulis.
consulship, consulatus, us.
consult, consulo, 3, ui, sultus.
contest, certamen, inis, N.
contrary, contr.irius.
convene, convoi-o, l.
converse, colloquor, 3, locutus.
convey, supporto, l.
convict, cniivim,o, 3, vTci, victus ;
damno, 1.
com, frrinientum.
council, consilium.
VOCABri-AHV.
201
countenance, viiliu!», fm, M.
country, in the, mn.
courage, virtu», ulis; fortitucio, ini». K.
course, adopt a form a plan,
cunairiuni ineo, 4, ii, ilii!i.
cover, tejfo, ;t, loxi, tiftim;
(march), conficio.
coward, ignuvus ; timidua.
cowardice. ii;»rtvia.
cowardly. iKnivo.
craft, dolus, i.
crave for, dosMero, i.
crime, scflus, eris, N.; fl.iKitiuni.
crop, st'KOs, itis.
cross, traiiseo, 4, ii, id'iniH.
crowd, turlia ; iinilt:ti'nlo, iiiis, K.
crown— erarland. crirona ;
— sovereiunty. reirnum. im-
pCriuiii.
cruel, crfidClis, e ; s..fvu8.
cruelty, crudelitiis, atis, F.
crush, oppriiiio, 3, p'^ituii. prossiiH.
gui)€ro. 1.
cultivate, colo, 3, ui, pultus.
custom, mos, inorls, .M.; coiiHuOtuiio,
iiiis, K.
cut down (man>, oocido, .). cidi. cisns.
(bridgel, rfscindo, 3, 8i:i(;i,
sciasus.
D.
daily, qwotldio; ill diOs (with rnnipara-
tives).
danger, porlcnlum; disorlint'ii, iiil8, N.
dangerous, penculosus.
dare, audeo, 2, ausus.
daring, audacia.
audax, acia.
darkness, tent-brae, .iruni.
dart. tOlum ; iaculuni.
daughter, niia.
day, dies, diCl. M.
the— before, pndio.
the— after, i>ostridie.
daybreak, prima lux.
dead, mortuus.
dear, earns.
death, mors, mortis, F.
to put to. interficio ; morte
atficio.
deceive, defipio. ;i. cCpi, ceptus ;
fa!!o. -A. fe'.eUi. f.ilsiiH,
decide, dccfrno, n, ciCvi, iTitus.
statiio, 3, ui, fitus ; coiistituo.
defiHion. iu'lii'ium: wni.iiii.i.
dtH-lare. dii'o. iinlaro, i ;
pri'titi'iir, •;, iivsiM
ATar, iiidlro. ;!, dixi. dii'tUH.
decree, dtvirno, ;t, crcvi, irLtus.
diinturii.
deed, fartum ; ris.
deep, alt us.
defeat, vinco, .!, vici. licni-.
(Ha<l''.H. i^, K.
defend, drfcndo, :i, .ii. .im;
lucor, -, tuitus or tiitUM.
defence of. in. pr.. (ahi.i.
defendant, rtus, i.
defile, saltUH, us, M.; f lUii-., inin. F.
delay, ni'imr, I ; dc inoior: c imh i..i-, 1.
iU'>r.i; I'uiirliiiiii, ..nj-, \'.
deliberate, di iituro, i.
•oiisulo, .'I, NUllli. SI|ltU>.
delight, di leito, 1 ; oMcci...
deliver up. trulo, ;{, ilidi, ilitus.
demard, pos<(), ;{, poposc i : p..stuio. i.
demo' h. ilolfo, 2, ovi, otus.
deny, no, l.
depart, abio, l, il, ituru- ;
diMcu'ld, ;., ffssi. .■(■'■isrirus.
departure, discfs^ui, us, .M. ; u.s«;a verb.
depose, exiiro, :;, Otfi. actu- ;
expelld, I!, pfdi, pulsus.
deprive. priM., i; .sp<]iio, i.
deputation, Ictf.itio, onis, f.
derive take. cajMo.
descendants, jxistcri. ..rum ; m |iiiti>s.
UMI.
desert. "lOsero, :{, sciui, s.rtus;
litlipiil, Ii, llipii. lirtus
deserter, transfutia.
deserve, mir.o. •_>: iinnor. ■_'.
well of. Ih'ih' lutrOri ilc.
design, oousiiium.
desire, cupio. :>, hi, uus; (.pto, i ;
volo, M-lIc, volui.
cupicln, irijs, F. ;iii.| .M ;
eagerness, cupuliias, :itis. F.
desirous, <iipidus.
desist, desist o, :!, stiti.sliturus; alisisln.
desolate. v;ist:itu>.
despair, dcspi I-. i, 1 (,ve,.. orrirwithuiil. i.
dOspCratid. ouis, F.
despatch, mitto, ;{. ml.si. missus ;
praciuitto,
nuiitius, i.
despise, dt-|ii''i(i, ... spcxi, sped us ;
sprriio, :i. spriv i, sjiretus ;
luHleiuu... ,!, teuipsi, tcmptus.
202
VOCABULARY.
despoil, n\>n\i'>, 1.
destination, um- ix-rvenire.
destroy, drlco, 2, rvi, cUih; vaMo, I;
(K'nln. :t, ptTdidi.ilitus.
destruction, o\itiniii, pemicir*, OT.
deter, <lot<rrci), ■_'.
detormlne, decide,
device, coimiliuni.
devise, exco(;ito, 1.
dictatorship. <liL'f,itura.
die, iiiftrior, iiiOri, iiiortuiw
olieo, 4, ii, itiis ; vltii oxe&lo.
different. <Uversu» ; alius.
differently to, aliter or secus ar.
difiBcult. .limcilis, e.
difficulty, ditncuiM.'*, atis, v. ;
with, vix.
disrnity, honns, r>ris ; mfiifstiis. fitiH.
diligence, dllint'"t'a'. imiustrta.
diligent, <llliKfrm, tig.
dinner, {•(■na ; pramiinm.
disadvantage, at a, inipeditiis.
disaster, falamitiis, atin, F.
malum ; olruios, in, K.
disastrous, (unestus ; perniciogus.
discourse, senno, oriis.
discredit, reflect, use indignus.
disembark = land-
disgraceful, turpis, e.
dismount— leap down fVom horse
or horses,
dismiss, dimitto.
disorder, throw into, turlxi, 1.
display, ostendo, S, di, tus.
displease, di.spliceo, 2, ul, itfirus.
dissuade, dissuadto. 2, surisi, suasfmis.
dissent, dissentio, 4, sensi, sensurus.
distance, intervallum.
in the, procul.
distant, am, absum.
distinction, honos, oris, M.
distinguished, dams ; praeclams ;
exiiiilnj.
distribute, diatrihuo. ;{, ui, utus.
partior, 4, partltiis.
district, resio, onia.
ditch, fossa.
divide, divldo, 3, v!si, visus.
double, duplex, icis.
doubt, dul)ito, 1.
dubium.
doubtful, aiM ep», cipilis.
ilown from, d. (ai.l ).
dl'ag off. alislndio, :;, trasi, traotui.
draw, 'niliii. :t, iravi, trarius.
(SWord). xirliiiifo, 3, Rtrinxi,
strict UH.
off, al"lrir<) ; drtraho.
up or out, irisiruo, ;t, struxi,
strurtiiH.
up on shore, sulxlfiio.
dream. Kixuuiuui.
drive, airo, "., i-a\. actus : fuir". 1.
)>tllo, .f, populi. p\iNus.
away, abi^jo, ;i, rifi, a( tus; pello.
duly, rite ; iustu.
during, ppr ; inter ; omit.
duty, oflBciuiM ; niuiiua, cris, N. :
honestfis, Alia, V.: hor.fsta, N.. I'l.
our, quae facerfdebOiuu»or(iiog>
oportet ;
it is one's, oportet.
dwell, habito, I : incolo, .i. oolui, pultui.
E.
each, quisqup ; unusiiuiscpip.
each other, inter so, etc.;
alius aliuni; alteraltenim.
eager, cupi<lus.
eagerly, oupide.
eeigle, a<|uila.
earnestly, vehementer.
earth, terra ; lellus, uris, K.
easy, facilis, e.
easily, facile.
either, adj., uterque.
either. . or, ant— aui ; vel-vel.
elder, (n.atu) maior.
elect, di liKO, S, If'jfi, lectus ; creo, 1.
eloquence, eloquent ia ; ffieutidia.
eloquent, eloquens, tis ; faoundui.
else (adj.), alius.
embrace, ampleotor, 3, plexus; com-
plector.
emperor, imperiitor, oris.
employ, iitor, fiti, usus.
empty, vacuus ; infuiis, e.
encamp, oonsido, 3, sodi. scssus ;
castra pono or loco.
enclose, incindo, 3, clusi, cli'isus.
encounter, conpredior. di, stressus ;
oonfiiiro, 3, flixi, flictiis.
encourage, hortor, l : cOhortor ;
confiruio, 1.
?-T^p^.iu^-':':
VOCAUILAUY.
203
end, fTnm, in, M.
at the end of. iittromtis
endeavor, f^nnr. i.
endowed, iirtcilltim
endure, pat lor. pati, |i:ismiih; pcrftro
endurance, putimtia.
enemy, hnstin ;
(private), iniiiilcnx,
enerag'e- promisf, spomico, ■>, Hpo
pOlllli, SlUIIIHtlH :
In battle, prorlimn ciiin-
mitto; piit'tio; idiiK'nilinr,
'li, uTi'^HIIi.
enGraerenient battle.
enjoy, fmor, fmi. frii'tiis ; fitur.
enough, natU; Hat.
enquire, ipiacro, ;t, <piacsivi, xittis.
enroll, (•oiis<'rll>o, 3, scripsi, HiriptiiH.
enter, incn, 4. ii, itiiH:
iiifreilior. ili. yrrHsiin.
into a plot, consiliuin itieo.
enthusiasm. Ntuiiiinn.
entire, ti'itus ; itiHt'fr. k'r.t, i;riiiii.
entreat, prffor, 1.
entreaty, oiisecr.uio, uni'^, F.
(prex) prOci«, K.
entrust, crr-do, :i, rri-diili, crOditua ;
coiiiinitlo.
envoy, nuntius ; li'tiatu.!.
envy, invidpo, 2, viili, vigu.s.
iiividia.
equal, par ; aei|uus.
equip, iiistnio, .'i, struxi, stnutu!<.
escape, effujtio, :i, tun>. fuxitrmm.
fuga : c-tfiigitiiii.
especially. prai'Sfrtim ; inaxiinr.
establish, statuo. ;!, ui, utus; coii.slituo.
Etruscans. Ktruwi. r.riim.
even, etiam ; vil ; ipse
not even. ne (luiilim.
evening, vesper, eris ami cri. M.
ever, uti(|uam.
—always, sfmprr.
at any time, <|uaniio, .iii-
i|uaii(lo.
every, omnis.
everybody, omnGs.
everything, uninia.
evidence, indiciuin.
evil, nialiini; incoiiiiiicxliiin.
excellent, optiimisi.
except (prep.), priictcr.
exertion, use every, iJ a^o ut.
exhort, hortnr, 1 ; iMhnrti.r
exile, "Mil, nil" ; pftuk'ni
evilliiiii.
to be In, > Miio, I.
i expect. >\-ip.-. In, I.
! exp»^rtinpr. not. iii'ipiMiii- ' "
t'xpectation. tx^pfiiatio, ..lii.., K
"pos, »p' I, K ; "pinio.
iini", K.
expedient, it is. .xpiilii. lir.
expel. i'X|mI1ii, ."), puii. piiNiis.
experience. riMi-«. n*, M
exploit, f.iitniii ; r. - u< -ta.
extortion. (p< rfmi.ii) r^pt tumlaft.
exult, lAuliii, I.
eye, ikmiIum, i.
F.
face to face. aih'Tsus.
fuct. riH. PI. K.
faction, faiiin, (•nis, K. : part,-, iiiiii, K.
fail, <liiUi'). li. (■■<!. ft'cttiH ; clisiuii
faith, flil.s, ei, K.
faithful, till, lis, .'. ; fi.luv
fall, I'ailo, ^, ('( I'idi, ia>!ini> ;
(•(iiiiiilo, H. fiili.
to the lot of, ciinliliK'o. '•'; tigi,
t.ictus (daf.).
fal.se. fal.'fliR; flrliiH.
falsehood, iniiid.iriiim.
tell a. iiieiitior, 4,iiiC'iititUB.
fame. t'l'Tiii.
family, familla.
famous, rl.iriis; praii'lartii ; iiisi^riiis, P.
far from, privul ah.
far Otf (adv.\ prucMil.
far and wide, loui.'.- lat.M|iii-.
farm, fundus; pr.iKliuiii ; au'tr.
fatal (dayi. fiincstus.
(wound) rtiftr.
father. pat.T. iri>.
father-in-law. smcr. ni.
fault, 'iilpa ; delictum ; viliiitn.
favor. Mv'O. '2, favi, faiilurus.
lifiK lici'iiii ; iffatia.
favorable, socundMs.
fear, tinim, 'J : nu-. '!. ui, utus ;
VITCOr 2, M'lVl,
ii'.itti-<. ifi, M : tir!!!ir. Tiri-i, M.
feast, I'lmlor. 1.
epiila", arum ■ conviviuni.
feel— perceive, sfntici, 4, smsi, sensus.
fellow-citizen, uivis, is.
204
VOCABPLAItT.
few, i>»>icl ; very f«w. »« riKnul
fidelity, il'iox, <•!, y
field, aaiT ; arviiiii.
of battle, ii''''«, '1, y
fierce, atrox, ftcin; »aevuii ;
fcrox, tVl».
fiercely. fir."K;it<r ; a<;ritrr.
fine, iHilc'htT, boniix.
find, liivtnio, 4, vrnl. ventiii.
rnKTin, 4, \<i-t\, \HtUi*.
fire, set to, liuemlo. 3, cli, Hus.
fire, ilC'iin, I". M.; ii niliiiiii.
With fire and aword. ftrro et
itfiii.
first, prlinim(a<lv.), prlimim.
first, at, iirinio.
fix. fitfo, :t, fixi, ftxu».
fixed, crtiix.
five, quilK) 'e.
flee, fuifio, 3, I'flKi, fili.;ituni*.
fleet, c'laHsm, in, "•'.
flesh, caro, carni*, F.
flight, fui.'«. .
take to, »''•»>' in f iigaoi ''»"■''■
tertju verto, 3, ti, vitsus.
fly (bird), vclo, 1.
flee, futfio, 3, fiit'i, fiitfitnrus.
follow, wquor, siinii, HecfiHis.
closely, »iib>ti'<nior.
follo\nring, jKiHUrii!".
folly, gt\iU)tiii ; (1. iiii'iitlx
fond (of), stiuliosua.
food, dims, 1.
lool, foolish, stulhw.
fcc»t, JX'S. jM.Kli>, M.
at the t'of jt of, innw.
foot soldier, ycdcn, iti*.
for. Oat.; iir6(:il)l.).
forbid, veto, 1, velui, vetitug.
force, vis ; niaiius, us.
forces, c<'ii)ia('. arum.
forced (march), mafjnus.
force, f'vo, 3, ooOK'i. coacttia.
forelgrn. percurimis: fxterrms.
foretell, I'raiillco, :'., <li\i, cllctus.
foresee, iirovideo, 'l. vuli, visu«.
forever, in poriM-'Unim.
forgret, obllviscor, ci. oblitus.
forgetful, iiiinieiiior ; oblitu;*.
forgive, iKiiosco, 3, nOvi, iiutus.
veniani do.
forgivoiieHrt, »«til».
fi)rm pUiij. . i.ii^iliiim inco.
foj-llier, pri'ir ; mii" rior.
formerly, imteu; ulim ; <|iir>Md»m.
fortifications, niriin'iutifu, onim ;
iniiiiilio, oiiii.
fortified, tiiniiitim.
fortify, niiiiiln, «.
former, the. ille.
fortune, good or bnd, furtrma.
good, rrlli'ttiiit. ali». F.
forura, fiiniin. I.
foully, iiflariC.
found, roiidn, :'. rondidi. dititl.
a colony, d.duco.
founder, imiditor, .>ri'<.
fraud, <li'iliiM, i ; fraiiN, fraudii, F.
tfee, lilwr. tTa, iTuiii.
lllwro I.
ft-eeman, liber.
fi-eeuman, libcrtiw.
fi'equent, fri<iiu'n«, tii ; orfber, bra
liriiiii.
frequently, rrObrd : <.iK-|*,
fresh, rOcfiit, li^ ; ih'imh :
iiitf^fiT, i.'ra, Kfi"!!
fViend. find a f. in, (tt) amko uii.
friendship, miilcitia.
fi'lghten, tirno, :;.
from. :i, lib.
It-ont, in. u fmiito.
lnfrolltof,l'r!..(abl.);prr.(abl.)
frontier, fines, or sui (Itif h, or gui alota'.
fugitive, pn'ifiiKUs ; fuifitiv us.
the fugitives those
who bad fled.
full, plOnus ;
(senate), fre.)Ueii«, tis.
in full force with all forces.
fury, Ira; iinputus, u», .M.; \ is.
future, futfirus.
in, for the future.
in futuriiin.
G.
gain, fonswuior.sfciui. Ncculus ; paro, 1.
possession of. pot ior.ln , potltu».
games, ludi, nruni.
garrison. j>ni< sidiuui
gate, port.i ; iriiiu:i.
g.ather. ool'iL'o. ■!. ICiri. bjctus;
conioco, 1.
Gaul, (;:illi;i.
a, (iullus.
M*Ai,i»^JaBiSbm4ld/^V
rni
lYTT,
rrw
ViiCABT'I.ARV.
205
general, >Uix, iluci^ iiii|HT.itnr. ..ri*
irenerally. pi. ruiiH|u.' ; t. rm.
Qcrtnan, (•eriii.iiiut.
get, .Klipimor, ci, ai|i'ptii4 ;
iiaiiii!»i«)r. li, i^H.'tiii.
gift, ••'•miin ; tiiiiimo, iri«, N
fflrd, rinifo, a, ciiixi, cini'tiisi.
iTlve, <ti>, "liiro, iifdi. (Iaiii«.
back, rcdilo, .'{, i-tHliliili, iIiIiin.
up, trwlt). J, tr.iilhli, (lltiH.
glad, Ut'tiH ; litifiiit, tl'.
gladly, lilH'iitir.
glory, u^Cr • : f.iina.
go, I'll, Iro, , i, iliitir ;
back, riMleo, ir> , ii, iiiiin.
away, uUm) ; diwiilo, ;(. wtmi, (in-
on be done, uito, :t, i;<'«xi,(rr<tii»
go on board, coiiw'tiiiiii, :<, <li. xtiruit in
(aci„),
tome t, obviain I.), vt'tiio.
god, ili'i.x. i.
gold, aiiruni.
golden, ;uirpii!i.
goods, Imiia, N. PI.
govern, ruj,'o ; imiMrn, 1.
gradually, punlatnn.
grain, frunirnluni.
grandfather, uvii», i.
grandson, in ims, r>tis.
grant, <lo, fl.'^rc, dfili. datus ;
coiiifdo, .'!, ccssi, oefwuriw.
grateful, Kfitus.
great, majrmiH, iii:i.i,>r, iiiiixitiiiiM.
greater number of, |ilurO!<,
greatly, nia;ciii>iMrc, vehenu-nter,
niaxiiiii'.
greatness. iiiai,'iiitrido, inis, K.
Grecian, (iratcaii.
Greece, (Iraecia.
greedy, avidus.
Greek, (Jraecus.
grief, dolor, oris, M. ; luctim, i"n, M.
grieve, dnico, ■^.
for, luiri'i), 2, luxi, luxfiriis.
grroan, irtmifiw. uh. m.
Ki'ino, ;!, \ii.
ground, on the. huiui.
grow, (•rt'scn, :!, criH i. crCtrinii.
grudge, iir,i<lfo, i, \lili, \isii:j.
guard, keep guard. (UMt.xli.i, 4.
lir:uMi.|iiiiii.
guardian, custos, odis.
K'li'Ht, li<>a|M>,i, Itia
Kuidx, diiN.durm.
guile, >it>i>i», i.
guilt, iki'l'io, trU, ,\.
guiltless, iiiiKH't'im, t\» : iiiwirifi, tic
guilty, rnxtiis, tl»; ii.ixiiH ; loiii, ti*.
H
half, dlniiiliiiiii ; diriiiiliu |>ara.
hand, matiuM, uh, K.
htind to baud, ('oinniiniiii.
hand over, tr.td<>. ;i, didi, ditus.
Hannibal, llauiuiiai. all*.
hung over, iiiiiiutifo, in-.
huplBHiS, iiiiwr, vra, ituiii.
happen, fi.>, tl.ri, fartiM;
|ia»H. of tfcro.
happens, it. acridlt ut ; nt (II.
to (a person), it, aocidit,
coiitiniiit >li('iii ut,
happiness, vita l>«ata ; tieittO viver*.
happy, iKiitim; fciix, ItU.
harass, wxn, i
harbor. |H)rtin, on, m.
hard. ditiU'iiis, e.
hardly, vix.
hardy. fortLsniimiH; iiitrepidua.
harm, dannuni ; dOlriiiicntiiiii.
iiiKHo, •_', 111, ituriw ;
do harm to harm.
haste. ci'liTitas, .It is, K.
hasten, propero, i ; (>'niiio, i.
hate. ihU.
hatred, Oilium.
hateful, iMliiisiist ; iiiviMUN.
head, caput, itin, n.
at the head of. cuiii.
to be, praetum.
health, vilOtudn, inis, K.
to be in good h , v alto, 2, ui.
heart, cor, cordis, N. ; anlinuit.
heat, I'alor, nri.'*, .M.
Heaven, di immortales.
heavy, gravis, e.
Hellespont, llelkspontus, i.
help -aid.
hence, hinc.
here, hie.
hereafter, iKistoa.
horo, iiCros, ois ; vir.
hesitate, duhito, i ; cunctor, L
— =*ws^
206
vnrAni'LAHT.
hAHttntlon, tic'T* : ' iiiii'f.iitn. iiiiU, y .
lluliltilfio, i.IIH, K
hide, >''iii<l<>, ;i, luifliili, iiiini
hill, callja, u, M.
htmneir. i|w.
hire, rimdilco.
hither, tim-,
hold, halxo, 2 ; trni'o, !, ul. t<>iilii«i.
hold out. WWlilll'il, '! ; ri-.lttM, 1, «tifl.
home, ilomiiM, i nr iih, K. ;
H, iloiiiii ilitliii.
at home, <lnnii.
honor (aiw), flil. ■•. •!, K.
horxw. ori-i, M : <ll»(iiltli», .Vtl-i, I-'.
honorable, honcKiu-i.
hOpt*. KjH'rO, I.
horrte, <'<iuii«. i.
horHeman, iii'"' ". it'"*
horse -cavalry, <t|iiiti^.<, mn.
Horace, Uor.iiiiM.
host, iiiultiifniii, iiiis, y. '
hostile, iiiffxt lit ; hottfis; itilinicim.
hodta^e, <>Ini», l>liH.
house homo.
In my house. iiimd iw.
how, i|ii>Mn<'Hlfi ; lit ; i|iieiiiiutiuo<liini.
(luh). r|ll:illl.
how much. <iM;iTitiiH.
however, tiuufii : auti'iu.
husre, iii;;cii!4, tist.
human, huiiiSnus.
hunger, f:iiiiii, is, F.
hunter, vonitor, riri».
hurl, ooiiicio, :!, iCci, icctus ;
linu'i'i|iilii, 1.
hurry, festlno, l ; pro)«>ro, 1.
in a hurry, suhitii; coiifestini.
hui*t, iiocco, 2, ui. iiocitfirus.
lai'do, ,i, Hi, MUH.
Ides, Iilfi". niiiii, F.
idleness, itfu.'via.
if, si.
igmorant, icnfinis; inaoius ;
iiiscu'iis, tis; iii'scicns.
ill, am, arjfri'l". I.
immediately, Miatim ; coufcstiin.
immense, in.ixinms; iii','ens.
immortal, iinmortalis. o.
impassable, no in:. . uot able to be
crossed.
impede, impwiln. 4 ; prrthll*", 5.
Impel, iiii|n iiii, ;i, |iiiii, iiiiUiin.
Impiety, liii|>i<i.<->, ^iii«, F.
■•■■III., 1 ri«, X.
iniploufl. iiiiph
importance, of the g^reatest"
ffreuterit
tmpoHritble, i|ii'«l il'Ti iioti ixjfcut.
tnipristmment, xinciiln, oruni.
impimlty. with. iiii)>iiiio.
In all directions, i«i-<>tiiii : In mnnflt
iiiirti's.
In resrard to(i'r<i>.i. ilr (alil.).
inborn, iiiiiiiui; Innituii.
Incompetence, tnwitla.
inconsistent wltli. eJihorrpn* »)•;
nlii'11114 all.
increase firj>ii-< i, auuc", ■.', auxi.aiicttw.
(iiitnii" ), cri'wo, .'!, iTCvi,
cr'turiis.
Incredible, Iim i. ililiill*, e.
indolence, i;.'ii i-.iu : piu'ritia ; *'>i'ordltt.
Induce, ailiiririi; iiuluco.
Indulge, iiiilulu'f". -, induNi.
infantry, piiliiaiun, iIm ; |«-<liir», um.
influence, .iiiifnrifrut, atin, F. ; tcrattA;
piitctilia.
influenced, mutu'.; aiMmtm*.
inform, iI'mvo, •_•, \\\. <lixiin»,
ciTtiori'in facio ilr.
inhabit, colo. ;i, ui, culius ; hablto, 1.
injure, nocco, 2, ui. iiiioiluruH.
injury, iniuria ; ilainiiuiu ;
ili'triiiiiiiMiiii.
innocent, i ii-ns, lU-; insoua, tin.
innocence. iiuuK cfitla.
innumerable, iimumeraliilis, e.
insido. intra.
instead of, prMai.l.).
taiituiii ahfuit ut . . . ut
ouiii posset or ilebcri't, etc.
Instruct, iii.inilf), 1 ( lat.).
intelligence isbrought.pas.s. of uun-
lio, 1.
intend, fut. part.; cojjrito, i.
in aniiiio niihi est.
intention, consilium ; Adapt,
intercept, intfrripio, ". cOpi, PcptuH.
interest, iitilit.i>, alis, F. ; utilia, N. PI.
It is of, interest.
consult the i. of con-
sult for,
(•ii!!-.!;!r!. :'.. ui. t'.ia. with L'at.
invest, obsiUeo, •!, sOdi, sensus.
■MH
VOCAIU'I.ART.
207
Inrlnrfble, irnlriuK
Inland, n.<.iu.
tafue, f\t.., I. It. iiiirii«:
ivriilliif. ifrwii, cnwiH,
('M'ritua, IM, A>l.»|>l.
Italy, liuiu.
J.
Javelin, lOlum ; t»i^iiiiiiii.
join. llliiKO, 3. iiiiiti, iiini't ( ; roiillllii^o.
JOVimey, iter. itiiirri». .N. ,
make, itir ln<io
Joy, iraiKliiiiii ; lutitia.
JoyfUl, la< tii«.
bt», liii'tor, 1 : ir»u<lao, -j.^nv mi*.
Judge, lii.lico, 1 ; lii,|,.!i, i, „,
judirment, iuiliciiiin ; urliitriuin.
Jump. K.'illn. 4. Ill, NalU'triK.
over. Iruiixilio, », u., «iil(iiru»
down, ill !iilto.
Jurisdiction, brinsr under one's
own.
»Wif ilic LiiiiH facire.
Jury, liiilico* , (OMiiiiiiiii.
just, illstll*.
Just recently. iiichId.
Justice, iiiNtitia ;
rigrhtness, iui*. juriN. .N.
Justly, iure.
Kalends, Kalpndae, arum.
keep, teneo, 2. ui. teritiw.
retiiieo, 2. ui. tentiis.
off. arcco. '.', ui.
one's word, lld«ni Hervarc or
praeHtarf.
kill, intcrflcio; i-npilo. :), iici.li, cacsiiH-
(HCUIO. 3, fldi, OlMUH.
kind, iioni;,'iiui.
kindly. KenitfuC.
kindness (ahs.), twniifnit.is, .ui.,, k
C<)Illit:'is, fiti.s, K.
a. I>eiii tlciuiii.
kinsmen. prOpiuinii.
knight, f.|M.«, itis.
know (man) tiovi, issc
(thing), scio, 4. wlvi. Hfitiis
(i-ounosLo, .{) ('(.({ii.ni,
cotfiiitu.s.
knowledge, wienti...
knowing, not, inwipn.s. ti».
without the know-
ledge of.
Inbor. I.ii*ir, ..rl". M.
lack. •l.'Miim.
iiii'pl.i.
ladder, mmm.
lHk««, liirii,. 1,,, M
iHltddMlin ). l'\|H>llo
(iiitriiiK. I, ,im\i .jfri^lior.
land, N-rn ; iiffr.
bylHndHnd.fOR.tirr.iiiiri.in.'
lu-iguage. a. ImuHt .
COnVerHlltlon, -.rum
iRMt. prnximiix ; iilHiimH ; |KMtri hmm.
lit iHHt, taliilclii
late, ■• rim.
too. «i ro.
In life, i;tiii w'lit'it :
pr«v«tai«iii;M,i4tf(A A.».
lately, nup. r.
Latin, I..itirnH
to .speak in, Uiin,- io.|iii.
latter, the. hi<!.
laugh. rMeo, 2. riiii. rMimm.
at. irriilcofd.ii.).
law. I<'x. I,vi«, y :i,|.. iiiru, .V
divine. f.i.s(iiiii.(| >
lawful, it l8, li'ft.
lay down, aside. iIl>.iio, .t, ixwiii,
|H>"ifU!<.
lead, iluon, 3. iliixi. i|ii<tii'<
lead on. insplrn, ,i.l<iri.-<i.
leader, prjtii< ps. ipi<( ; duv,
leap Jump.
learn,8tudy,.lim-o,:i,.ii,ii, i,,ii«, itfiniH
-ascertain, i-.i^im.s,,,. :i, i„.u,
OOlflliflH.
learned. dfHtu.s.
learning, .loctrlna : criKllti... ,.iii-, K.
leave (irariH.l, liii,|iio, :j. ii,,,,i, li, uis ;
fflilKpid.
(intraris. ). alieo ; diwrtli).
left, sinisttr. tra. I mm ; lainw,
legate, 1> uaiiis, i.
legion, It-is'io, oni.s, V
lei.sure, ••limn.
at (ailj ), i.ti.wiis.
less, inlnur, niinuii.
let allow.
.'ilip, Olllitto.
letter, episfola : littirac. iirura
levy, iiiijiero. 1 ; coiis'tiIkj.
iUiblo to, ..i.noxius.
liar, iiit'iulax, ucU.
i''>i
Kuw^m^
208
VOCABULARY.
liberty, Iilicrtas, Tit is, F.
he, iiiiMtiof. t, iiicnii'iis.
iminliciuin.
down, iarcd. '>. \i\, i.'iiiturns.
lieutenant, lo^'itus, i.
life, vita.
light, liix, lucis, K. ; lumen, iiiis, N.
lOvisi, e.
like, similis, e.
line of battle, acics, ei, K.
listen, audio,
little, a. paululnni.
too, i)ariim.
lines ^ fortifications, m u n i nu- n t a,
oruiii ; iiiuiiltiones, iiin.
linger, imiror, 1.
live, vivo, 3. vixi, vioturim ; hahito, 1.
vitiin ago, 3, ej,'i, actus.
on, vt'scor, oi.
load, onero, 1.
onus, eris, N.
long, lonpis.
(of time), diuturtuis.
(adv.), diu, diutius, diutissimC.
iam prTdein ; iamdnduni.
as— as possible, quam UiutiM-
sinie.
long for, opto, 1.
look at, aspicio, 3, spexi, spectua.
up at, mispicio.
round upon, cirrumspicio.
loose, solvo, 3, solvi, solfitiis.
lose, amitto ; perdo, 3. peniidi, ditu.s.
loss, damnum ; Uetriinenlum.
love, amor, Oris, M.
lover, a great -of, amantissimus.
loyalty, fidrs, ei, F.
lust, libido, inis, F.
M.
mad, insanuB ; dOmens, Ms ; aniens.
mad, ana, insaiiio, ire ; furo, ere.
madness, insania ; dOnitntia.
to such a pitch of,
eo dementiae.
Maecenas, MaecOnasi, atis.
magistrate, ma^ristratus, us.
maintain, suslineo, 2, ui, tent us;
servo, 1 ;
tueor, 2, tuitus.
majority, maior pars.
ma.ko for, peto, 3, pptu-i, Uns.
Malta, Melita.
man, homo, inis ; vir.
manage, ;.''r". :i, u'l'ssi. '-'fstus;
aud. :;, I'jfi, aiiu^; adniinis-
tro, 1.
many, multi.
march, iter, itineris, N.
iter (acere.
mark, noto, l ; dOsigno, 1.
marri' ' 'man), niaritus.
'.'.v^>man), nupta.
n i;Ty (of lilt m .r), duco; ducodo-
liiuin
(of the \/oman), nuiio, 3,
llil|w:, ni itus.
mi.x jl", ;! 'i;- ud.s, F.
marshal, instruu, 3, struxi, slnictus.
Marseilles, Massilia.
massacre, strajtOs, is, F.
trucido, 1.
master (of school), mapristor.
(of slaves), dominus.
(of the horse), magister e(iui-
tum.
matter, res.
means, hy no, nequa(Hi,ini ; niliil.
meantiliie, interea; interim,
meet, obviam eo, veiiio ;
ot'curro, 3, curri, oursuriis.
together, eonvenio.
death, mortem obeo, oppeto.
meeting, concio, Onis, f.
memory, memOria.
mention. memOro, 1; eonimciiiriio, 1.
mercy, show = spare, pardon,
message, nuntius, i.
messenger, nuntius.
midday, merldiOs, ei, M.
middle, midst (adj.), mcdius.
might, V is.
with all one's, summ.i vi.
mile, mille passfis.
miles, two, duo millia passuuiii.
milk, lac, lactis, N.
mind, animus ; mens, tis.
to be out of one's, insanlre.
—care for, euro, i.
r^indful, memor, oris,
misfortune, adversa fortfina :
res adversae.
mismanage, male rem gero.
mistake, make ; be mistaken,
erro, 1.
error, oris, M. , erratum,
money, jw^^unia ; arifentum.
month, mensis, is, M.
morals, mOroi, um, M.
VOCABl'LARV.
L'09
more, plus.
(adv.), ampliiis.
moreover, autem.
morning, rnan(*(inilooI.).
mortal (man), mortalis, e;
(wound), mortifer.
most people, i>k<ri<)ue.
motLdr, inattT, tris.
mound, agger, eris, M.
mourn, maereo, 2, ui,
mountain, ihohh, tis, M.
mountaineer, moiitrmus, i.
move, inOvoo. i, inovi, iiic"iliis.
tbrward, promovio.
cbang'e residence, 'Umi-
'„'rn, 1.
be on the, Mid. of nu-iveo.
much, iiuiltus ; iiiiiltinn.
multitude, multitudo, inis. I'.
murder, IniL'idii, 1 : (X'cido, 3, cKli.cisu.-i.
(•;i(dis, is, F.
the— of Caesar^ C. mur
dered.
murderer. i|ui trucidat, etc.
assassin, sitarius, i.
N.
name, nomino. 1 ; appollo, 1.
name, nomen, inis, N.
g'OOd, fania.
narrow, angustus.
nation, gens, tis, F. ; poptilus ;
tribe, clan, nfitio, Onis, v.
nature, natura.
indoles, is, F. ; iiigt'iiium.
nay rather, immo.
near (adj.), proximus ; viclnus.
(adv.) propt, iuxta.
near to (prep.), pri')pe ; sub.
nearly, prOjie ; pat-ne.
need, egco, ore (alil. ).
there is, opus est.
needy, egens, tis.
neglect, negligo. 3, glexi, glictu'*
neither— nor, nee— nee; iietjue- 111 '|Uc.
neither of two, neuter.
never, nunqu.ini
and never, nee unquam
nevertheless, tamen.
new, nOvus ; receiis, tis.
news, nuntius, i.
what news? quid nOvi '.'
next, proximus ; insequcns, tis.
following, posterus.
14
on the next day. p.wiridie.
(adv.). proximo ; riciiidc.
next to. iu.M.i.
night, nox, n,x;tis, F.
night (adj.), nocturnus.
ninth, hiiiuis.
no one, mni" ; nullus.
nowhere, nu.xiu.mi.
noble, fiiil>ili.<i, e : goiiercmus.
nobody, no man, n.ino.
no longer, non diutius.
Nones, NOn.af, arum.
nothing, nihil.
nor, IK r : ucquc.
(final), neu.
not yet, nondum.
nourish, alo. 3, ui, altun.
now -at this time. hui,r.
-already, by thi.s time, ium.
number, nuimru-*. i.
great, nuiltitudo. inis, F.
a greater, pliins.
numerous many.
O.
oar, rOnius, i.
oath, irisifirandum. ifirisiurandi;
military, sacramentum.
obey, pareo, -2, ui, jiaritiirus.
oliiKjio, 4, ivi, ituni.
object to, recfiso (piin.
object, intention, consilium.
this is my, hoc ago, peto, ut.
obliged, to be, neoesw est: gerundive,
observe, anini.iilverto, 3, ti, versus;
eonspic.'io, 3, s|>t'xi, spectus ;
conapicor, 1.
—regard, wrvo, 1.
obstacle, impedlnientum.
obtain, consequor. 3, sei'fitus; p.'iro, 1.
adipis'.or 3. .ideptus.
a request, inqiptro. 1.
occurs, it, accidit ; eontingit ; OvOnit.
odium, invidia.
oflpence. delictum ; peccatimi.
office, inagistratus. us ; honiis. oris, M.
officers, tritiuid mllitum; centurionCs.
old age, seneclus, fitis, F.
old man. senex. senis.
old-time (adj.), antlquug.
on account of, oh ; jiropter.
on this side of, cis ; citra.
210
VOCABULARY.
onc6. semol ;
— formerly, quondam.
at once, staiim.
one, funis.
a certain one. (luiclain.
only, s'lmn ; iiiOdii : tiiiiliiiii.
not only -but also, nr.n s.'iiiiin
- Dt'il ttiani.
open, jxrio, 4, ui, tU9.
open, siptTtiw ; paten.s, lis.
openly, palam.
opinion, sentciilia : Adapt,
opportunity, occasio, otiis, F.
oppose (trans. ), opituiio; obicio, '.i, iOoi, |
U'ctus. !
(iiitraiis.), adverser, 1 ; obsio, 1, ,
stiti, stilt finis. I
ri-gisto, 3, stiti.
opposite, advcrsua ; oontrarins.
oration, oratio, Onis, F.
orator, orator, oris.
oracle, orsouldm.
order, iuheo, •.:, iusai, iu9!*U9.
inipero, 1 (dat. and ut).
ordo, inis, M.
other, alius.
otherwise, alitcr.
than, .ilitcr or seous an or
(|uani.
ought, dobeo, 2 ; oportet ; ),'erunilive.
our. nostcr, tra, truni.
our men, nostri, <)runi.
out of, e, ex.
outside of, e.xtra.
outpost, picket, static, Onis, F.
over, suprii, super.
— across, trans ; in (abl.).
overthrow, cverto, 3, ti, sus.
overturn, cverto.
overwhelm,oppriino, 3, pressi, iiressus.
owe, dobeo, 2.
P.
pain, d6lor, oris, M. ; anifor.
trouble, cfira; sollicitudo, inis, F.
pains, take, operam dare (dat. ut).
Palatine mount, mons Palaiiims.
panic, pavor, oris, M.
there was a, trepidatum est.
panic-stricken, perterritus.
pardon, i-jnnsrn, 3, nfivi, tintfmis;
condono, 1 ; veniaiu do.
venia.
parent, piircns, tis.
part, pars, tis, F.
take— in, intomum (d.at.).
party, faotio, Onis, F. ; partes, ium, F.
partly, partini.
pat's, prattereo. Ire, ii, itus.
saltUM. us, M.
narrow pass, aneustiac, firum.
pass by (time), transco.
over, transeo ; supcro. 1.
pass over- leave unsaid, "initio.
passage, transitus, us. M.
passion, be in, irascor, d, natus,
in a, irfitiis.
past, praeteritus ;
the, iiraeterita, iiruin, N. PI.
pathless, invins.
patience, patient ia.
with, aeipio aninio ; i>a-
tienier.
patricians. patrOs.
patriot, lionus civis.
pay, solvo, 3, solvi, solfitus.
penalty (of), pocnani dare.
peace, pax, pacis, F.
otium.
peaceful, paoatus.
= at peace, reduced to
peace.
peculiar, proprius.
penalty, poena.
pay. poenam or )>oi'nas dare.
fnnictupon, poin.as sunicri'
de (abl.).
«ive (mentally). int('il>",'n
lectiix.
:1, lexi.
ious, perfidus.
perform, facin; confioio, 3, fCci. (cctus.
(duty) funtjor, K'", functus.
peril, periculum.
perish, pereo. ire, ii, itfirus; intereo.
permit, permitto.
permitted, I am, licet mihi.
permission. Adapt to licet.
person, in, ipse.
persuade, persu.'ideo, 2, suasi, suasum.
philosopher, philosophus, i.
philosophy, philosophia.
pierce through, transf igo, 3, fixi, fixus.
piety, pietas, atis, F.
pirate, praedo, onis.
pitch camp, caslra loco or piino.
pity, niiseresro. Ore ; niisereor, '.' ;
I pity, tnO iniseret (gen.j.
pity, niiscricordia.
VOrAIUI.AUV.
Ill
place, polio, f!. prwiii, ),os!tn<: Imco 1.
Ii'iii-', i, M. ; N. ill I'l.
place after, posthaiifo, ■_' ; ]>ovMi..iii>.
plain, caiiiidis, 1.
plan, ooii.--iliii!ii ; pr'ipnvilMiii.
pleasant, inniiiiluH- (plKCe)aiiiriiim^.
please, pliiceo, 2. ui, ilurus((lat.).
ilOK'Cto. 1.
pleasing', frratns.
pleasure, v()itipia>i, atis, K.
plebeian, plciMju'i,
plebeians, plciis, piriin, v.
plot, cniiiiiratio, oiiis, I". ; cntisiliiiiii.
plunder, spolio, I ; iioimV'r. I :
'liripio. :!, ripui. rcptiis.
point out. inonstro, 1 ;
ostftiilo, :!, (li, tug.
poison, vciiCniini.
policy, cotisilium or PI.
Pompey, Poniptius.
poor, pauper, OrU ; inops. (■ipi'i.
popularity, f:i\or, oris, M. ; -rriii i.
possession, gain -of, poiior. », jio-
tilii-.
post, desert a, locum rioscro, :>, ni.
Sfl'tll-i.
postpone, diffrro. firrc, (listuli,(lil;itii>.
llOStpulKI.
poverty, pmiptrtas, utis. F.
power (military), inipcrinni.
(civil), iK-itistas, at.i.-i, K.
powerful, jioioiis, lis.
practise, ext-neo, 2.
praise, laus, Limlis, F.
praiseworthy, to be praised, laud -
niidus.
pray, prfeor, I.
prayer (prcx.), prods, olisccrat io, oilis, F.
precept, pracccptimi.
predict, praeduo, 3, ilixi, diitiis.
prefer, malo, m.-ille. iihiliii (Willi iiifin.).
aiiti (Hiiio ; prar|i(iiio.
prepare, paro, i.
present, liratscns. tis.
am, ai'.suin; infcrsuiii.
presently, mox, tircvi.
preserve, servo, 1 ; conscrvo.
press, prumo, 3, jires.si, pressus.
press on, insto, i. stiti.
pretend, -imulo, 1.
prevent, prohilieo, 2; obsto, 1, gtiti,
siaturus.
previous, prmr.
price, prciiuiii.
princf. prinrfp.^, ipi-.
priini; adv .. Jiriinum niiiiiin-n, iraxiniO.
prison, i-ai'i I, • li-, M.; \ iiifiil.,, . .111111,
N. i'l,
put 111. Ml '. ill'- ,1a rc'ii.-fii' or
dan .
prisoner, caiitivu-, i.
probllble. ^■ ri-iimlis. r.
proceed, iimii,|.i, :;, , ssi, ir-.HuniH;
I'l '_it di'-r, :,'ri-di, i^^rrssus.
proconsul, pi ■lon-ui. uli-'.
proclaim, pr'-luno, 1.
profc:3s, profit, .,,!■, :!, f(--iis.
proniiae, pt-omitio: ji llinor, ■_', polli-
I inis.
pT' i.ii->iim ; tidi s, I i, K.
proof, iiidii ill' I.
property. 1.011,1, N. pi.
proportion, in to. pn.iaM ).
pro.'jperity, r - - -und a or pro.sper.-ie.
prosperou.j. ■-. ..i„,i1,,h.
protect. dCfiiido. :i, di, su^ ; tmor, 2.
proud, supi ri.iis.
provide, siippc 111 o, l; pr.'oiil. r-.. :;, vidi,
\ i-ii- ;
for. pi'.! idi odljt. ;: prosiiicio,
:i, spi \i, ypi ••tii-.(d.it.l.
province, imv imin.
provisions, roiinni.ilus, lis.
prudence, iirudnitia.
prudent, i.n'idin-. ti.
public, piii.lious.
punish, pnnio. ( ; p..i iias siiiiiiTO dr ;
aiiii!iad\ I rto in (a''c. ).
punishment, po. n i -. sujipli.iuiu.
pupil, dis( ipuins, i.
Q
quarter, pars, ti,. K.
from every, iiriili.|iic.
question, ris.
quick. I'llcr, is, p; vCIo\, orix.
quickly, ccleritir: voloiiior.
as— as i)os.-<ible, (|iiaiu a-l-
frriiiii-.
quiet, ipiiitus : tratic|uillus
R.
race. !:<>nuo. fri". N. : l;,>'!s. tJH. K
rage, iru ; furor, r.ri- , .M.
raise, tollo, j, su.-tuii, suhlatus
^12
VOCABUrAKT.
ram. battering ram, :iri.s. . ii«.
rampart, valluTn.
ranis, onlo, iiii«, M.
rashly, ttmere.
rashness, Unu'riuis, ;itis, K.
rate, at any, cirtr.
rather, potivis. .
had, milo, iimll.-, iiKilm.
ravage, vasto, i.
reach, arrive at, i«rM'i.iri. ad.
read. lei{o. a, ICvti, lectus.
ready, paratus.
really, rr? vera.
reap, mOto, ;!. mossni. intssiis.
rear, the, m-ivisninmm attii'iii, iiiiH, N-;
iifivissinii.
rear, in the, a urgo.
reason, a, causii ; ratio, oilis, K. ;
(faculty), iiK'ii.'*.
recall, rovfico. i.
to mind, rOmiinsCor, <i ; r.-
fordor, 1 ;
vi'iiit mihi in imiitcin (i.'cn.).
receive, recipio, .•?, ccpi, ctiitus.
reclrlessly, teincre.
recklessness, temerita,s, atis, K
audaoia.
reconnoitre, explore i.
recover, get back, roc\]w, 3, cim,
ct'ptiis; rOiiilK'r", 1-
getwell,''<>"\:^l*^*<-''^.'''* ■''"'■
recruit, tiro, rmis.
reference, in - to, dc (aM.).
reflect, cogito, l.
refi-ain, abstlneo, ^^, ui, tcntu«.
refresh, reflcio, 3, fOci. fi-ctus.
refuge, refutiium ; ctT\iy;ium.
seek, confu'.'io, :{. fn^'i, fujri-
luriis.
se rOoipio.
refuse, ntgo, l ; rC-cu>*o, 1.
regard, in — to, t|i'»<' :itti"pt •"•■
region, regio, Onis, F.
regret, dCsldero, l ; luO pi>;et.
dC'sideriiini.
reigrn, resnum ; imperiiiiu.
regno, 1.
reinforcement, subsidinm.
rejoice, gnudeo, 2, gavTsus : lat-tor. 1.
relate, narro, l ; memoro. 1.
relative, propinquus, i.
relax, remitto.
relieve, U vo, i.
aid. subveiiio : wnciurro.
reluctantly, :idj-, inntus.
rely upon, cotitwlo, :i, fisuH.
relying on. it>:UiH (aiil ).
remain, maiiei), 2, ^i, surus.
remaining, reliiiuus.
remember, incmitii ; rvcordor, i ;
ri-miiiiscor. ci.
Rami, Keiiii, oruni.
remind, moneo ; adnioiiro.
renowned, darus.
repair. rOl'nio; rfparo, 1.
reT)ent, poenitct mO.
reply. resiKmdeo, -, di, sum.
rcsponsuin.
report, n'tntio, 1, rcMiiiitio.
f.iniv ; riiinnr. or's, .M.
reproach, alicni alii|iiid ol>i(io.
reputation, f'mia.
request, pito, ■'•■ petivi, it us;
obtain a, impttro, i.
rescue, eripio, 3. ripni. nptiiM libcro.l.
come to the, snlHidio venire ;
subvenio.
resignation, aeiimi^ aninius.
resist, re^isto, 3, stiti.
resolution, smtentia ; , . ,
courage, fortitiiclo,nns,h.
resolve, ^ determine,
resources, opcs. um. K.
rer^t, ipiies, Otis, F.; reqnios.
i.'iuni.
the, cC-leri, Grum ; rell(pnis.
restore, rt^ldo, 3, reddidl, redditus ;
rOslituo, 3, ui, litus.
restrain, eoerceo, -l: nprimo, 3, pressi,
pressus ; coniprinio.
retain, rCtinco, 2, ui, teiitus.
retire, ric-edo, 3, cessi, cessurus; dC-codo;
sO rocipio.
retreat, ^-o rOcipio ; ofdo :
pedeni refero : siKTia rffero.
return, rcdeo, 4, ii, itiuus.
rfvertor, li. revertit.
reditus, us, M.
I revenge, take - on, ulciscor, ci, tdtus.
j revolt, dOficio, 3, feci, feet us.
I reward, praemium ; tnercOs, Odis, K.
j Rhine, Rhcnus, i.
' ride on horseback, \ohor. v.hi. ver-
j lus ; equito, 1.
1 rich, dives, itis ; opulent us.
I riches, dlvitiae, arum; OpOs, um, F.
vocahulary.
213
rldere, iuKum.
right, instils.
ins, iriris, N.; fus (itidccl.t.
rightfully, ifire, riMlO.
risk, iKTii'iiliiiii.
river, tliitiim, inis, N.
road, via.
rob, siHilio. 1.
robber, latrn, onis ; jirnedo, imis.
rock, n'UKs. is, K. ; sa\iiiii.
roll, Volvo, ;i, viihi, MiliUus.
down, ilovoivo.
rough, aspcr. era, cniiu.
rouse, cNcit ■, 1
rout, fiitfo, 1 ; ix'llo, .'!, iM'pilli imlsus;
fuiido, M, fiiili, fiiaus.
route, iter, itineria, N. ; via.
royal, rei,'ius.
rudely, sujhtIic ; arro^aiiter.
ruin, pt'iflo, ;{, didi, ditus.
doleo. •!, ovi, Otus.
iiiteritus, fi.s, M,; exiliiiin:
pernitii's, el, F.
rule, reu'i : impirri, 1,
ruler, rex ; luairistratus. fis.
run, rurro, 3, niciirri, cursuiii ;
down, decurro.
into, inciirro.
rush out, Oriuniio, 3, rfipi, niptiis.
So C'icio.
rush, impetus, us, M.
S.
Sacriflco, maeto, 1.
SCld, tristis, e ; nmcstiis.
safe, tiilus ; iiii'oluinis, c ; salviis.
safety, sulns, fiiis. i".
in safe.
sail, viiiini.
set, vela dare; iiaxijfo, 1 ; vehor,
1, vtctiis.
across, transvehor.
sailor, nauta.
sally, Cruptio, (inis, K.
salute, salute, 1.
same, idem
satisfaction, demand, res rep. to.
savage, barliarus ; ferns.
save, et-fvo. 1.
say. dico. 3. dixi. didns :
iiupuam, inqiiit in O.I!.
scarcelv, vix.
scatter Craii" ). <iparir<', :'■. si. siis.
(intraiis. ), anrn;;!". 3, fft((i.
fU'.'iiurns ; ililT'iui.'.
scattered. di-iM-r-ns.
scorn, troat withscnrn.aspcrnor. i;
spi riio. :'.. sirivi, spr<tns: coii-
teiiuio, .:, teiiipsi, teiiiptns.
scout, expl'Tarnr, ."lis.
sea. inari'. m.uis. N : p<,nius. i.
season, time. i''iii|'ns, ori. N.
seat. M'lis. is, r ; srll:|.
.second, ^ecundus; .-ilhr.
secretly, f l.mi.
see, \id«'o, J. V idi. \ i-ns.
a^l'ieift. ;:. siK*\i. spcc'ins , ('(.iiHpirio.
.see that, f^oe to, euro. i.
seek, i"'io, .■■;. )itti,i, nns;
(|na'ri), :;, (|n;u'sn i, silns.
seem, vidcor, _'. vi^^ns.
seize, rapio, :l, ni. lapin.s;
riirripio, :!. ni, rtptus.
capio; Oi iiiibp, 1 ; CDiiipreliirido,
.-!, di, -ns.
seldom. r:iro: ri'.n s,i,.p,..
select, dciii,'!!, ;;. i. -i, icctns.
self. ip-e.
SpII, M'liilo, .!, \enilidi, dims,
senate, -'-natu^, ns.
senate hou.se. ii'iria.
senator, senator, uris.
send, inilt'>. :i. niT!;i. niissu.s.
ahead, i.nuniitio.
separate, di\ido, :!, vwi, visus.
serve. sei\i(i. i.
service, be of. i'ii.~nni. pn"le.ssi , pro-
tni. piiifnl nnis.
service, im ritnm.
niihtary, nnlitia.
set out. pr."'liiis.'.ir. (I, |i|i>ffi-tns.
ov^er. pracliiio, :;. Uti. fei-tns.
over be. praesum.
set on Are. ineindo, :t, ili, siis.
settle lint ran ..). i-on>idii, :i. srdi.
(trans.), coiiiiniiio ; set' iji'cide.
seventh, siiitimus.
several, cnnipluir-: ali(|not.
scverelj'. i.'riviter.
shade, shadow^. nmlira.
shake. <piatio, .(. (|ii;ussi, (pias.siis;
cnMciitio, !t. enssi, i-nssus.
shames, it. pndet.
shameful, tnrpls, e.
shatter. affli',">, ;;, f1i\l. Ili.'tns.
214
VOCABrLARY.
shoath, vfi^'Tna.
shield, sdituni ; clipeus, i.
ship, uMi*. \i. I'".
Of-War, ii.ivis lon({a.
shipwreck, luuififiLjimii.
shore, lltus, oris, N.; ura.
short, tip'vis, e.
shortly afterwards, hand multopost;
p.lulotMMl.
shoulder, hiiincniH. i.
shout, ('l:uiio, 1 ; < xchinio; coiK'lfiiiio.
rluiiior, c'lris, M.
show, iiintistro, 1 ; ostenilo. It, di. tiis.
priicsto, 1, stili, stitiLf.
shower, imlur, bris, M.
shrewd, calliilns.
shut close.
Sicily, sicili.i.
sick, at'f,'Lr, j;ra, pnini.
Side, 111 us, oris, \.; jiarsi tis, F.
be by the of, ailsum.
sides, on both, utrinuiiR'.
Sieg'O, olisidio, oriis, K.
sight, coiiapuctus, im, M.
sign, ^U'lUim.
signal, si,'riuiii.
silence, siicntium.
silent, am, t.u-co, -j, ui ;
sik'O, 'J, iii.
silent, taeitiis; siloiiH, lis.
silence, in tacitus.
silver, aryciitum.
sin; pccfo, i.
peccatuni.
Since, (adv.), postoa.
{)>rep. ), 0: ex; ad; post.
(<'Oiij.), cniii: po8ti|Uarn; (puKl.
Single, uiKis ; .sohis.
sink (trails. I, <li"i)riino, ;{, pressi, prossiis.
sister, soror, oris.
tjit, *Mlt'o, J, sCdi, sessfirus ;
consldo, 4, 8i'di.
skill, fonsilium.
skilled, peritus; doctus.
sky, cai'luin.
slaughter, caedCs, is, F.
slave, ='}rr",=. i,
be a — to, servio, 4, ivi, itfirus,
(dat.t.
Slavery, jrvitus, utis, F.
slay, or<M(lo. 3, ofdi, risus.
interficio, 3, feci, feet us.
sleep, dormio. 4, Ivi, Iturus.
S.1I1HHIS, i ; ipiiOs, OtlH, F.
8leeples.-5, in.sonmis, v.
sling, fiiiida.
slow, tardus : so(riiis, c
smoke, fCmius, i.
snatch, iripio, :!, ni, rcptu.s;
dOtraho, ;i, Ir.isi, trat^tus.
.snow, iiix, iii\is, F.
so, iia r with vertw, adeo ;
with adj. or a<lv., tani.
accordingly, it.npn'; iijitur.
so great, so much, tantus.
su far from, taiittim abest ut.
BO that, lit.
soldier, uulcs, iti.s.
some (adj.), aliipii, ([Ua, ipioil.
some one, aliquis, ipia, <|uiil.
some— others, alii -alii,
somewhat, .aliiiuantum.
somewhere, alii'ubi.
sometimes, noiuiiiinpiam ; interdum.
son, niius, i ; ura us, i.
son-lnlaw. u<'iii'r, ori.
soon, iiiox : bnvi ; iam.
sorrow, <iolor, oris, M.: lin'tus, iis, M.
be in, <lolco, -Z, ui, itiirus;
luu'i'O, 2,' luxi, luxurus;
nioereo, ere.
sorry, am, ]>oeiiitet me.
soul, animus, i ; anima.
sound, poiiiuis, us, M.; sonus, i.
sovereign power, rcKiiuui ; imperium.
SOW, scro, 3, sOvi, satus.
Spaniard, (n.spanus.
spare, parco, 3, pcperri, parsurus.
speak, lo(]uor, lo<|ui, locutus ; dico.
speaker, Oriitor, oris.
spear, hasta.
spectator, is ijul .ailcst.
speech, oratio, mils, F.
speed, celeritas, fitis, F.
with all, (juam celerrime.
spend (time), aco, H, e>;i, actus ;
c o II s 11 m o , ,"{ , gu'.npsi,
sumptus.
spent— exhausted, confectus.
spirit. a!i!!!!n-!. i.
spoil, spolio, 1.
-corrupt, corrumpo, .'i, rupi,
ruptiis.
spoil, praeda.
spoils, spolia, orum, N. PI.
■»,., |-
VOCABULARY.
215
spot, looiin, i, M.
on the, illico.
Springr from, r>rinr. Iri, orfim.
Bprlngr aime), v.r, v.ris. s.
(Waterl, fons, fmitiM, K.
spur, caliar, ariM, N.
spurs, put to, calcariii muIkIo, :t, <li,|i,
(litiiH.
squadron, turm.i.
stand, 8to, HUre, gtcti, HtatilruH.
-take one 8 stand,
consisto, .!, Ntit'.
Stand for=8eek, into.
standard, 8i(;mim ; vcxillnni.
star, Stella ; sWus, i-ri^i, \.
start, set out, pn-ificiwdr, ri, i)r(-)ft(luM.
up, orior, oriri, ortus.
State, civitiis, atis, K
Stay, inoror, 1 ; comiunror ;
niani'o, 2, iiiaiisi, sums.
Stealthily, furtim ; clam.
step, IMWSIIH, lis, M.
Stick to, adhaereo, 2, haosi, haestns.
Still, adhuc ; tum (of past tlmei •
etiani nunc (of present time).
stir up, concito, 1.
stone, lapis, i(iis, M. • saxum.
Storm, oppugno, i.
take by, expucno, i.
storm, temjwstas, atis, K.
story, a, fabula.
the, hae res ; hie niintu's.
Stoutly, fortiter.
strangre. nflvus ; minis.
stratagem, consilium ; (iCilwH, i.
street, via.
strength, vires, ium, K.
strike, percutio, ,•?, cnssi, cussus.
Strip, spolio, 1 ; exuo, ,i. ni, fitus.
Strive, nltor, niti, nisus or nixus ;
Conor, 1.
Strong, validus; rObustus.
Struggle, contendo, ;i, di, tentus.
pugna; certami'n. inis, .\.
subdue, vinco, :i, vlcl, victus ;
supero, 1.
success, fcllcem esse.
such, talis.
—SO great, tantug.
such— as, talis -qualis;
tant.us-.|uantu».
sudden, subitus ; repLntlnus.
suddenly, subito.
sue for -seek. p<to.
HUfl'er, pah.ir, piti, |iasHi|..
suffering, lubor,..ri..M. , I,, I.,,, r, m
suCacient. huU"
suflQciontly, satl-..
SUgrgeSt. MlOllro. ■• ■ M,.„|.„, .J, ^,1 ,..|_
siiasiiiii.
suicide, commit, sc ii,i.rn.i.. ;
silii iiKirlcni roMwiH-
CI), .!. Mcivi. tt-ItUH.
summer, acRtas, ,itis, k.
summit, (iiions) NiiTnMMiH.
summon. \u<(,, i ; coin.vo, i :
ariTssi), ;;, shi, xHuh.
sun, w")l, soli^, .M.
sunrise, Kn] oricus ; prima lux.
sunset, soils occ;i.-<UM, iiM .M.
superior, superior; mt'lior.
suppose think.
supreme command, summ.i linperil.
supply, .Miiiia.
or corn, rrs frfiini'iit:iri,i.
pn^video, 2, Mili. \ ■ us.
surely, certo ; proficio ; nimiruni.
surprise attack,
surprised, am, miror, i.
surrender, (tratrs. I. tr;"i<io, ;i, didi, ,ii.
t>is; diilo.
(niid.).-^rfradere;sefledfrc.
dcditio, niiiM, K.
surround, oircumdo. 1, iledi, datus ;
'Mrcumsisto, ;i, still;
t'inumvenio.
survive, su|«.T.sum (dat.).
suspect, susiii(:,r. I.
•swamp, paliis, u.ii,, K.
swear, Ifiro, i,
swift. \ ilox, oris
swiftness, fclt-ritas, atis, F.;
vOIucitiis, Titis, K.
swim, nato, I.
sword, K'l'idius. i; fcrrum.
T.
take, capio. :i. iipl, captus ;
sumo, :{, sump-ii, suni|)tus.
take from, adinifi, :i. Oml, emptus.
aufero. ferre. abst'.!!!. ablfi
up (arms), cai>io.
take ill or amiss, .uxro or yraviti-i-
fero.
take to flight, si- in fuuam dare,
aufu^io.
216
VOCABt'LARY.
take another'H place, micrivin, 3,
take captivo, >;iiiin.
talkative, li>c|iiax, acU.
teach, iliK-ci), s, iii,(l(H'iii«.
tear, »< 'ido, :i, Hcidi, iciMsiiii.
tea'', lik riiiia.
toll, <llc<) ; ii.irro, 1.
temple. tiiii|ihim.
tend to, |M'riiiM(i, 2, iii, ti'iituH ,1(1.
tent, l.iliirnaciilum.
tenth, <liriiiiiis.
terrific, maviimiM.
terms, be on intimate with, fami-
liaritir fili.
terms (of peace), ciondicio, chum, k.
terrify, itrnn, ■_•.
terror, in, i" rtcrritiH.
territory, fiii<-<, m. ; ft^ri.
than, <niam.
thank, ijratias ut:<>, ;!, ('■'tti, actus.
thanksgiving, Biiinilicatii), rmi.s, K.
theft, fiirtuiM.
then, t\ini ; CO lc'iii]>"re.
thence, inilc.
there, il'i, illu-.
there is, is, est.
therefore, ita<|ii(' ; ijjitur ; itko.
thief, fill', fiiris.
their, smw ; eonim. cariiiii.
think, I'litii, 1 ; exist iiiio, 1 ;
arliitror. 1.
thither, < .. ; hue
thigh, fi'tuiir, oris, N.
thoroughly, i>eiiitiis ; ouinlno.
though, otsi.
threat, niinae, annii.
threaten, luinor, i.
threatening, miuax, aci».
three, tns, tri.i.
three days, trosdios ; triduum.
throne, rfjrtiuni ; imjiiriuni.
be on, n'sriid. l ; imjiero. 1.
throne gain, rt'fjno potiri.
throw, iaoio, 3, iOci, inctus.
couicio, :{, iOci, iwtus.
away, .(i.tiMn.
down. dCicio.
tidings, muitius ; Mac ifs ; haec.
bring— of, nuntio, 1.
till, colo, ;i, ui, I'ultus.
time, tempiis, oria, N'.
to day, h'xiic.
together, nimiil ; unii rum.
toil, labor, r>ris. .m.
to morrow, rriis.
tongue, liiik;ua.
too, too much, iiiniis ; niniiuiii.
touch at, attlntfo, ;{, attiui. atlacluN.
towards, ad ; mthuh; ailvoraun ; orifa.
tower, tiirris, is, K.
town, n)i|iiduni ; urliH, liid, F.
townspeople, oppidatii, nrimi.
tracK, vestlifiuiii.
train (baggage), iniiHtiinu iit.t, ..ruin.
traitor, liriMlitor, oris.
transport, trauMvcho, 3, vexi, \> Iiih.
Irunsporto, 1.
travel, iter f.icio.
traverse, sup.ro, i ; tratisco.
treacherous, perddu.*.
treachery, perfldia ; fmus, ills, K ;
dolus, i, M. ; prislitio, onis
F.
treason, nmipstiVs, .itis, y, ; proditio.
ouis. K.
treat for peace, to, paccm pcterc ;
de pat-f.
treaty, fotilus, fris, N.
tree, arl)<)r, oris, !•'.
trench, fossa.
Treveran, Tnv. ru».
trial, iudiciuiu.
tribe, natio, onis, K. ; niiis, tiH, F.
tribune, triiiunus, i.
triumph, victoria.
(ceremony), trinnipims, i.
in. victorious, victor, 6ri.s.
troop, tiirma.
troops, I'opiac, arum ; inllitOs.
trouble, niolestia.
be in, laboro, 1.
troublesome, nioic.stus.
truce, iudutiac, aniin.
true, verus.
trust, oonfido, 3, fTsus.
believe, credo, 4, didi. ditus.
trustworthy, fid us.
truth (ftiw.), vCi'itas, fitis. F.
the, vera, oriini, N. PI.
try, Conor, 1 ; experior, 4, pertus.
tumult, tumultus, iiH, M.
niotus, 118, M.
vorAiiiir.AHv.
217
• , ipilvi ; noil
all. by the
turn, verlo. .1, ti. nn» ;
back. r. v.rfo ■
Hway, Hslde, mit...
out. niippHn, •M'liKi.
turn, In. in\iicm
twin, Ki'iiiinuK, i.
two. iliiii. iliiar, duo.
tyrant, l^rammH, i.
u.
unable, am, ruMiupi.
|><)!tMlllll.
unanimouBly, by
votes of all.
unarmed. iiiermi.H, f.
unbecoraingr. it is, <le<l.c.t.
unconnected with, txpirs, tis(i.an.).
uncertain, incertuH.
under, siil>(iiof. ami at>l.).
undergo, Huhco, 4, ii. itums,
undertake, Husiii)io, 3, copi, iii>tiis.
under^-tand, iniclleKo, :' 'txi, in tuH.
undlminishod, inttifti, ,'ra, (truiu.
unequal, imjiur ; iiii<|uus.
Unelli, riifiii, (,niiii.
unexpected. iifMopinritus.
unfavorable, iniinms.
unfortunate, intolix, icia.
unfWendly, inirnicus.
unhappy, InMix, kis.
unholy, implii'*; atrox, iK-is.
unheard, caus.-i incotrnitu ; indicta
causa, (alil. alis.).
universal, "iinrius, imn.
Uniust. iiii(|inm.
unknown, innotus.
unlike, ilisslniills, e.
(liM|)ar, pari»,
unmindful, iiniiifinor, oris.
unnecessary, iion necense (est).
unskilfully, imperito.
unskilled, impentuH.
imtil, iluiii ; donee ; iiuooil.
untrustworthy, ptrfidns.
unusual, inaolltu.s ; n(")VU8.
unused to, inipentus ; irisuOtus. '
unwell, am, atgiuto, J ; aet'ersuiii.
unwlllingr. Invitus.
am, nolo, iioilf, tiniui.
unworthy, iudit-uus, labl.).
MJ) to, a.J : ^iil.
upwn,rd.sof, iiK.ii. tluiii : i.Ickc)
llfK«. Sll.lll.... ■, >U.,K ^IM,U,„
ll8f. (I, Us, llv M.
UHtlflll, Ml ill,, ,.
used to, iiiipi. icrixi .
utterly, tiin.iiiii-i ; oMiMnm.
vain, v.iii'iH ; irrilii«
in, friHIra ; iir.|ii|.|.|iriiii
valley, \alii-. m, k
Valor, virlii'*, litis, K.
valuable, pr. tiuftu.s.
value, aiMtiiMo, 1
vanquiHhed, \i. fi«.
variance, at. > mitrariiH
vast. iiiir<'ii», ti,'*.
Veneti. v. mn, ..ruin.
venture, aiidi,.. •_>, ^lu.sjw
I verdict, .scntciiij^i.
verily, pr..f,-. t., ; niiiiinini.
very, Sup, ri.nii,. ; i,,sc..
Vergril, Virgril, v.r-iliiw.
veteran, ut.r.inus.
veto. iiit.rc-,.l.,, :i, ,..-s<i, (■r.,siirii.-i.
vice, tiirpitiido, iriis, I'.
victim. h.>sti:i.
Victofiou.s, \ii>tor, ..ri>c.
victory, vi.-h.ria.
vigi)rou.sly, uh, „„ nt.-i-: .Kiit.i.
village. xiouM, I, .\|.
violate, \ioi.i, 1,
violence. \in ; mhI. ntia.
virgin, ^irl;.l, ini^^.
virtue, \iitiis, mis, y , pi.ia.,, ,11^, |.-.
virtuously. 1iiimi>u.
visit, adfo ; Wx}, ,;, \ is|, \ hii>
voice, SOX. i.K-is, )•.
voluntarily, sp..i,t,- ; nimi.
vote. siifTr.i_-iiiiii : -.■ijicti(|;i.
vow. voM'O, ■_', v..\i. VI. Ins.
vulture, Miltnr, mis, \1
W.
wage (war), -^-in., .;, .-.,,!. if^.,tii>.
wait for, ixi^pnio, 1.
wall, iiiiiriis. i, .M
(lortifleili, iiHicriia. iiini, .N. I'l
(partltiOUl, pario.i, ftis, M.
•21H
VOCAnULARY.
wallc. 'uiiiMilo, 1.
wundor. <rrii, I ; ^.•»lror. I
want, '«<•". iriMi'il >;
<ar<u, rrc (iilil I.
ii|iiis ( >it tiillii (iihl ).
W:mt, iiiiil'iu ; ei.'inla'*, ^'li". ►'■
Wanting, bo to, iloxum ;
(lotlcp), :«. ti^i. feHilH.
war, make uix)n. l»«lluni intero.
warship, imv :h loiiKa.
warn, nioiifo.
V/aSte, |n nio, ;», didi, (litim.
lay, vu«to, 1 : (iii><n»iliir, l.
V/atCh, I'lwrvo, I ; cimtMll", *■
vi^'iliu.
wave, Hu(iii«, 11", M-
way, ^ill•, iltr, iliiuTiM, N.
weak, iiillriiuix ; iiiTalidu'^.
wealth, opis, uni, K. ; dlvltiuf. arum.
weapon, iilum.
weariness (mental). taiMlium ,
(mentali, la«*i»iul<>, iiii8,t .
wearied, dofesHUB.
weary (tranH.), fati«o, 1.
(iiii|»'rii.), tuedct me.
wed, Bt'i' marry,
wedgre, cunt UK, i.
weop, rtio, •-, lli'vi, flOturus ; lat-rimo, 1.
weeping, ttOtim, us, M. ; lacrnuao, iiruiii.
well, iH'iie, iiK'liuH, optiniC.
well, am, vako, -i, ui.
well-known, tiotus.
it is, constat, .ire, stitit.
west, occasus (--"•> • (»r>l) occiden».
wheel roun^' ', ti, ver»us.
when, luin ; ulii , .<t.
when? iiuundo? <iuo tempore ?
whenever, cum ; quoties. See 212.
whvnce, unde.
where, ul)i.
wherefore, quarc : nuamobrem.
whether, num.
whether— or, utrum— an.
sive— sive ; seu— geu.
which, qui, quae, (|Uod.
which of two, uter, utra, utruni.
while, dum.
a little while afterwards,
baud multum post ; paulo post.
whither, quo.
whithersoever, quOcumque.
who. which, what? .|iiW,qu»p,qiikH
(■IllHtt ).
ijlll, qU.U',qUIMlT
(idj.l.
whoover, whoMoeviT. 'luiiuincitu'.
whole, iMtun ; oMiiiiH.
why. ''ur ; quuro ; qunmohri'm.
wicked, iimluK ; ImprobuH ; perditus.
wickedness, noquitia , nee crime.
wide, \<u\*.
wife, uxor, 6rl» ; conlux. luiri*.
wild, ferus.
will, \<)luiila«, al«», K. ; arliitrium.
H^Hinst one's will, invitus.
erood'WlU, •iiluiit 4... atix, K,
lifMi'Miltiitia.
win, potior, 4, |M)t!tuH; puro, I ;
foiiscquor ; adipi^cor.
win over, concilio, i.
wind, vintus, 1.
wine, Miiuni.
W'lDiT. •">'* ; IH'iina ;
(of infantry), coriui, fts, N. ;
(of cavalry), ala.
winter, tiieiuH, mis, K.
wisdom, fapientia ; prfidcntia ; ooi*
silium.
wise, sapiens ; priideris.
wish, volo, vcllf, volui ;
desire, cupio, ,j, ciipivi, itus.
wish, voltmtsiB, atis, K.
wishes, my (ea), ()uae volo.
with, ciiiu (abl.).
withdraw, alHluco (trans.).
(intraiu.), excedo ; me r»
cipio.
within, (prep), intra.
without, sine.
without the knowledge of, clam
(aoc. I; A. A.
without, am, careo, 2, ui(abl.).
woman, mulier, cris ; feniina.
wonder, nnror, l.
wonderful, mirus.
wont, am — to. soleo, 2, solitus.
consuesco, 3. suCvi,
S\lCtU8.
wood, forest, silva.
timber, lignum.
word, vcrbum ;
fidC-s, el, K.
work, opus, eris, N.
world. See 33.
V()( AI'.IT. Vl:^ .
Il'.t
y.'iir. iniHi.. I
y»'ll «hoUl. 1 I iiU'r. i ri'.. M
I y»'Mter<lHy, hi n
I <»r, hi'.itriiM'.
WOrH«», |M u,r.
Wuitll, ml 11-, nil-. K
It iM <>I11>'h wIllU'. oi'irri.
|>ri liiiiii litt.
worthless, iimtiliH, «■.
(fellowl, iiOiiirim(iiil'"U. ' yet, t.iiii. II ; ^. r..
_. ,.,,,, I not yet. ii.'ii'liiiii
worthy. (liifiiM- (,.'.1). ^^ y^,l^ ,„ii,,„. . ,,,,,,, „„,„.
wound, vultiiif, (Tin, N. j yield, inl", '■'>, (i^"!, c« i-uru*.
wound, vuliiiro. 1. yjjkt', iniruni.
wounded. MilniritiH; unmiiit. ' yoiinsT, iiiMnw, i« ; :ul'>|iw.ri" ti*.
wreak vengeance on. ni r. ri. y<}uni?»T. iunior
iiitu-. your, tirim ; \i'Mlcr.
wretched, niimr. .m. •rum ; | youth (time), inv.iitu.., nfi.. K.
iMfrlix. irH. (boily). in.,iiu«. Hii., r
wrong, do, [mc, n. i
do to. harm.
Wrongf. am. irrn, 1.
iiiiuriu.
youth, a, iim-nii, iit ; iii1i)li*i iit, lis.
Z
zeal, Htiiiliiiiii.
zealoua, -tmli..'*!!-.
.<4I"'
INDEX.
{ Thf It III! iii'i .<
«, ah, iiftes of, r>, *>
Alilativi- iiLilioiirt, 4. Vtiln ili.ii
iikoiiM.. 31 <ifuciil tnMl
iiivnt. l*«* ll»,
cliis-iiliiatiiiii, HM> Alil. I't<i|«i,
IK). Instrmii.iit.il Mil . III.
L(KuUive Altl., 11± S|H( lal
Alilativc Al.Holutc, 4!». I.iiiiit.i
tions to, .">0.
of Agents, I |t» (.">),
of Ao( ()iii|)itiiiiniiit, III (.'{)•
of AltfiKliiiit Cinnini.Nl.iiiir. 1 1 1
of ('aii.sf. III (I)
of (.'oinpiiiisDii, 1 10 (4).
of M;imi<r, 111 (1).
of Mtiins, 111 (I).
of Moliuii away from, 1 1" ( 1 1-
of Mi'iisuri' of l)iHinni u, llli't).
of I'lac Wlitiv, 11-.' (I).
of Plaoo from Whiili \12 (•_').
of Pricr, III (4).
of Quality, III (til.
of Koiilo l)y Will ■!, i |-J (;{).
of S<'})iin\tioii, 110 (S).
of Somvror OriL'ii . I 10 (•_')•
"f .Spfcilicutioii 11 Kf.-i[ic( t . Ill
(7).
of Time When, Il-J(t).
of Time within \\ iiieli, lll> (."d.
witii Adjectives, [Hi.
wiiii ujiuntiii anil ««h«»,s?, 113(.'«;.
with Pre|H)sition.s, 114.
IOC /.I •.('.■/(((//.l.)
.\l.-.trii I rioiuiM, tnumljition of, .'Ml.
.\<i ii»aliv.-, general treatment, liT.
A.l' .l.ial, 117 (!li
( o-nate, }I7 I.")).
|)Uei t Olijeet, itT (I).
Duratiuii of Time. J>7 (10).
Kxleiil of .S|,.i,e, 517 (10).
Ill llxi'lamaiiotif, !I7 (IJ).
Motion towanls, <(7 (ti).
of Ke>|M(t, B7 (7).
Two Ae<s., {>7(|, •_', :)}.
with Inlin., "i.'i.
with l'r.|»>.-<itintm, ((7 (||).
Adjerl I ve, agreement Willi (lilfor-
eiit iioiiiH, ;{(» ('J, ;{).
iiM'.l .siilKfaiitively, |;{.
Ailv.i*itne ('onjuneiives, l7.-i.
'After" with time, S-J.
Age, how e.xpie.ssfd. M»i ('•, <,/").
Agent. :,: it!i (7). Seeoiidaiy
llL.-elit. 1 lO (/,).
'.\j-..' SI.
An-^wer.s to .|iieHt inns, I70.
(in/"/i"tin, l!»l, Utti.
A|i|M)-iit ives, \-J
Aliaiiiremeiit i.f ( 'laii«e-, .'{7, .is.
Atti nliuii lit Relalive, !.'."> (2).
'llul.' Iniletiliite Negative Kehl-
li'. '■, l">?s.
• I'.y.' ...
Caesar, .style of, i;{7.
t ileiKtar, X, yj.
Calends, SH.
221
0-70
INDEX.
'Can.' 76.
Ciiiisjil (•limsi'>i, 17t> IHO.
Ciccn.. style of, l.'SS.
(Characteristic, clauses of, l.">(! |."i"<.
Collective nouns, 31.
Commands, how exiircssed. 1(!.">.
Cnniparison, clauses of, l,s7-liM».
with Indie, IS8.
withSul.j., VM
(Composite subjects, IV), 31.
(Concessive clauses, IS'i-lSH.
Concrete instead of abstract, page
l.W, (ii).
Conditional clauses. •JOO-'2()4.
Type I, 201. Type II, ^(tJ.
Type TTI, -203.
Idioms, 'itX;. Irregular Con-
atr ctions, 207.
In Oratio ObliqHn, 214-216.
Connection of sentences, 16.
Consecutive clauses, 1")U-1')4.
Consistency of Latin style, 51.
Constructio ml Sensum, 31.
Co-ordinating relative, 222.
Correlatives, 129. Correlative id-
verbs, 131.
'Could,' 76.
CMWi, Causal. 179. Concessive, 18.1.
Temporal, 197-199. Denoting
repeatefl action, 212.
Dative, verbs that take, 19.
general treatment, 9S-103.
finition, 98.
of Agent, 99 (7).
of Indirect Object, 99(1).
of Possessor, 99 (6).
of Purijose, 99 (8).
of Reference, 99 (3).
of Separation, 99 (ii).
with Adjectives, 190.
Ik
with .\dvcrbs, 101.
with Impersonal \'. rbs, 99 (9).
Kthi.al, 99(»l.
in Special bli s, 102.
»//■//' o, 78.
Declarative clauses in O.O., 220,
DelilK-'rativo Subjunctive, 13."» (5).
hi ().<>., 222(2).
Demonstrative Pronouns, 116.
Deponent Verb list, jKige 42.
Direct Reflexives, 122 (-0-
Disjunctive Conjunctions, 17"> ('")
(6).
ilori'ii, ' I inform," with il' . 97 (2).
Double (Questions. 172.
<l(tno and cirriinulo, double con-
struction with. 103.
dum, with Subjunctive, 191.
with Present Indie, 193.
dam, donee and quoad, 104, 19.').
dum, moilo, duitiniodo, indicating
'wish' or ' proviso,' *2Uo.
Duty, how expressed, 78.
Emphasis, how marked, 15.
Kmphatic Pronoun. 119.
Epistolary style, 139. Epistolary
tenses. Exercise LXIV, note 1.
et (A— and ti)at too, 116.
ft.'ii, 183.
Fearuig, construction with verbs
of, 163.
Final Adverbs, 145.
Final clauses, 141-146.
Final Conjunctions, 141.
' For,' .3.
futr 1(1, 217.
j'^i.tunnii JiilifC, 218.
Future Intin. Passive, how formed,
64.
INDEX.
223
FutuK' rarli<i|»lf, (•_».
SulljlllKtiMS, l."i."> (.'{).
CJciiitivc, f^t'iienil ticivlnicnt, 104-
lOH. With noiDis, 105. With
adject ivi's, 1(K>. Willi vcrhs,
107. Six'cial Idioms, 108.
(if Iiidefinito Piicf, 10? (4) {'-).
of Indrtiiiitt" Value, 107 (4) (a).
of Quality, 105 (■")).
of the Wholf, 11(5(4).
Appositioiial, 105 (6).
Partitive, 105 (4).
Possessive, 105 (1).
Ohjective, 105 (3).
Suhjective, 105 (2).
with Adjectives, 106.
with Verbs iaiKfreor,etc. , luemini,
etc., 107(1).
with Veriw of accuf-'ing, etc.,
107 (2), II.
with Impersonal Verbs, misirel,
etc., 107(2), III.
with Verbs of Plenty and Want,
107 (5).
Oerund, 66.
(Jcrund i'». Gerundive, 69.
Gerundive, 68-74.
construction, 69, 70. Special
Points, 72, 73. Denoting Pur-
pose, 74.
'He, she, it,' 59.
'His, her, its,' 10.
hie, 118.
Historic Infin. , 52.
Tenses, 148.
Present, 17.
Hortative Subjunctive, 135 (1).
Hope, promise, construction with
verbs of, 60.
M.',. ss.
iili'hi. I 17.
Idiiim. dill'iMences of, .
'If," 175 (-•).
i7A, US.
Iin|n'rative, l(i5. KKJ.
Imperfect Tense, in Indie. , 17; in
Subj.. l.")5 (1).
Impersonal vt'rbs, el.i.sses and con-
st ructions, "Js.
that take an ii/ elausi-. 163.
Imper.siinal Intinitivcs, tJ-J (-J).
'In." 8.
Inclctinitc piunnuns, I2H.
Indinit Xarratiuii, 2'iO-2"i2.
Object, IS, l!l.
Retlexives, 1±» (/,).
Question, 173.
Infinitive .Mood, uses of, .VJ. Ace.
witli Intin., 53. Impersonal
Intin., 62 (21.
Interrogative Particles, 170.
word list, 171.
Pronotuis, rJ7.
Intensive Pronouns, 110.
Intransitive Veil-s, 18, lit, 21-26.
Verbs Trans, in Englisli, In-
trans. in Latin, 19. \'eili.s
Trans, and Intrans. , *22. Pas-
sive use of IntiT.ns. verbs, 24.
English verbs Trans, and In-
trans. , 25.
«.S .'<j, (■(/, 10, 59, 1 16.
i>s^ 119.
Ute, 118.
Kalentls, 88.
Livy, style of, 137.
Local Ablatives, 96.
Locative case, 95.
224
INDEX.
• May,' 77.
Measure of DiflFerenre, 1 1 1 (')).
memtnt, etc. , mim-reor, etc. , 107 ( 1 )•
migeref, etc., 107 (2), 111.
Metaphorical <3x|iressioiis, Ljitiii
equivalentH, 3'J.
Middle Voice, 26.
' Might,' 77.
Modal Verbs, 27.
'Motion from,' 110(1).
• Motion to,' 97 (6).
' Must,' 79.
Necessity, how expressed, 79.
nfgo, 57.
Neuter Adjectives, IS.
Nones, 88.
Noun, the iiinjortant Word in Kiig-
lish, 36.
Object Direct, 18.
Indirect, 18, 19.
Obligation, how expressed, 78.
Oralio Vbliqua, definition, rA.
General treatment, 220-223.
CJeneral rule for, 221. Vir-
tual, 181, 209. Conditional
clauses in, 214-216.
Oratio Recta, definition, 54.
Optative Subjunctive, 135 (4).
Oratorical style, 138.
Order of words in Latin sentence,
14; 37.
' Ought,' 78.
Participles, list, 40. Idioms in
connection with, 48.
Participle Present, 41. Difference
Iwtween English and Latin,
45, 46.
Perfect, 43.
Future, 42.
l)t{K)nent, 43, 46.
Perfect tense. Indie., 17. iSub-
junctive, l.')5 (2).
Period, Periodic Structure, 47.
Limitations to use of, 1.36.
Permission, how expressed, 77.
Place, rules for, 93-96.
from which, 94.
in or at which, 95.
to which, 93.
Pluperfect tense in Latin for Re-
peated Action, 212.
Possessive CJenitive, 105 (1).
Pronouns, 120.
Possibility, how expressed, 76.
poxif/uuin, etc., 192.
Potential Subjunctive, 1.35 (8).
Prepositions with Ace, 97 (11).
with Abl, 114.
Predicate Nominative, 1.
Primary Tenses, 148.
priitnqitam, 196.
Proliibilions, 166.
Pronoun, when omitted, when ex-
pressed, II.
Pronouns, general treatment, 115-
133.
prolagitt, 200.
Proviso clauses, "205.
Purpose, ways of expressing, 142.
quaiiqiiam, 183.
quainvix, 184.
quauto — taiilo, 128 (quisque). Syn-
tax of. 111 (5).
Questions, Direct, 170, 171.
Double, 172.
Indirect, 173.
Indirect Double, 174.
INDEX.
225
qui, 124. Agreement anil sppcinl
points, 12.). Idioms, 12H.
with Suhjunutivu, \'i6.
qui, Final, 142. Consocutive, l.'i.'J.
In clauses of Cliaraeteristie,
l.)<>, l.')7. Causal, 180. Con-
cessive, 18;>. In Indefinite
Frequency, 212. Recapitula-
tory, 210, 211.
qiiin, 167. Phrases with, 168.
quix, used after si, tiixi, etc., 128.
quo for uf in Purpose dau.scs, 146.
qitonil, 194, lO.").
quod, quia, qiKiniam, Causal, 177.
quod in Substantive clauses, 164.
quo—fo, 128 {quinque). Syntax of,
HI (5).
i[U07ninm, 169.
Relative Pronoun, 124. Special
points, 125. Idioms, 126.
Idiomatic uses with Sul)junc-
tive, 1,56. Recapitulatory,
210, 211. Co-ordinating Re-
lative, 222.
Relative clauses with Sulijv.iictive,
Final, 142. Consecutive, l").*}.
Characteristic, l.")6-l"t8. Cau-
sal, 180. Concessive, 18').
In Repeated Action, 212. Re-
capitulatory, 210, 211.
Reflexive Pronouns, 121.
Direct Reflexives, 122 (n).
Indirect Reflexives, 122 (/-).
Reciprocal Pronouns, 12S.
Result clauses, l.jt 1-1 ");■>.
Rhetorical Question, 220 (c).
Sentence-Structuie, 47, 6.'l.
Sequence of Tenses. 148. loo.
'Sliould,' 78.
1.5
xi uon, .sin, si minus, 204.
si, semitinal, 2<)8.
Style and Connection, 16.
Style, yeiieral treatment, 1,'«5.
Epistolary, i:«».
Historical, i:{7.
Oratorical, 1.38.
Consistency of Latin style, ."d.
Subjunctive in lndei)endent Sen-
tences, 1 ;{.■).
contrasteil with Indie, 1.S4.
Concessive, Ki'i (6).
Conditional, \',i.'> (7).
Deliberative, l.T) (A).
Hortative, V.iT) (I).
.Tussive, ]'.i~t (2).
Optative, 13.5 (4).
Potential, i:i.5 (8).
Prohibitive, l.T) Ci).
Substantive clauses, I'liJ-KW.
willi /// and hc Definitive, ir)9.
with verbs of Fearing. 162.
witli Imp(,'rsoiial verbs, 16.S.
*Sucii," im.
sui, 10, 122.
xuus, 10, 122.
liuiil qui, 1.56.
Supine in um, 64.
in II, (i.5.
Supplementary Infin. , 27.
(antuiii ahfst ut, 16.S.
Temporal clauses, 191 l!Ht.
Tenses, exact meaning, 17. Clas-
.sifi(-ation, 148. Ten.>*es of in-
fin. in <).<>., .5;5 ; in conse-cu-
tive clau.ses, 1.5i5. Seijuence
in final clauses, 148.
Time, 80-86.
'ago,' 84. At which, 80. I)u.
ration of, 81. Witiiiii whicli.
226
INDEX.
83. Prospective, 85. B.('.,
m{h).
• To,' 2.
Thought, translating tlie, 3'2.
vi, Consocutive, \r^).
in chiust'H of Conipari»un, 187-
m).
Definitive, 159.
Finiil, 142.
Temporal, 192.
verfor ne, vereor ul, 162.
Virtual Oratio Ohli(|ua, 181, 209.
' When,' in logically princiiMl
clause, Kxercisc LX XX VI II,
note 2; LXXXIX, 2.
' Whether,' uses of, 175.
' While,- Kxercisc XXVII, N.
' With,' 7.
• Would,' 167.
♦■V>*-'>'*-
mQX^^I^T^^^^^^^^^!^^^^^^^